This is version 1.2 of the Linux Standard Base Specification. An implementation of this version of the specification may not claim to be an implementation of the Linux Standard Base unless it has successfully completed the compliance process as defined by the Free Standards Group.
The Linux Standard Base (LSB) defines a system interface for compiled applications and a minimal environment for support of installation scripts. Its purpose is to enable a uniform industry standard environment for high-volume applications conforming to the LSB.
The LSB defines a binary interface for application programs that are compiled and packaged for LSB-conforming implementations on many different hardware architectures. Since a binary specification must include information specific to the computer processor architecture for which it is intended, it is not possible for a single document to specify the interface for all possible LSB-conforming implementations. Therefore, the LSB is a family of specifications, rather than a single one.
The LSB is composed of two basic parts: A common specification ("generic LSB" or "gLSB") describing those parts of the interface that remain constant across all implementations of the LSB, and an architecture-specific specification ("archLSB") describing the parts of the interface that vary by processor architecture. Together, the generic LSB and the architecture-specific supplement for a single hardware architecture provide a complete interface specification for compiled application programs on systems that share a common hardware architecture.
This document is the generic LSB. It must be used in conjunction with an architecture-specific supplement. Whenever a section of this specification must be supplemented by architecture-specific information, this document includes a reference to the architecture supplement. Architecture supplements may also contain additional information that is not referenced here.
This document should be used in conjunction with the documents it references. This document enumerates the system components it includes, but descriptions of those components may be included entirely or partly in this document, partly in other documents, or entirely in other reference documents. For example, the section that describes system service routines includes a list of the system routines supported in this interface, formal declarations of the data structures they use that are visible to applications, and a pointer to the underlying referenced specification for information about the syntax and semantics of each call. Only those routines not described in standards referenced by this document, or extensions to those standards, are described in the detail. Information referenced in this way is as much a part of this document as is the information explicitly included here.
The specifications listed below are referenced in whole or in part by the Linux Standard Base. When a specification is referenced in a way that imposes a requirement (for example, "foo must behave as specified in the XyzzySpec"), then the relevant requirements of that specification apply as if they were part of the LSB itself. However, if the LSB refers to a specification without imposing a requirement, then it is merely a reference and does not add additional requirements. The LSB may refer to a portion of a specification (for example, to define a specific function or group of functions); in such cases, only the explicitly referenced portion of the specification applies.
Table 1-1. Related Standards
| System V Application Binary Interface - DRAFT - 22 June 2000 | http://www.caldera.com/developers/gabi/2000-07-17/contents.html |
| Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS) 2.2 | http://www.pathname.com/fhs/ |
| IEEE Standard for Binary Floating-Point Arithmetic | http://www.ieee.org/ |
| System V Application Binary Interface, Edition 4.1 | http://www.caldera.com/developers/devspecs/gabi41.pdf |
| ISO/IEC 9899: 1990, Programming Languages --C | |
| ISO/IEC 9899: 1999, Programming Languages --C | |
| Linux Assigned Names And Numbers Authority | http://www.lanana.org/ |
| Large File Support | http://www.UNIX-systems.org/version2/whatsnew/lfs20mar.html |
| LI18NUX 2000 Globalization Specification, Version 1.0 with Amendment 4 | http://www.li18nux.org/docs/html/LI18NUX-2000-amd4.htm |
| Linux Standard Base | http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/ |
| OpenGL® Application Binary Interface for Linux | http://oss.sgi.com/projects/ogl-sample/ABI/ |
| IEEE Std POSIX 1003.2-1992 (ISO/IEC 9945-2:1993) | http://www.ieee.org/ |
| System V Application Binary Interface PowerPC Processor Supplement | http://www.esofta.com/pdfs/SVR4abippc.pdf |
| POSIX 1003.1c | http://www.ieee.org/ |
| CAE Specification, May 1996, X/Open Curses, Issue 4, Version 2 (ISBN: 1-85912-171-3, C610), plus Corrigendum U018 | http://www.opengroup.org/ |
| CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interface Definitions (XBD), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-186-1, C605) | http://www.opengroup.org/ |
| CAE Specification, January 1997, Commands and Utilities (XCU), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-191-8, C604) | http://www.opengroup.org/ |
| CAE Specification, February 1997, Networking Services (XNS), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-165-9, C523) | http://www.opengroup.org/ |
| CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606) | http://www.opengroup.org/ |
| The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) Version 1 (UNIX 95) System Interfaces & Headers | http://www.opengroup.org/ |
| System V Interface Definition, Issue 3 (ISBN 0201566524) | |
| System V Interface Definition,Fourth Edition | |
| Double Buffer Extension Library | http://www.x.org/ |
| X Display Power Management Signaling (DPMS) Extension, Library Specification | http://www.x.org/ |
| X Record Extension Library | http://www.x.org/ |
| Security Extension Specification, Version 7.1 | http://www.x.org/ |
| X Nonrectangular Window Shape Extension Library Version 1.0 | http://www.x.org/ |
| MIT-SHM--The MIT Shared Memory Extension | http://www.x.org/ |
| X Synchronization Extension Library | http://www.x.org/ |
| XTEST Extension Library | http://www.x.org/ |
| X11R6.4 X Inter-Client Exchange (ICE) Protocol | http://www.x.org/ |
| X11R6.4 X11 Input Extension Library | http://www.x.org/ |
| X11R6.4 Xlib - C library | http://www.x.org/ |
| X/Open Portability Guide, Issue 4 | http://www.opengroup.org/ |
| X11R6.4 X Session Management Library | http://www.x.org/ |
| X11R6.4 X Toolkit Intrinsics | http://www.x.org/ |
| zlib 1.1.3 Manual | http://www.gzip.org/zlib/ |
The libraries listed here shall be available on a Linux Standard Base system. This list may be supplemented or amended by the architecture-specific specifications.
Table 1-2. Standard Libraries Names
Table 1-3. Standard Library Names defined in the Architecture Specific Supplement
| Library | Runtime Name |
|---|---|
| libm | See archLSB |
| libc | See archLSB |
| proginterp | See archLSB |
These libraries will be in an implementation-dependent directory which the dynamic linker will search by default.
The complete LSB specification is composed of this generic LSB specification and the supplemental processor-specific specification for a particular processor architecture. These two documents constitute a specification that should be used in conjunction with the publicly-available standards documents it references. The LSB enumerates the system components it includes, but descriptions of those components may be included entirely in the LSB, partly in the LSB and partly in other documents, or entirely in other reference documents.
The common part of the LSB Specification that describes those parts of the interface that remain constant across all hardware implementations of the LSB.
The architectural part of the LSB Specification which describes the specific parts of the interface that are platform specific. The archLSB is complementary to the gLSB.
An implementation satisfying the following requirements:
The implementation shall implement fully the architecture described in the hardware manual for the target processor architecture.
The implementation shall be capable of executing compiled applications having the format and using the system interfaces described in this document.
The implementation shall provide libraries containing the interfaces specified by this document, and shall provide a dynamic linking mechanism that allows these interfaces to be attached to applications at runtime. All the interfaces shall behave as specified in this document.
The map of virtual memory provided by the implementation shall conform to the requirements of this document.
The implementation's low-level behavior with respect to function call linkage, system traps, signals, and other such activities shall conform to the formats described in this document.
The implementation shall provide all of the mandatory interfaces in their entirety.
The implementation may provide one or more of the optional interfaces. Each optional interface that is provided shall be provided in its entirety. The product documentation shall state which optional interfaces are provided.
The implementation shall provide all files and utilities specified as part of this document in the format defined here and in other referenced documents. All commands and utilities shall behave as required by this document. The implementation shall also provide all mandatory components of an application's runtime environment that are included or referenced in this document.
The implementation, when provided with standard data formats and values at a named interface, shall provide the behavior defined for those values and data formats at that interface. However, a conforming implementation may consist of components which are separately packaged and/or sold. For example, a vendor of a conforming implementation might sell the hardware, operating system, and windowing system as separately packaged items.
The implementation may provide additional interfaces with different names. It may also provide additional behavior corresponding to data values outside the standard ranges, for standard named interfaces.
An application with the following characteristics:
Its executable files are either shell scripts or object files in the format defined for the Object File Format system interface.
Its object files participate in dynamic linking as defined in the Program Loading and Linking System interface.
It employs only the instructions, traps, and other low-level facilities defined in the Low-Level System interface as being for use by applications.
If it requires any optional interface defined in this document in order to be installed or to execute successfully, the requirement for that optional interface is stated in the application's documentation.
It does not use any interface or data format that is not required to be provided by a conforming implementation, unless:
If such an interface or data format is supplied by another application through direct invocation of that application during execution, that application is in turn an LSB conforming application.
The use of that interface or data format, as well as its source, is identified in the documentation of the application.
It must not use any values for a named interface that are reserved for vendor extensions.
An LSB conforming application is expected to have no dependencies on any vendor extensions to this document. The most common such extensions are additional function entry points and additional libraries other than the ones defined in this document. If an application requires such extensions, it is not portable, since other LSB conforming implementations may not provide those extensions.
An LSB conforming application is required to use system services on the implementation on which it is running, rather than importing system routines from some other implementation. Thus, it must link dynamically to any routines in the implementation that perform system traps to kernel services.
It is to be expected that some applications may be companion applications to other applications. For example, a query application may be a companion to a database application; a preprocessor may be an adjunct to one or more compilers; a data reformatter may convert data from one document manager to another. In such cases, the application may or may not be LSB conforming, regardless of whether the other application on which it is dependent is LSB conforming. If such an application merely uses data produced by another application, the application's compliance is independent of the other application's compliance. If such an application actually invokes another application during execution (as, for example, a third-party math library), the invoking application is LSB conforming only if it also constitutes a LSB conforming application in combination with the invoked application.
A file that is read by an interpreter (e.g., awk). The first line of the shell script includes a reference to its interpreter binary.
Describes a permissible optional feature or behavior available to the user or application. The feature or behavior is mandatory for an implementation that conforms to this document. An application can rely on the existence of the feature or behavior.
Describes a value or behavior that is not defined by this document but is selected by an implementor. The value or behavior may vary among implementations that conform to this document. An application should not rely on the existence of the value or behavior. An application that relies on such a value or behavior cannot be assured to be portable across conforming implementations. The implementor shall document such a value or behavior so that it can be used correctly by an application.
Same as implementation-dependent.
Describes a feature or behavior that is optional for an implementation that conforms to this document. An application should not rely on the existence of the feature or behavior. An application that relies on such a feature or behavior cannot be assured to be portable across conforming implementations.
To avoid ambiguity, the opposite of may is expressed as need not, instead of may not.
Describes a feature or behavior that is mandatory for an application or user. An implementation that conforms to this document shall support this feature or behavior.
Describes a feature or behavior that is mandatory for an implementation that conforms to this document. An application can rely on the existence of the feature or behavior.
For an implementation that conforms to this document, describes a feature or behavior that is recommended but not mandatory. An application should not rely on the existence of the feature or behavior. An application that relies on such a feature or behavior cannot be assured to be portable across conforming implementations.
For an application, describes a feature or behavior that is recommended programming practice for optimum portability.
Describes the nature of a value or behavior not defined by this document which results from use of an invalid program construct or invalid data input. The value or behavior may vary among implementations that conform to this document. An application should not rely on the existence or validity of the value or behavior. An application that relies on any particular value or behavior cannot be assured to be portable across conforming implementations.
Describes the nature of a value or behavior not specified by this document which results from use of a valid program construct or valid data input. The value or behavior may vary among implementations that conform to this document. An application should not rely on the existence or validity of the value or behavior. An application that relies on any particular value or behavior cannot be assured to be portable across conforming implementations.
Same meaning as shall; shall is the preferred term.
LSB-conforming implementations shall support the object file Executable and Linking Format (ELF), which is defined by the following documents:
System V Application Binary Interface, Edition 4.1
System V Application Binary Interface - DRAFT - April 29, 1998
this document
an architecture-specific LSB specification
A section header's sh_type member specifies the sections's semantics.
The following section types are defined in the System V Application Binary Interface, Edition 4.1.
Table 3-1. ELF Section Types
| Name | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| SHT_DYNAMIC | 0x6 | The section holds information for dynamic linking. Currently, an object file may have only one dynamic section, but this restriction may be relaxed in the future. See `Dynamic Section' in Chapter 5 for details. |
| SHT_DYNSYM | 0xb | |
| SHT_FINI_ARRAY | 0xf | This section contains an array of pointers to termination functions, as described in `Initialization and Termination Functions' in Chapter 5. Each pointer in the array is taken as a parameterless procedure with a void return. |
| SHT_HASH | 0x5 | The section holds a symbol hash table. Currently, an object file may have only one hash table, but this restriction may be relaxed in the future. See `Hash Table' in the Chapter 5 for details. |
| SHT_HIPROC | 0x7fffffff | Values in this inclusive range are reserved for processor-specific semantics. |
| SHT_HIUSER | 0xffffffff | This value specifies the upper bound of the range of indexes reserved for application programs. Section types between SHT_LOUSER and SHT_HIUSER may be used by the application, without conflicting with current or future system-defined section types. |
| SHT_INIT_ARRAY | 0xe | This section contains an array of pointers to initialization functions, as described in `Initialization and Termination Functions' in Chapter 5. Each pointer in the array is taken as a parameterless procedure with a void return. |
| SHT_LOPROC | 0x70000000 | Values in this inclusive range are reserved for processor-specific semantics. |
| SHT_LOUSER | 0x80000000 | This value specifies the lower bound of the range of indexes reserved for application programs. |
| SHT_NOBITS | 0x8 | A section of this type occupies no space in the file but otherwise resembles SHT_PROGBITS. Although this section contains no bytes, the sh_offset member contains the conceptual file offset. |
| SHT_NOTE | 0x7 | The section holds information that marks the file in some way. See `Note Section' in Chapter 5 for details. |
| SHT_NULL | 0x0 | This value marks the section header as inactive; it does not have an associated section. Other members of the section header have undefined values. |
| SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY | 0x10 | This section contains an array of pointers to functions that are invoked before all other initialization functions, as described in `Initialization and Termination Functions' in Chapter 5. Each pointer in the array is taken as a parameterless proceure with a void return. |
| SHT_PROGBITS | 0x1 | The section holds information defined by the program, whose format and meaning are determined solely by the program. |
| SHT_REL | 0x9 | The section holds relocation entries without explicit addends, such as type Elf32_Rel for the 32-bit class of object files or type Elf64_Rel for the 64-bit class of object files. An object file may have multiple relocation sections. See "Relocation" |
| SHT_RELA | 0x4 | The section holds relocation entries with explicit addends, such as type Elf32_Rela for the 32-bit class of object files or type Elf64_Rela for the 64-bit class of object files. An object file may have multiple relocation sections. `Relocation' b |
| SHT_SHLIB | 0xa | This section type is reserved but has unspecified semantics. |
| SHT_STRTAB | 0x3 | The section holds a string table. An object file may have multiple string table sections. See `String Table' below for details. |
| SHT_SYMTAB | 0x2 | These sections hold a symbol table. Currently, an object file may have only one section of each type, but this restriction may be relaxed in the future. Typically, SHT_SYMTAB provides symbols for link editing, though it may also be used for dynamic linking. |
The following additional section types are defined here.
Table 3-2. Additional Section Types
| Name | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| SHT_GNU_verdef | 0x6ffffffd | This section contains the symbol versions that are provided. |
| SHT_GNU_verneed | 0x6ffffffe | This section contains the symbol versions that are required. |
| SHT_GNU_versym | 0x6fffffff | This section contains the Symbol Version Table. |
Various sections hold program and control information. Sections in the lists below are used by the system and have the indicated types and attributes.
The following sections are defined in the System V Application Binary Interface, Edition 4.1.
Table 4-1. ELF Special Sections
| Name | Type | Attributes |
|---|---|---|
| .bss | SHT_NOBITS | SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE |
| .comment | SHT_PROGBITS | 0 |
| .data | SHT_PROGBITS | SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE |
| .data1 | SHT_PROGBITS | SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE |
| .debug | SHT_PROGBITS | 0 |
| .dynamic | SHT_DYNAMIC | SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE |
| .dynstr | SHT_STRTAB | SHF_ALLOC |
| .dynsym | SHT_DYNSYM | SHF_ALLOC |
| .fini | SHT_PROGBITS | SHF_ALLOC+SHF_EXECINSTR |
| .fini_array | SHT_FINI_ARRAY | SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE |
| .hash | SHT_HASH | SHF_ALLOC |
| .init | SHT_PROGBITS | SHF_ALLOC+SHF_EXECINSTR |
| .init_array | SHT_INIT_ARRAY | SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE |
| .interp | SHT_PROGBITS | SHF_ALLOC |
| .line | SHT_PROGBITS | 0 |
| .note | SHT_NOTE | 0 |
| .preinit_array | SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY | SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE |
| .rodata | SHT_PROGBITS | SHF_ALLOC |
| .rodata1 | SHT_PROGBITS | SHF_ALLOC |
| .shstrtab | SHT_STRTAB | 0 |
| .strtab | SHT_STRTAB | SHF_ALLOC |
| .symtab | SHT_SYMTAB | SHF_ALLOC |
| .text | SHT_PROGBITS | SHF_ALLOC+SHF_EXECINSTR |
This section holds uninitialized data that contribute to the program's memory image. By definition, the system initializes the data with zeros when the program begins to run. The section occupies no file space, as indicated by the section type, SHT_NOBITS
This section holds version control information.
This section holds initialized data that contribute to the program's memory image.
This section holds initialized data that contribute to the program's memory image.
This section holds information for symbolic debugging. The contents are unspecified. All section names with the prefix .debug are reserved for future use in the ABI.
This section holds dynamic linking information. The section's attributes will include the SHF_ALLOC bit. Whether the SHF_WRITE bit is set is processor specific. See Chapter 5 for more information.
This section holds strings needed for dynamic linking, most commonly the strings that represent the names associated with symbol table entries. See Chapter 5 for more information.
This section holds the dynamic linking symbol table, as described in `Symbol Table'. See Chapter 5 for more information.
This section holds executable instructions that contribute to the process termination code. That is, when a program exits normally, the system arranges to execute the code in this section.
This section holds an array of function pointers that contributes to a single termination array for the executable or shared object containing the section.
This section holds a symbol hash table. See `Hash Table' in Chapter 5 for more information.
This section holds executable instructions that contribute to the process initialization code. When a program starts to run, the system arranges to execute the code in this section before calling the main program entry point (called main for C programs)
This section holds an array of function pointers that contributes to a single initialization array for the executable or shared object containing the section.
This section holds the path name of a program interpreter. If the file has a loadable segment that includes relocation, the sections' attributes will include the SHF_ALLOC bit; otherwise, that bit will be off. See Chapter 5 for more information.
This section holds line number information for symbolic debugging, which describes the correspondence between the source program and the machine code. The contents are unspecified.
This section holds information in the format that `Note Section' in Chapter 5 describes of the System V Application Binary Interface, Edition 4.1.
This section holds an array of function pointers that contributes to a single pre-initialization array for the executable or shared object containing the section.
This section holds read-only data that typically contribute to a non-writable segment in the process image. See `Program Header' in Chapter 5 for more information.
This section hold sread-only data that typically contribute to a non-writable segment in the process image. See `Program Header' in Chapter 5 for more information.
This section holds section names.
This section holds strings, most commonly the strings that represent the names associated with symbol table entries. If the file has a loadable segment that includes the symbol string table, the section's attributes will include the SHF_ALLOC bit; otherwi
This section holds a symbol table, as `Symbol Table'. in this chapter describes. If the file has a loadable segment that includes the symbol table, the section's attributes will include the SHF_ALLOC bit; otherwise, that bit will be off.
This section holds the `text,' or executable instructions, of a program.
The following additional sections are defined here.
Table 4-2. Additional Special Sections
| Name | Type | Attributes |
|---|---|---|
| .ctors | SHT_PROGBITS | SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE |
| .dtors | SHT_PROGBITS | SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE |
| .eh_frame | SHT_PROGBITS | SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE |
| .gnu.version | SHT_GNU_versym | SHF_ALLOC |
| .gnu.version_d | SHT_GNU_verdef | SHF_ALLOC |
| .gnu.version_r | SHT_GNU_verneed | SHF_ALLOC |
| .note.ABI-tag | SHT_NOTE | SHF_ALLOC |
| .stab | SHT_PROGBITS | 0 |
| .stabstr | SHT_STRTAB | 0 |
This section contains a list of global constructor function pointers.
This section contains a list of global destructor function pointers.
This section contains information necessary for frame unwinding during exception handling. The format is the same as for .debug_frame as described by DWARF2.
This section contains the Symbol Version Table.
This section contains the Version Definitions.
This section contains the Version Requirments.
Specify ABI details.
This section contains debugging information. The contents are not specified as part of the LSB.
This section contains strings associated with the debugging infomation contained in the .stab section.
This chapter defines how names are mapped from the source symbol to the object symbol.
Symbols in a source program are translated by the compilation system into symbols that exist in the object file. The rules for this translation are defined here.
Because of the immaturity of the C++ ABI (for name mangling, exception handling, and other such issues), we do not standardize any libraries for C++ in this version of the Linux Standard Base. [1]
In a future version of this specification, name mangling rules will be specified so that C++ symbols can be mapped into symbol names in the object file.
This chapter describes the Symbol Versioning mechanism. All ELF objects may provide or depend on versioned symbols. Symbol Versioning is implemented by 3 section types: SHT_GNU_versym, SHT_GNU_verdef, and SHT_GNU_verneed.
The term "Elfxx" means "Elf32" or "Elf64" depending on the architecture.
Versions are described by strings. The structures that are used for symbol versions also contain a member that holds the ELF hashing values of the strings. This allows for more efficient processing.
The Symbol Version Table is contained in the special section .gnu.version which has a section type of SHT_GNU_versym. This section has the same number of entries as the Dynamic Symbol Table.
This section contains an array of elements of type Elfxx_Half. Each entry specifies the version defined for or required by the corresponding symbol in the Dynamic Symbol Table.
The values in the Symbol Version Table are unique to the object in which they are located. These values are identifiers that are provided by the the vna_other member of the Elfxx_Vernaux structure or the vd_ndx member of the Elfxx_Verdef structure.
The values 0 and 1 are reserved.
The symbol is local, not available outside the object.
The symbol is defined in this object and is globally available.
All other values are used to identify version strings located in one of the other Symbol Version sections. The value itself is not the version associated with the symbol. The string identified by the value defines the version of the symbol.
Symbol definitions are contained in the special section .gnu.version_d which has a section type of SHT_GNU_verdef. The number of entries in this section is contained in the DT_VERDEFNUM entry of the Dynamic Section. The sh_link member of the section header points to the section that contains the strings referenced by this section.
Figure 6-1. Version Definition Entries
typedef struct {
Elfxx_Half vd_version;
Elfxx_Half vd_flags;
Elfxx_Half vd_ndx;
Elfxx_Half vd_cnt;
Elfxx_Word vd_hash;
Elfxx_Word vd_aux;
Elfxx_Word vd_next;
} Elfxx_Verdef; |
Version revision. This value is currently set to 1, and will be reset if the versioning implementation is incompatibly altered.
Version information flag bitmask.
Version index numeric value referencing the SHT_GNU_versym section.
Number of associated verdaux array entries.
Version name hash value (ELF hash function).
Offset to a corresponding entry in the verdaux array, in bytes.
Offset to the next verdef entry, in bytes.
Figure 6-2. Version Definition Auxiliary Entries
typedef struct {
Elfxx_Word vda_name;
Elfxx_Word vda_next;
} Elfxx_Verdaux; |
Offset to the version or dependency name string in the section header, in bytes.
Offset to the next verdaux entry, in bytes.
Symbol definitions are contained in the special section .gnu.version_r which has a section type of SHT_GNU_verneed. The number of entries in this section is contained in the DT_VERNEEDNUM entry of the Dynamic Section. The sh_link member of the section header points to the section that contains the strings referenced by this section.
Figure 6-3. Version Needed Entries
typedef struct {
Elfxx_Half vn_version;
Elfxx_Half vn_cnt;
Elfxx_Word vn_file;
Elfxx_Word vn_aux;
Elfxx_Word vn_next;
} Elfxx_Verneed; |
Version of structure. This value is currently set to 1, and will be reset if the versioning implementation is incompatibly altered.
Number of associated verneed array entries.
Offset to the file name string in the section header, in bytes.
Offset to a corresponding entry in the vernaux array, in bytes.
Offset to the next verneed entry, in bytes.
Figure 6-4. Version Needed Auxiliary Entries
typedef struct {
Elfxx_Word vna_hash;
Elfxx_Half vna_flags;
Elfxx_Half vna_other;
Elfxx_Word vna_name;
Elfxx_Word vna_next;
} Elfxx_Vernaux; |
Dependency name hash value (ELF hash function).
Dependency information flag bitmask.
Object file version identifier used in the .gnu.version symbol version array. Bit number 15 controls whether or not the object is hidden; if this bit is set, the object cannot be used and the static linker will ignore the symbol's presence in the object.
Offset to the dependency name string in the section header, in bytes.
Offset to the next vernaux entry, in bytes.
When loading a sharable object, version definition data from the loaded object is analyzed to assure that it meets the version requirements of the calling object. The dynamic loader retrieves the entries in the caller's Elfxx_Verneed array and attempts to find matching definition information in the loaded Elfxx_Verdef table.
Each object and dependency is tested in turn. If a symbol definition is missing, the loader returns an error. A warning is issued instead of a hard error when the vna_flags bit for VER_FLG_WEAK is set in the Elfxx_Vernaux entry.
When the versions referenced by undefined symbols in the loaded object are found, version availability is certified. The test completes without error and the object is made available.
When symbol versioning is used in an object, relocations extend the performance of definition testing beyond the simple match of symbol name strings: the version of the reference must also equal the name of the definition. The same index that is used in the symbol table can be referenced in the SHT_GNU_versym section, and the value of this index is then used to acquire name data. The corresponding requirement string is retrieved from the Elfxx_Verneed array, and likewise, the corresponding definition string from the Elfxx_Verdef table.
Bit number 15 of the version symbol controls whether or not the object is hidden; if this bit is set, the object cannot be used and the static linker will ignore the symbol's presence in the object.
Results differ in the interaction of objects that variously use symbol versioning.
The object with the reference and the object with the definitions may both use versioning. All described matching is processed in this case. A fatal error is triggered when no matching definition can be found in the object whose name is the one referenced by the vn_name element in the Elfxx_Verneed entry.
The object with the reference may not use versioning, while the object with the definitions does. In this instance, only the definition with index numbers 1 and 2 will be used in the reference match, the same identified by the static linker as the base definition. In infrequent cases where the static linker was not used, as in calls to dlopen(), a version that does not have the base definition index is acceptable as long as it is the only version for which the symbol is defined.
The object with the reference may use versioning, but the object with the definitions specifies none. A matching symbol is accepted in this case. A fatal error is triggered in the unlikely event that a corruption in the required symbols list obscured an outdated object file and caused a match on the object filename in the Elfxx_Verneed entry.
Finally, both the object with the reference and the object with the definitions may not use versioning. The behavior in this instance defaults to pre-existing symbol rules.
Every executable shall contain a section named .note.ABI-tag of type SHT_NOTE. This section is structured as a note section as documented in the ELF spec. The section must contain at least the following entry. The name field (namesz/name) contains the string "GNU". The type field shall be 1. The descsz field shall be at least 16, and the first 16 bytes of the desc field shall be as follows.
The first 32-bit word of the desc field must be 0 (this signifies a Linux executable). The second, third, and fourth 32-bit words of the desc field contain the earliest compatible kernel version. For example, if the 3 words are 2, 2, and 5, this signifies a 2.2.5 kernel.
LSB-conforming implementations shall support the object file information and system actions that create running programs as specified in the System V Application Binary Interface, Edition 4.1 and the System V Application Binary Interface - DRAFT - April 29, 1998 and as supplemented by this document and an architecture-specific LSB specification.
Any shared object that is loaded must contain sufficient DT_NEEDED records to satisfy the symbols on the shared library.
A dynamic entry's d_tag member control the interpretation of d_un.
The following dynamic entries are defined in the System V Application Binary Interface, Edition 4.1.
Process relocations of object
For debugging; unspecified
Address of termination function
Address of symbol hash table
End of processor-specific
Address of init function
Address of PLT relocs
Start of processor-specific
Name of needed library
Marks end of dynamic section
Type of reloc in PLT
Size in bytes of PLT relocs
Address of Rel relocs
Address of Rela relocs
Size of one Rela reloc
Total size of Rela relocs
Size of one Rel reloc
Total size of Rel relocs
Library search path
Name of shared object
Size of string table
Address of string table
Start symbol search here
Size of one symbol table entry
Address of symbol table
Reloc might modify .text
The following dynamic entries are defined here.
Values from DT_ADDRRNGLO through DT_ADDRRNGHI are reserved for definition by an archLSB.
Values from DT_ADDRRNGLO through DT_ADDRRNGHI are reserved for definition by an archLSB.
Shared object to load before self
Shared object to get values from
The address of an array of pointers to termination functions.
Size in bytes of DT_FINI_ARRAY
Values from DT_LOOS through DT_HIOS are reserved for definition by specific operating systems.
The address of an array of pointers to initialization functions.
Size in bytes of DT_INIT_ARRAY
Values from DT_LOOS through DT_HIOS are reserved for definition by specific operating systems.
Number of dynamic entry tags defined (excepting reserved ranges).
All Elf32_Rel R_*_RELATIVE relocations have been placed into a single block and this entry specifies the number of entries in that block. This permits ld.so.1 to streamline the processing of RELATIVE relocations.
Entry size of syminfo
Address of the Syminfo table.
Size of syminfo table (in bytes)
Entries which fall between DT_VALRNGHI & DT_VALRNGLO use the Dyn.d_un.d_val field of the Elf*_Dyn structure.
Entries which fall between DT_VALRNGHI & DT_VALRNGLO use the Dyn.d_un.d_val field of the Elf*_Dyn structure.
Address of version definition table
Number of version definitions
Address of table with needed versions
Number of needed versions
Address of the table provided by the .gnu.version section.
An LSB-conforming implementation shall support some base libraries which provide interfaces for accessing the operating system, processor and other hardware in the system.
Table 11-1. libc Definition
| Library: | libc |
| SONAME: | See archLSB. |
The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following standards.
| ISO/IEC 9899: 1999, Programming Languages --C[2] |
| Large File Support[3] |
| LI18NUX 2000 Globalization Specification, Version 1.0 with Amendment 4[4] |
| Linux Standard Base[5] |
| IEEE Std POSIX.1-1996 [ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996][6] |
| CAE Specification, February 1997, Networking Services (XNS), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-165-9, C523)[7] |
| CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)[8] |
| System V Interface Definition, Issue 3 (ISBN 0201566524)[9] |
| System V Interface Definition,Fourth Edition[10] |
Table 11-2. libc - RPC Function Interfaces
| authnone_create[10] | setdomainname[5] | xdr_array[9] | xdr_int[9] | xdr_u_char[9] |
| clnt_create[10] | svc_getreqset[9] | xdr_bool[9] | xdr_long[9] | xdr_u_long[9] |
| clnt_pcreateerror[10] | svcerr_auth[9] | xdr_bytes[9] | xdr_opaque[9] | xdr_u_short[9] |
| clnt_perrno[10] | svcerr_decode[9] | xdr_callhdr[9] | xdr_opaque_auth[9] | xdr_union[9] |
| clnt_perror[10] | svcerr_noproc[9] | xdr_callmsg[9] | xdr_pointer[9] | xdr_vector[9] |
| clnt_spcreateerror[10] | svcerr_noprog[9] | xdr_char[9] | xdr_reference[9] | xdr_void[9] |
| clnt_sperrno[10] | svcerr_progvers[9] | xdr_double[9] | xdr_rejected_reply[9] | xdr_wrapstring[9] |
| clnt_sperror[10] | svcerr_systemerr[9] | xdr_enum[9] | xdr_replymsg[9] | xdrmem_create[9] |
| getdomainname[5] | svcerr_weakauth[9] | xdr_float[9] | xdr_short[9] | xdrrec_create[9] |
| key_decryptsession[9] | xdr_accepted_reply[9] | xdr_free[9] | xdr_string[9] | xdrrec_eof[9] |
Table 11-3. libc - System Calls Function Interfaces
| __fxstat[5] | fchown[8] | ioctl[8] | readdir[8] | setsid[8] |
| __getpgid[5] | fcntl[8] | kill[5] | readdir_r[8] | setuid[8] |
| __lxstat[5] | fdatasync[8] | killpg[8] | readlink[8] | sleep[8] |
| __xmknod[5] | flock[5] | lchown[8] | readv[8] | statfs[5] |
| __xstat[5] | fork[8] | link[8] | rename[8] | statvfs[8] |
| access[8] | fstatfs[5] | lockf[8] | rmdir[8] | stime[5] |
| acct[5] | fsync[8] | lseek[8] | sbrk[8] | symlink[8] |
| alarm[8] | ftime[8] | mkdir[8] | sched_get_priority_max[8] | sync[8] |
| brk[8] | ftruncate[8] | mkfifo[8] | sched_get_priority_min[8] | sysconf[8] |
| chdir[8] | getcontext[8] | mlock[8] | sched_getparam[8] | time[8] |
| chmod[8] | getegid[8] | mlockall[8] | sched_getscheduler[8] | times[8] |
| chown[8] | geteuid[8] | mmap[8] | sched_rr_get_interval[8] | truncate[8] |
| chroot[8] | getgid[8] | mprotect[8] | sched_setparam[8] | ulimit[8] |
| clock[8] | getgroups[8] | msync[8] | sched_setscheduler[8] | umask[8] |
| close[8] | getitimer[8] | munlock[8] | sched_yield[8] | uname[8] |
| closedir[8] | getloadavg[5] | munlockall[8] | select[7] | unlink[5] |
| creat[8] | getpagesize[8] | munmap[8] | setcontext[8] | utime[8] |
| dup[8] | getpgid[8] | nanosleep[8] | setegid[5] | utimes[8] |
| dup2[8] | getpgrp[8] | nice[8] | seteuid[5] | vfork[8] |
| execl[8] | getpid[8] | open[8] | setgid[8] | wait[8] |
| execle[8] | getppid[8] | opendir[8] | setitimer[8] | wait3[8] |
| execlp[8] | getpriority[8] | pathconf[8] | setpgid[8] | wait4[5] |
| execv[8] | getrlimit[8] | pause[8] | setpgrp[8] | waitid[8] |
| execve[8] | getrusage[8] | pipe[8] | setpriority[8] | waitpid[8] |
| execvp[8] | getsid[8] | poll[8] | setregid[8] | write[8] |
| exit[8] | getuid[8] | pread[8] | setreuid[8] | writev[8] |
| fchdir[8] | getwd[8] | pwrite[8] | setrlimit[8] | |
| fchmod[8] | initgroups[5] | read[8] | setrlimit64[3] |
Table 11-4. libc - Standard I/O Function Interfaces
| _IO_feof[5] | fgetpos[8] | fsetpos[8] | putc[8] | snprintf[8] |
| _IO_getc[5] | fgets[8] | fstatvfs[8] | putc_unlocked[8] | sprintf[8] |
| _IO_putc[5] | fgetwc_unlocked[8] | ftell[8] | putchar[8] | sscanf[8] |
| _IO_puts[5] | fileno[8] | ftello[8] | putchar_unlocked[8] | telldir[8] |
| alphasort[5] | flockfile[8] | fwrite[8] | puts[8] | tempnam[8] |
| clearerr[8] | fopen[8] | getc[8] | putw[8] | ungetc[8] |
| ctermid[8] | fprintf[8] | getc_unlocked[8] | remove[8] | vasprintf[5] |
| fclose[8] | fputc[8] | getchar[8] | rewind[8] | vdprintf[5] |
| fdopen[8] | fputs[8] | getchar_unlocked[8] | rewinddir[8] | vfprintf[8] |
| feof[8] | fread[8] | gets[8] | scanf[8] | vprintf[8] |
| ferror[8] | freopen[8] | getw[8] | seekdir[8] | vsnprintf[8] |
| fflush[8] | fscanf[8] | pclose[8] | setbuf[8] | vsprintf[8] |
| fflush_unlocked[8] | fseek[8] | popen[8] | setbuffer[5] | wprintf[2] |
| fgetc[8] | fseeko[8] | printf[8] | setvbuf[8] | wscanf[2] |
Table 11-5. libc - Standard I/O Data Interfaces
| stderr[8] | stdin[8] | stdout[8] |
Table 11-6. libc - Signal Handling Function Interfaces
| __libc_current_sigrtmax[5] | sigaddset[8] | sighold[8] | sigpause[8] | sigsuspend[8] |
| __libc_current_sigrtmin[5] | sigaltstack[8] | sigignore[8] | sigpending[8] | sigtimedwait[8] |
| __sigsetjmp[5] | sigandset[5] | siginterrupt[8] | sigprocmask[8] | sigwait[8] |
| __sysv_signal[5] | sigblock[5] | sigisemptyset[5] | sigqueue[8] | sigwaitinfo[8] |
| bsd_signal[8] | sigdelset[8] | sigismember[8] | sigrelse[8] | |
| psignal[5] | sigemptyset[8] | siglongjmp[8] | sigreturn[5] | |
| raise[8] | sigfillset[8] | signal[8] | sigset[8] | |
| sigaction[8] | siggetmask[5] | sigorset[5] | sigstack[8] |
Table 11-8. libc - Standard Library Function Interfaces
| _Exit[2] | erand48[8] | hsearch[8] | malloc[8] | srand48[8] |
| __assert_fail[5] | err[5] | htonl[7] | memmem[5] | srandom[8] |
| __cxa_atexit[5] | error[5] | htons[7] | mkstemp[8] | strtod[8] |
| __errno_location[5] | errx[5] | imaxabs[2] | mktemp[8] | strtol[8] |
| __fpending[5] | fcvt[8] | imaxdiv[2] | mrand48[8] | strtoul[8] |
| __getpagesize[5] | fmtmsg[8] | inet_addr[7] | nftw[8] | swapcontext[8] |
| __sysconf[5] | fnmatch[8] | inet_aton[7] | nrand48[8] | syslog[8] |
| _exit[8] | fpathconf[8] | inet_ntoa[7] | ntohl[7] | system[5] |
| _longjmp[8] | free[8] | initstate[8] | ntohs[7] | textdomain[4] |
| _setjmp[8] | ftrylockfile[8] | insque[8] | openlog[8] | tfind[8] |
| a64l[8] | ftw[8] | isatty[8] | perror[8] | tmpfile[8] |
| abort[8] | funlockfile[8] | isblank[5] | posix_memalign[6] | tmpnam[8] |
| abs[8] | gcvt[8] | isinf[2] | ptsname[8] | tsearch[8] |
| atexit[8] | getcwd[8] | isinfl[2] | putenv[8] | ttyname[8] |
| atof[8] | getdate[8] | isnan[2] | qsort[8] | ttyname_r[8] |
| atoi[8] | getenv[8] | isnanf[2] | rand[8] | twalk[8] |
| atol[8] | getlogin[8] | isnanl[2] | rand_r[8] | unlockpt[8] |
| basename[8] | getopt[5] | jrand48[8] | random[8] | unsetenv[5] |
| bindtextdomain[4] | getopt_long[5] | l64a[8] | random_r[5] | usleep[8] |
| bsearch[8] | getopt_long_only[5] | labs[8] | realloc[8] | verrx[5] |
| calloc[8] | getsubopt[8] | lcong48[8] | realpath[8] | vsyslog[5] |
| closelog[8] | gettimeofday[8] | ldiv[8] | remque[8] | warn[5] |
| confstr[8] | glob[8] | lfind[8] | seed48[8] | warnx[5] |
| cuserid[8] | glob64[5] | llabs[2] | setenv[5] | wordexp[8] |
| daemon[5] | globfree[8] | lldiv[2] | sethostid[5] | wordfree[8] |
| dirname[8] | globfree64[5] | longjmp[8] | sethostname[5] | |
| div[8] | grantpt[8] | lrand48[8] | setlogmask[8] | |
| drand48[8] | hcreate[8] | lsearch[8] | setstate[8] | |
| ecvt[8] | hdestroy[8] | makecontext[8] | srand[8] |
Table 11-10. libc - Localization Functions Function Interfaces
| __dcgettext[5] | catgets[8] | dcngettext[4] | gettext[5] | nl_langinfo[8] |
| bind_textdomain_codeset[4] | catopen[8] | dgettext[4] | iconv[8] | setlocale[8] |
| catclose[8] | dcgettext[4] | dngettext[4] | localeconv[8] |
Table 11-11. libc - Localization Functions Data Interfaces
| _nl_msg_cat_cntr[5] |
Table 11-12. libc - Socket Interface Function Interfaces
| __h_errno_location[5] | gethostbyname_r[5] | getsockopt[7] | send[7] | socket[7] |
| accept[7] | gethostid[8] | listen[7] | sendmsg[7] | socketpair[7] |
| bind[7] | gethostname[7] | recv[7] | sendto[7] | |
| bindresvport[5] | getpeername[7] | recvfrom[7] | setsockopt[7] | |
| connect[7] | getsockname[7] | recvmsg[7] | shutdown[7] |
Table 11-13. libc - Wide Characters Function Interfaces
| __wcstod_internal[5] | mbrlen[8] | vswscanf[2] | wcsncmp[8] | wcstoul[8] |
| __wcstof_internal[5] | mbrtowc[8] | vwprintf[2] | wcsncpy[8] | wcstoull[2] |
| __wcstol_internal[5] | mbsinit[8] | vwscanf[2] | wcsnlen[5] | wcstoumax[2] |
| __wcstold_internal[5] | mbsnrtowcs[5] | wcpcpy[5] | wcsnrtombs[5] | wcstouq[5] |
| __wcstoul_internal[5] | mbsrtowcs[8] | wcpncpy[5] | wcspbrk[2] | wcswcs[8] |
| btowc[8] | mbstowcs[8] | wcrtomb[8] | wcsrchr[8] | wcswidth[8] |
| fgetwc[8] | mbtowc[8] | wcscasecmp[5] | wcsrtombs[8] | wcsxfrm[8] |
| fgetws[2] | putwc[2] | wcscat[8] | wcsspn[8] | wctob[8] |
| fputwc[2] | putwchar[2] | wcschr[8] | wcsstr[8] | wctomb[8] |
| fputws[2] | swprintf[8] | wcscmp[8] | wcstod[8] | wctrans[8] |
| fwide[2] | swscanf[2] | wcscoll[8] | wcstof[2] | wctype[8] |
| fwprintf[5] | towctrans[8] | wcscpy[8] | wcstoimax[2] | wcwidth[8] |
| fwscanf[2] | towlower[2] | wcscspn[8] | wcstok[8] | wmemchr[8] |
| getwc[2] | towupper[8] | wcsdup[5] | wcstol[8] | wmemcmp[8] |
| getwchar[8] | ungetwc[2] | wcsftime[2] | wcstold[2] | wmemcpy[8] |
| iconv_close[8] | vfwprintf[2] | wcslen[8] | wcstoll[2] | wmemmove[8] |
| iconv_open[8] | vfwscanf[2] | wcsncasecmp[5] | wcstombs[8] | wmemset[8] |
| mblen[8] | vswprintf[2] | wcsncat[8] | wcstoq[5] |
Table 11-14. libc - String Functions Function Interfaces
| __mempcpy[5] | bzero[8] | strcasestr[5] | strncasecmp[8] | strtoimax[2] |
| __rawmemchr[5] | ffs[8] | strcat[8] | strncat[8] | strtok[8] |
| __stpcpy[5] | index[8] | strchr[8] | strncmp[8] | strtok_r[5] |
| __strdup[5] | memccpy[8] | strcmp[8] | strncpy[8] | strtold[2] |
| __strtod_internal[5] | memchr[8] | strcoll[8] | strndup[5] | strtoll[2] |
| __strtof_internal[5] | memcmp[8] | strcpy[8] | strnlen[5] | strtoq[5] |
| __strtok_r[5] | memcpy[8] | strcspn[8] | strpbrk[8] | strtoull[2] |
| __strtol_internal[5] | memmove[8] | strdup[8] | strptime[5] | strtoumax[2] |
| __strtold_internal[5] | memrchr[5] | strerror[8] | strrchr[8] | strtouq[5] |
| __strtoll_internal[5] | memset[8] | strerror_r[5] | strsep[5] | strverscmp[5] |
| __strtoul_internal[5] | rindex[8] | strfmon[8] | strsignal[5] | strxfrm[8] |
| __strtoull_internal[5] | stpcpy[5] | strfry[5] | strspn[8] | swab[8] |
| bcmp[8] | stpncpy[5] | strftime[8] | strstr[8] | |
| bcopy[8] | strcasecmp[8] | strlen[8] | strtof[2] |
Table 11-18. libc - Character Type Functions Function Interfaces
| __ctype_get_mb_cur_max[5] | isdigit[8] | iswalnum[8] | iswlower[8] | toascii[8] |
| _tolower[8] | isgraph[8] | iswalpha[8] | iswprint[8] | tolower[8] |
| _toupper[8] | islower[8] | iswblank[5] | iswpunct[8] | toupper[8] |
| isalnum[8] | isprint[8] | iswcntrl[8] | iswspace[8] | |
| isalpha[8] | ispunct[8] | iswctype[5] | iswupper[8] | |
| isascii[8] | isspace[8] | iswdigit[8] | iswxdigit[8] | |
| iscntrl[8] | isupper[8] | iswgraph[8] | isxdigit[8] |
Table 11-19. libc - Character Type Functions Data Interfaces
| __ctype_b[5] | __ctype_tolower[5] | __ctype_toupper[5] |
Table 11-23. libc - System Database Interface Function Interfaces
| endgrent[8] | getgrgid[8] | getpwnam[8] | getutxent[8] | setprotoent[7] |
| endhostent[7] | getgrnam[8] | getpwnam_r[5] | getutxid[8] | setpwent[8] |
| endnetent[7] | gethostbyaddr[7] | getpwuid[8] | getutxline[8] | setservent[7] |
| endprotoent[7] | gethostbyname[5] | getpwuid_r[8] | pututxline[8] | setutent[5] |
| endpwent[8] | getnetbyaddr[7] | getservbyname[5] | setgrent[8] | setutxent[8] |
| endservent[7] | getprotobyname[5] | getservbyport[7] | setgroups[5] | |
| endutent[8] | getprotobynumber[7] | getservent[5] | sethostent[7] | |
| endutxent[8] | getprotoent[5] | getutent[5] | setmntent[5] | |
| getgrent[8] | getpwent[8] | getutent_r[5] | setnetent[7] |
Table 11-24. libc - Language Support Function Interfaces
| __libc_start_main[5] | _obstack_begin[5] | _obstack_newchunk[5] | obstack_free[5] |
Table 11-25. libc - Large File Support Function Interfaces
| __fxstat64[5] | fopen64[3] | ftello64[3] | mkstemp64[3] | readdir64[3] |
| __lxstat64[5] | freopen64[3] | ftruncate64[3] | mmap64[3] | tmpfile64[3] |
| __xstat64[5] | fseeko64[3] | ftw64[3] | nftw64[3] | truncate64[3] |
| alphasort64[5] | fsetpos64[3] | getrlimit64[3] | open64[3] | |
| creat64[3] | fstatfs64[3] | lockf64[3] | pread64[3] | |
| fgetpos64[3] | fstatvfs64[3] | lseek64[3] | pwrite64[3] |
enum
{
_ISupper, _ISlower, _ISalpha, _ISdigit, _ISxdigit, _ISspace, _ISprint,
_ISgraph, _ISblank, _IScntrl, _ISpunct, _ISalnum
}
; |
typedef struct __dirstream DIR;
struct dirent
{
long d_ino;
off_t d_off;
unsigned short d_reclen;
unsigned char d_type;
char d_name[256];
}
;
struct dirent64
{
uint64_t d_ino;
int64_t d_off;
unsigned short d_reclen;
unsigned char d_type;
char d_name[256];
}
; |
#define errno (*__errno_location()) #define EPERM 1 #define ECHILD 10 #define ENETDOWN 100 #define ENETUNREACH 101 #define ENETRESET 102 #define ECONNABORTED 103 #define ECONNRESET 104 #define ENOBUFS 105 #define EISCONN 106 #define ENOTCONN 107 #define ESHUTDOWN 108 #define ETOOMANYREFS 109 #define EAGAIN 11 #define ETIMEDOUT 110 #define ECONNREFUSED 111 #define EHOSTDOWN 112 #define EHOSTUNREACH 113 #define EALREADY 114 #define EINPROGRESS 115 #define ESTALE 116 #define EUCLEAN 117 #define ENOTNAM 118 #define ENAVAIL 119 #define ENOMEM 12 #define EISNAM 120 #define EREMOTEIO 121 #define EDQUOT 122 #define ENOMEDIUM 123 #define EMEDIUMTYPE 124 #define ECANCELED 125 #define EACCES 13 #define EFAULT 14 #define ENOTBLK 15 #define EBUSY 16 #define EEXIST 17 #define EXDEV 18 #define ENODEV 19 #define ENOENT 2 #define ENOTDIR 20 #define EISDIR 21 #define EINVAL 22 #define ENFILE 23 #define EMFILE 24 #define ENOTTY 25 #define ETXTBSY 26 #define EFBIG 27 #define ENOSPC 28 #define ESPIPE 29 #define ESRCH 3 #define EROFS 30 #define EMLINK 31 #define EPIPE 32 #define EDOM 33 #define ERANGE 34 #define EINTR 4 #define EIO 5 #define ENXIO 6 #define E2BIG 7 #define ENOEXEC 8 #define EBADF 9 #define EWOULDBLOCK EAGAIN #define EDEADLOCK EDEADLK #define ENOTSUP EOPNOTSUPP |
#define O_RDONLY 00
#define O_ACCMODE 0003
#define O_WRONLY 01
#define O_CREAT 0100
#define O_TRUNC 01000
#define O_SYNC 010000
#define O_RDWR 02
#define O_EXCL 0200
#define O_APPEND 02000
#define O_ASYNC 020000
#define O_NOCTTY 0400
#define O_NDELAY 04000
#define O_NONBLOCK 04000
struct flock
{
short l_type;
short l_whence;
off_t l_start;
off_t l_len;
pid_t l_pid;
}
;
struct flock64
{
short l_type;
short l_whence;
loff_t l_start;
loff_t l_len;
pid_t l_pid;
}
;
#define F_DUPFD 0
#define F_RDLCK 0
#define F_GETFD 1
#define F_WRLCK 1
#define F_SETFD 2
#define F_UNLCK 2
#define F_GETFL 3
#define F_SETFL 4
#define F_GETLK 5
#define F_SETLK 6
#define F_SETLKW 7
#define F_SETOWN 8
#define F_GETOWN 9 |
#define MM_HARD 1 #define MM_NRECOV 128 #define MM_UTIL 16 #define MM_SOFT 2 #define MM_OPSYS 32 #define MM_FIRM 4 #define MM_RECOVER 64 #define MM_APPL 8 #define MM_NOSEV 0 #define MM_HALT 1 #define MM_ERROR 2 #define MM_NULLLBL ((char *) 0) |
#define FNM_PATHNAME (1<<0) #define FNM_NOESCAPE (1<<1) #define FNM_PERIOD (1<<2) #define FNM_NOMATCH 1 |
#define FTW_D FTW_D
#define FTW_DNR FTW_DNR
#define FTW_DP FTW_DP
#define FTW_F FTW_F
#define FTW_NS FTW_NS
#define FTW_SL FTW_SL
#define FTW_SLN FTW_SLN
enum
{
FTW_F, FTW_D, FTW_DNR, FTW_NS, FTW_SL, FTW_DP, FTW_SLN
}
;
enum
{
FTW_PHYS, FTW_MOUNT, FTW_CHDIR, FTW_DEPTH
}
;
struct FTW
{
int base;
int level;
}
;
typedef int (*__ftw_func_t) (char *__filename, struct stat * __status,
int __flag);
typedef int (*__ftw64_func_t) (char *__filename, struct stat64 * __status,
int __flag);
typedef int (*__nftw_func_t) (char *__filename, struct stat * __status,
int __flag, struct FTW * __info);
typedef int (*__nftw64_func_t) (char *__filename, struct stat64 * __status,
int __flag, struct FTW * __info); |
typedef struct
{
size_t gl_pathc;
char **gl_pathv;
size_t gl_offs;
int gl_flags;
void (*gl_closedir) (void);
struct dirent *(*gl_readdir) (void);
void *(*gl_opendir) (void);
int (*gl_lstat) (void);
int (*gl_stat) (void);
}
glob_t;
typedef struct
{
size_t gl_pathc;
char **gl_pathv;
size_t gl_offs;
int gl_flags;
void (*gl_closedir) (void);
struct dirent *(*gl_readdir) (void);
void *(*gl_opendir) (void);
int (*gl_lstat) (void);
int (*gl_stat) (void);
}
glob64_t;
#define GLOB_ERR (1<<0)
#define GLOB_MARK (1<<1)
#define GLOB_BRACE (1<<10)
#define GLOB_NOMAGIC (1<<11)
#define GLOB_TILDE (1<<12)
#define GLOB_ONLYDIR (1<<13)
#define GLOB_TILDE_CHECK (1<<14)
#define GLOB_NOSORT (1<<2)
#define GLOB_DOOFFS (1<<3)
#define GLOB_NOCHECK (1<<4)
#define GLOB_APPEND (1<<5)
#define GLOB_NOESCAPE (1<<6)
#define GLOB_PERIOD (1<<7)
#define GLOB_MAGCHAR (1<<8)
#define GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC (1<<9)
#define GLOB_NOSPACE 1
#define GLOB_ABORTED 2
#define GLOB_NOMATCH 3
#define GLOB_NOSYS 4 |
typedef lldiv_t imaxdiv_t; typedef long long intmax_t; typedef unsigned long long uintmax_t; typedef unsigned int u_int; typedef unsigned int uint; typedef unsigned char uint8_t; typedef unsigned short uint16_t; typedef unsigned int uint32_t; typedef unsigned int *uintptr_t; typedef long long uint64_t; |
#define ABDAY_1 0x20000 #define ABDAY_2 0x20001 #define ABDAY_3 0x20002 #define ABDAY_4 0x20003 #define ABDAY_5 0x20004 #define ABDAY_6 0x20005 #define ABDAY_7 0x20006 #define DAY_1 0x20007 #define DAY_2 0x20008 #define DAY_3 0x20009 #define DAY_4 0x2000A #define DAY_5 0x2000B #define DAY_6 0x2000C #define DAY_7 0x2000D #define ABMON_1 0x2000E #define ABMON_2 0x2000F #define ABMON_3 0x20010 #define ABMON_4 0x20011 #define ABMON_5 0x20012 #define ABMON_6 0x20013 #define ABMON_7 0x20014 #define ABMON_8 0x20015 #define ABMON_9 0x20016 #define ABMON_10 0x20017 #define ABMON_11 0x20018 #define ABMON_12 0x20019 #define MON_1 0x2001A #define MON_2 0x2001B #define MON_3 0x2001C #define MON_4 0x2001D #define MON_5 0x2001E #define MON_6 0x2001F #define MON_7 0x20020 #define MON_8 0x20021 #define MON_9 0x20022 #define MON_10 0x20023 #define MON_11 0x20024 #define MON_12 0x20025 #define AM_STR 0x20026 #define PM_STR 0x20027 #define D_T_FMT 0x20028 #define D_FMT 0x20029 #define T_FMT 0x2002A #define T_FMT_AMPM 0x2002B #define ERA 0x2002C #define ERA_D_FMT 0x2002E #define ALT_DIGITS 0x2002F #define ERA_D_T_FMT 0x20030 #define ERA_T_FMT 0x20031 #define CODESET 14 #define CRNCYSTR 0x4000F #define RADIXCHAR 0x10000 #define THOUSEP 0x10001 #define YESEXPR 0x50000 #define NOEXPR 0x50001 #define YESSTR 0x50002 #define NOSTR 0x50003 |
#define LC_CTYPE 0
#define LC_NUMERIC 1
#define LC_TELEPHONE 10
#define LC_MEASUREMENT 11
#define LC_IDENTIFICATION 12
#define LC_TIME 2
#define LC_COLLATE 3
#define LC_MONETARY 4
#define LC_MESSAGES 5
#define LC_ALL 6
#define LC_PAPER 7
#define LC_NAME 8
#define LC_ADDRESS 9
struct lconv
{
char *decimal_point;
char *thousands_sep;
char *grouping;
char *int_curr_symbol;
char *currency_symbol;
char *mon_decimal_point;
char *mon_thousands_sep;
char *mon_grouping;
char *positive_sign;
char *negative_sign;
char int_frac_digits;
char frac_digits;
char p_cs_precedes;
char p_sep_by_space;
char n_cs_precedes;
char n_sep_by_space;
char p_sign_posn;
char n_sign_posn;
char int_p_cs_precedes;
char int_p_sep_by_space;
char int_n_cs_precedes;
char int_n_sep_by_space;
char int_p_sign_posn;
char int_n_sign_posn;
}
; |
#define HUGE_VAL 0x7FF00000UL
#define DOMAIN 1
#define SING 2
struct exception
{
int type;
char *name;
double arg1;
double arg2;
double retval;
}
;
#define M_1_PI 0.31830988618379067154
#define M_LOG10E 0.43429448190325182765
#define M_2_PI 0.63661977236758134308
#define M_LN2 0.69314718055994530942
#define M_SQRT1_2 0.70710678118654752440
#define M_PI_4 0.78539816339744830962
#define M_2_SQRTPI 1.12837916709551257390
#define M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880
#define M_LOG2E 1.4426950408889634074
#define M_PI_2 1.57079632679489661923
#define M_LN10 2.30258509299404568402
#define M_E 2.7182818284590452354
#define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846 |
#define h_errno (*__h_errno_location ())
#define NETDB_INTERNAL -1
#define NETDB_SUCCESS 0
#define HOST_NOT_FOUND 1
#define TRY_AGAIN 2
#define NO_RECOVERY 3
#define NO_DATA 4
#define h_addr h_addr_list[0]
#define NO_ADDRESS NO_DATA
struct servent
{
char *s_name;
char **s_aliases;
int s_port;
char *s_proto;
}
;
struct hostent
{
char *h_name;
char **h_aliases;
int h_addrtype;
socklen_t h_length;
char **h_addr_list;
}
; |
#define INADDR_NONE ((unsigned long int) 0xffffffff)
#define INADDR_BROADCAST (0xffffffff)
#define INADDR_ANY 0
#define IPPROTO_IP 0
#define IPPROTO_ICMP 1
#define IP_TOS 1
#define IPPROTO_UDP 17
#define IPPROTO_IGMP 2
#define IPPROTO_RAW 255
#define IPPROTO_TCP 6
struct in_addr
{
uint32_t s_addr;
}
;
struct sockaddr_in
{
sa_family_t sin_family;
unsigned short sin_port;
struct in_addr sin_addr;
unsigned char __pad[8];
}
; |
struct passwd
{
char *pw_name;
char *pw_passwd;
uid_t pw_uid;
gid_t pw_gid;
char *pw_gecos;
char *pw_dir;
char *pw_shell;
}
; |
#define RE_SYNTAX_GNU_AWK ((RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED|RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS|RE_DEBUG)& ~(RE_DOT_NOT_NULL | RE_INTERVALS | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS))
#define RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS ((unsigned long int)1)
#define RE_BK_PLUS_QM (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS<<1)
#define RE_SYNTAX_AWK (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS|RE_DOT_NOT_NULL|RE_NO_BK_PARENS| RE_NO_BK_REFS| RE_NO_BK_VBAR| RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES| RE_DOT_NEWLINE| RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS| RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD | RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
#define RE_CHAR_CLASSES (RE_BK_PLUS_QM<<1)
#define RE_SYNTAX_GREP (RE_BK_PLUS_QM|RE_CHAR_CLASSES|RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE|RE_INTERVALS|RE_NEWLINE_ALT)
#define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS (RE_CHAR_CLASSES<<1)
#define RE_SYNTAX_EGREP (RE_CHAR_CLASSES|RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS| RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS|RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE|RE_NEWLINE_ALT|RE_NO_BK_PARENS|RE_NO_BK_VBAR)
#define _RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON (RE_CHAR_CLASSES|RE_DOT_NEWLINE|RE_DOT_NOT_NULL|RE_INTERVALS)
#define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS<<1)
#define RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS<<1)
#define RE_DOT_NEWLINE (RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS<<1)
#define RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD (RE_DEBUG<<1)
#define RE_DOT_NOT_NULL (RE_DOT_NEWLINE<<1)
#define RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE (RE_DOT_NOT_NULL<<1)
#define RE_INTERVALS (RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE<<1)
#define RE_LIMITED_OPS (RE_INTERVALS<<1)
#define RE_NEWLINE_ALT (RE_LIMITED_OPS<<1)
#define RE_NO_BK_BRACES (RE_NEWLINE_ALT<<1)
#define RE_NO_BK_PARENS (RE_NO_BK_BRACES<<1)
#define RE_NO_BK_REFS (RE_NO_BK_PARENS<<1)
#define RE_NO_BK_VBAR (RE_NO_BK_REFS<<1)
#define RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES (RE_NO_BK_VBAR<<1)
#define RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD (RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES<<1)
#define RE_DEBUG (RE_NO_GNU_OPS<<1)
#define RE_NO_GNU_OPS (RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING<<1)
#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EGREP (RE_SYNTAX_EGREP|RE_INTERVALS|RE_NO_BK_BRACES|RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD)
#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_AWK (RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED|RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS|RE_INTERVALS|RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
#define RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING (RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD<<1)
#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON|RE_BK_PLUS_QM)
#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON|RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS|RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS|RE_NO_BK_BRACES|RE_NO_BK_PARENS|RE_NO_BK_VBAR|RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS|RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_EXTENDED (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON|RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS|RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS|RE_NO_BK_BRACES|RE_NO_BK_PARENS|RE_NO_BK_REFS|RE_NO_BK_VBAR|RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_BASIC (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON|RE_LIMITED_OPS)
#define RE_SYNTAX_ED RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC
#define RE_SYNTAX_SED RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC
typedef unsigned long reg_syntax_t;
typedef struct re_pattern_buffer
{
unsigned char *buffer;
unsigned long allocated;
unsigned long used;
reg_syntax_t syntax;
char *fastmap;
char *translate;
size_t re_nsub;
unsigned int can_be_null:1;
unsigned int regs_allocated:2;
unsigned int fastmap_accurate:1;
unsigned int no_sub:1;
unsigned int not_bol:1;
unsigned int not_eol:1;
unsigned int newline_anchor:1;
}
regex_t;
typedef int regoff_t;
typedef struct
{
regoff_t rm_so;
regoff_t rm_eo;
}
regmatch_t;
#define REG_NOTEOL (1<<1)
#define REG_ICASE (REG_EXTENDED<<1)
#define REG_NEWLINE (REG_ICASE<<1)
#define REG_NOSUB (REG_NEWLINE<<1)
#define REG_NOMATCH -1
#define REG_EXTENDED 1
#define REG_NOTBOL 1 |
#define SCHED_OTHER 0
#define SCHED_FIFO 1
#define SCHED_RR 2
struct sched_param
{
int sched_priority;
}
; |
typedef struct entry
{
char *key;
void *data;
}
ENTRY;
typedef enum
{
FIND, ENTER
}
ACTION;
typedef enum
{
preorder, postorder, endorder, leaf
}
VISIT;
typedef void (*__action_fn_t) (void *__nodep, VISIT __value, int __level); |
#define setjmp(env) _setjmp(env)
#define sigsetjmp(a,b) __sigsetjmp(a,b)
typedef int __jmp_buf[6];
struct __jmp_buf_tag
{
__jmp_buf __jmpbuf;
int __mask_was_saved;
sigset_t __saved_mask;
}
;
typedef struct __jmp_buf_tag jmp_buf[1];
typedef jmp_buf sigjmp_buf; |
#define SIGRTMAX (__libc_current_sigrtmax ())
#define SIGRTMIN (__libc_current_sigrtmin ())
#define SIGEV_SIGNAL 0
#define SIG_BLOCK 0
#define SIG_UNBLOCK 1
#define SIGEV_THREAD 2
#define SIG_SETMASK 2
#define NSIG 64
typedef int sig_atomic_t;
struct sigstack
{
void *ss_sp;
int ss_onstack;
}
;
#define SIG_ERR ((__sighandler_t)-1)
#define SIG_DFL ((__sighandler_t)0)
#define SIG_IGN ((__sighandler_t)1)
#define SIGHUP 1
#define SIGSEGV 11
#define SIGPIPE 13
#define SIGALRM 14
#define SIGTERM 15
#define SIGINT 2
#define SIGPROF 27
#define SIGQUIT 3
#define SIGILL 4
#define SIGTRAP 5
#define SIGABRT 6
#define SIGIOT 6
#define SIGFPE 8
#define SIGKILL 9
#define SIGCLD SIGCHLD
#define SIGPOLL SIGIO
typedef void (*__sighandler_t) (void);
#define SV_ONSTACK (1<<0)
#define SV_INTERRUPT (1<<1)
#define SV_RESETHAND (1<<2)
typedef union sigval
{
int sival_int;
void *sival_ptr;
}
sigval_t;
#define SIGEV_NONE 1
typedef struct sigevent
{
sigval_t sigev_value;
int sigev_signo;
int sigev_notify;
union
{
int _pad[SI_PAD_SIZE];
struct
{
void (*sigev_thread_func) (void);
void *_attribute;
}
_sigev_thread;
}
_sigev_un;
}
sigevent_t;
#define SI_QUEUE -1
#define SI_TIMER -2
#define SI_MESGQ -3
#define SI_ASYNCIO -4
#define SI_USER 0
#define si_pid _sifields._kill._pid
#define si_uid _sifields._kill._uid
#define si_value _sifields._rt._sigval
#define si_int _sifields._rt._sigval.sival_int
#define si_ptr _sifields._rt._sigval.sival_ptr
#define si_status _sifields._sigchld._status
#define si_stime _sifields._sigchld._stime
#define si_utime _sifields._sigchld._utime
#define si_addr _sifields._sigfault._addr
#define si_band _sifields._sigpoll._band
#define si_fd _sifields._sigpoll._fd
#define si_timer1 _sifields._timer._timer1
typedef struct siginfo
{
int si_signo;
int si_errno;
int si_code;
union
{
int _pad[SI_PAD_SIZE];
struct
{
pid_t _pid;
uid_t _uid;
}
_kill;
struct
{
unsigned int _timer1;
unsigned int _timer2;
}
_timer;
struct
{
pid_t _pid;
uid_t _uid;
sigval_t _sigval;
}
_rt;
struct
{
pid_t _pid;
uid_t _uid;
int _status;
clock_t _utime;
clock_t _stime;
}
_sigchld;
struct
{
void *_addr;
}
_sigfault;
struct
{
int _band;
int _fd;
}
_sigpoll;
}
_sifields;
}
siginfo_t;
typedef struct
{
unsigned long sig[_SIGSET_NWORDS];
}
sigset_t;
#define SA_NOCLDSTOP 0x00000001
#define SA_NOCLDWAIT 0x00000002
#define SA_SIGINFO 0x00000004
#define SA_ONSTACK 0x08000000
#define SA_RESTART 0x10000000
#define SA_INTERRUPT 0x20000000
#define SA_NODEFER 0x40000000
#define SA_RESETHAND 0x80000000
#define SA_NOMASK SA_NODEFER
#define SA_ONESHOT SA_RESETHAND
struct sigaction
{
union
{
__sighandler_t _sa_handler;
void (*_sa_sigaction) (void);
}
__sigaction_handler;
unsigned long sa_flags;
void (*sa_restorer) (void);
sigset_t sa_mask;
}
;
typedef struct sigaltstack
{
void *ss_sp;
int ss_flags;
size_t ss_size;
}
stack_t; |
#define EOF (-1)
#define P_tmpdir "/tmp"
#define FOPEN_MAX 16
#define L_tmpnam 20
#define FILENAME_MAX 4096
#define BUFSIZ 8192
#define L_ctermid 9
#define L_cuserid 9
typedef struct _IO_FILE *FILE;
typedef struct
{
off_t __pos;
mbstate_t __state;
}
fpos_t;
typedef struct
{
off64_t __pos;
mbstate_t __state;
}
fpos64_t;
#define _IOFBF 0
#define _IOLBF 1
#define _IONBF 2 |
#define MB_CUR_MAX (__ctype_get_mb_cur_max())
#define EXIT_SUCCESS 0
#define EXIT_FAILURE 1
#define RAND_MAX 2147483647
typedef int (*__compar_fn_t) (void);
typedef struct
{
int quot;
int rem;
}
div_t;
typedef struct
{
long quot;
long rem;
}
ldiv_t;
typedef struct
{
long long quot;
long long rem;
}
lldiv_t; |
#define IPC_PRIVATE ((key_t)0)
#define IPC_RMID 0
#define IPC_CREAT 00001000
#define IPC_EXCL 00002000
#define IPC_NOWAIT 00004000
#define IPC_SET 1
#define IPC_STAT 2
struct ipc_perm
{
key_t __key;
uid_t uid;
gid_t gid;
uid_t cuid;
gid_t cgid;
unsigned short mode;
unsigned short __pad1;
unsigned short __seq;
unsigned short __pad2;
unsigned long __unused1;
unsigned long __unused2;
}
; |
#define MAP_FAILED ((void*)-1) #define PROT_NONE 0x0 #define MAP_SHARED 0x01 #define MAP_PRIVATE 0x02 #define PROT_READ 0x1 #define MAP_FIXED 0x10 #define PROT_WRITE 0x2 #define MAP_ANONYMOUS 0x20 #define PROT_EXEC 0x4 #define MCL_CURRENT 1 #define MS_ASYNC 1 #define MCL_FUTURE 2 #define MS_INVALIDATE 2 #define MS_SYNC 4 #define MAP_ANON MAP_ANONYMOUS |
#define MSG_NOERROR 010000
struct msqid_ds
{
struct ipc_perm msg_perm;
time_t msg_stime;
unsigned long __unused1;
time_t msg_rtime;
unsigned long __unused2;
time_t msg_ctime;
unsigned long __unused3;
unsigned long __msg_cbytes;
msgqnum_t msg_qnum;
msglen_t msg_qbytes;
pid_t msg_lspid;
pid_t msg_lrpid;
unsigned long __unused4;
unsigned long __unused5;
}
; |
#define RLIM_INFINITY (~0UL)
#define RLIM_SAVED_CUR -1
#define RLIM_SAVED_MAX -1
#define RLIMIT_CPU 0
#define RUSAGE_SELF 0
#define RLIMIT_FSIZE 1
#define RLIMIT_DATA 2
#define RLIMIT_STACK 3
#define RLIMIT_CORE 4
#define RLIMIT_NOFILE 7
#define RLIMIT_AS 9
typedef unsigned long rlim_t;
typedef unsigned long long rlim64_t;
struct rlimit
{
rlim_t rlim_cur;
rlim_t rlim_max;
}
;
struct rlimit64
{
rlim64_t rlim_cur;
rlim64_t rlim_max;
}
;
struct rusage
{
struct timeval ru_utime;
struct timeval ru_stime;
long ru_maxrss;
long ru_ixrss;
long ru_idrss;
long ru_isrss;
long ru_minflt;
long ru_majflt;
long ru_nswap;
long ru_inblock;
long ru_oublock;
long ru_msgsnd;
long ru_msgrcv;
long ru_nsignals;
long ru_nvcsw;
long ru_nivcsw;
}
; |
#define SEM_UNDO 0x1000
#define GETPID 11
#define GETVAL 12
#define GETALL 13
#define GETNCNT 14
#define GETZCNT 15
#define SETVAL 16
#define SETALL 17
struct sembuf
{
short sem_num;
short sem_op;
short sem_flg;
}
;
struct semid_ds
{
struct ipc_perm sem_perm;
time_t sem_otime;
unsigned long __unused1;
time_t sem_ctime;
unsigned long __unused2;
unsigned long sem_nsems;
unsigned long __unused3;
unsigned long __unused4;
}
; |
#define SHMLBA (__getpagesize())
#define SHM_RND 020000
#define SHM_RDONLY 4096
struct shmid_ds
{
struct ipc_perm shm_perm;
int shm_segsz;
time_t shm_atime;
unsigned long __unused1;
time_t shm_dtime;
unsigned long __unused2;
time_t shm_ctime;
unsigned long __unused3;
pid_t shm_cpid;
pid_t shm_lpid;
shmatt_t shm_nattch;
unsigned long __unused4;
unsigned long __unused5;
}
; |
#define SHUT_RD 0
#define MSG_WAITALL 0x100
#define MSG_TRUNC 0x20
#define MSG_EOR 0x80
#define SIOCGIFCONF 0x8912
#define MSG_OOB 1
#define SHUT_WR 1
#define MSG_PEEK 2
#define SHUT_RDWR 2
#define MSG_DONTROUTE 4
#define MSG_CTRUNC 8
#define PF_INET AF_INET
#define PF_INET6 AF_INET6
struct linger
{
int l_onoff;
int l_linger;
}
;
struct cmsghdr
{
size_t cmsg_len;
int cmsg_level;
int cmsg_type;
}
;
struct iovec
{
void *iov_base;
size_t iov_len;
}
;
typedef unsigned short sa_family_t;
typedef unsigned int socklen_t;
struct sockaddr
{
sa_family_t sa_family;
char sa_data[14];
}
;
struct msghdr
{
void *msg_name;
int msg_namelen;
struct iovec *msg_iov;
size_t msg_iovlen;
void *msg_control;
size_t msg_controllen;
unsigned int msg_flags;
}
;
#define AF_UNSPEC 0
#define AF_LOCAL 1
#define AF_UNIX 1
#define AF_INET6 10
#define AF_INET 2
#define AF_AX25 3
#define AF_IPX 4
#define AF_APPLETALK 5
#define AF_NETROM 6
#define AF_BRIDGE 7
#define AF_ATMPVC 8
#define AF_X25 9
#define SOCK_STREAM 1
#define SOCK_PACKET 10
#define SOCK_DGRAM 2
#define SOCK_RAW 3
#define SOCK_RDM 4
#define SOCK_SEQPACKET 5
#define SOL_IP 0
#define SOL_SOCKET 1
#define SO_DEBUG 1
#define SO_OOBINLINE 10
#define SO_NO_CHECK 11
#define SO_PRIORITY 12
#define SO_LINGER 13
#define SOL_UDP 17
#define SO_REUSEADDR 2
#define SOL_RAW 255
#define SO_TYPE 3
#define SO_ERROR 4
#define SO_DONTROUTE 5
#define SOL_TCP 6
#define SO_BROADCAST 6
#define SO_SNDBUF 7
#define SO_RCVBUF 8
#define SO_KEEPALIVE 9 |
#define S_ISBLK(m) (((m)& S_IFMT)==S_IFBLK)
#define S_ISCHR(m) (((m)& S_IFMT)==S_IFCHR)
#define S_ISDIR(m) (((m)& S_IFMT)==S_IFDIR)
#define S_ISFIFO(m) (((m)& S_IFMT)==S_IFIFO)
#define S_ISLNK(m) (((m)& S_IFMT)==S_IFLNK)
#define S_ISREG(m) (((m)& S_IFMT)==S_IFREG)
#define S_ISSOCK(m) (((m)& S_IFMT)==S_IFSOCK)
#define S_TYPEISMQ(buf) ((buf)->st_mode - (buf)->st_mode)
#define S_TYPEISSEM(buf) ((buf)->st_mode - (buf)->st_mode)
#define S_TYPEISSHM(buf) ((buf)->st_mode - (buf)->st_mode)
#define S_IRWXU (S_IREAD|S_IWRITE|S_IEXEC)
#define S_IROTH (S_IRGRP>>3)
#define S_IRGRP (S_IRUSR>>3)
#define S_IRWXO (S_IRWXG>>3)
#define S_IRWXG (S_IRWXU>>3)
#define S_IWOTH (S_IWGRP>>3)
#define S_IWGRP (S_IWUSR>>3)
#define S_IXOTH (S_IXGRP>>3)
#define S_IXGRP (S_IXUSR>>3)
#define S_ISVTX 01000
#define S_IXUSR 0x0040
#define S_IWUSR 0x0080
#define S_IRUSR 0x0100
#define S_ISGID 0x0400
#define S_ISUID 0x0800
#define S_IFIFO 0x1000
#define S_IFCHR 0x2000
#define S_IFDIR 0x4000
#define S_IFBLK 0x6000
#define S_IFREG 0x8000
#define S_IFLNK 0xa000
#define S_IFSOCK 0xc000
#define S_IFMT 0xf000
#define _STAT_VER 3
#define S_IREAD S_IRUSR
#define S_IWRITE S_IWUSR
#define S_IEXEC S_IXUSR
struct stat
{
dev_t st_dev;
unsigned short __pad1;
unsigned long st_ino;
mode_t st_mode;
nlink_t st_nlink;
pid_t st_uid;
gid_t st_gid;
dev_t st_rdev;
unsigned short __pad2;
off_t st_size;
blksize_t st_blksize;
blkcnt_t st_blocks;
time_t st_atime;
unsigned long __unused1;
time_t st_mtime;
unsigned long __unused2;
time_t st_ctime;
unsigned long __unused3;
unsigned long __unused4;
unsigned long __unused5;
}
;
struct stat64
{
dev_t st_dev;
unsigned int __pad0;
ino_t __st_ino;
mode_t st_mode;
nlink_t st_nlink;
uid_t st_uid;
gid_t st_gid;
dev_t st_rdev;
unsigned int __pad2;
off64_t st_size;
blksize_t st_blksize;
blkcnt64_t st_blocks;
time_t st_atime;
unsigned long __unused1;
time_t st_mtime;
unsigned long __unused2;
time_t st_ctime;
unsigned long __unused3;
ino64_t st_ino;
}
; |
#define ITIMER_REAL 0
#define ITIMER_VIRTUAL 1
#define ITIMER_PROF 2
struct timezone
{
int tz_minuteswest;
int tz_dsttime;
}
;
struct timespec
{
time_t tv_sec;
long tv_nsec;
}
;
struct timeval
{
time_t tv_sec;
suseconds_t tv_usec;
}
;
struct itimerval
{
struct timeval it_interval;
struct timeval it_value;
}
; |
struct tms
{
clock_t tms_utime;
clock_t tms_stime;
clock_t tms_cutime;
clock_t tms_cstime;
}
; |
struct utsname
{
char sysname[65];
char nodename[65];
char release[65];
char version[65];
char machine[65];
char domainname[65];
}
; |
#define WIFSIGNALED(status) (!WIFSTOPPED(status) & & !WIFEXITED(status))
#define WIFSTOPPED(status) (((status) & 0xff) == 0x7f)
#define WEXITSTATUS(status) (((status) & 0xff00) >> 8)
#define WTERMSIG(status) ((status) & 0x7f)
#define WCOREDUMP(status) ((status) & 0x80)
#define WIFEXITED(status) (WTERMSIG(status) == 0)
#define WNOHANG 0x00000001
#define WUNTRACED 0x00000002
#define WCOREFLAG 0x80
#define WSTOPSIG(status) WEXITSTATUS(status)
typedef enum
{
P_ALL, P_PID, P_PGID
}
idtype_t; |
#define LOG_EMERG 0 #define LOG_ALERT 1 #define LOG_CRIT 2 #define LOG_ERR 3 #define LOG_WARNING 4 #define LOG_NOTICE 5 #define LOG_INFO 6 #define LOG_DEBUG 7 #define LOG_KERN (0<<3) #define LOG_AUTHPRIV (10<<3) #define LOG_FTP (11<<3) #define LOG_USER (1<<3) #define LOG_MAIL (2<<3) #define LOG_DAEMON (3<<3) #define LOG_AUTH (4<<3) #define LOG_SYSLOG (5<<3) #define LOG_LPR (6<<3) #define LOG_NEWS (7<<3) #define LOG_UUCP (8<<3) #define LOG_CRON (9<<3) #define LOG_LOCAL0 (16<<3) #define LOG_LOCAL1 (17<<3) #define LOG_LOCAL2 (18<<3) #define LOG_LOCAL3 (19<<3) #define LOG_LOCAL4 (20<<3) #define LOG_LOCAL5 (21<<3) #define LOG_LOCAL6 (22<<3) #define LOG_LOCAL7 (23<<3) #define LOG_UPTO(pri) ((1 << ((pri)+1)) - 1) #define LOG_MASK(pri) (1 << (pri)) #define LOG_PID 0x01 #define LOG_CONS 0x02 #define LOG_ODELAY 0x04 #define LOG_NDELAY 0x08 #define LOG_NOWAIT 0x10 #define LOG_PERROR 0x20 |
#define TCIFLUSH 0
#define TCOOFF 0
#define TCSANOW 0
#define BS0 0000000
#define CR0 0000000
#define FF0 0000000
#define NL0 0000000
#define TAB0 0000000
#define VT0 0000000
#define OPOST 0000001
#define OLCUC 0000002
#define ONLCR 0000004
#define XCASE 0000004
#define OCRNL 0000010
#define ONOCR 0000020
#define ONLRET 0000040
#define OFILL 0000100
#define OFDEL 0000200
#define NL1 0000400
#define NLDLY 0000400
#define CR1 0001000
#define IUCLC 0001000
#define CR2 0002000
#define CR3 0003000
#define CRDLY 0003000
#define TAB1 0004000
#define TAB2 0010000
#define TAB3 0014000
#define TABDLY 0014000
#define BS1 0020000
#define BSDLY 0020000
#define VT1 0040000
#define VTDLY 0040000
#define FF1 0100000
#define FFDLY 0100000
#define TCOFLUSH 1
#define TCOON 1
#define TCSADRAIN 1
#define TCIOFF 2
#define TCIOFLUSH 2
#define TCSAFLUSH 2
#define TCION 3
struct winsize
{
unsigned short ws_row;
unsigned short ws_col;
unsigned short ws_xpixel;
unsigned short ws_ypixel;
}
;
typedef int speed_t;
typedef unsigned char cc_t;
typedef unsigned int tcflag_t;
#define NCCS 32
struct termios
{
tcflag_t c_iflag;
tcflag_t c_oflag;
tcflag_t c_cflag;
tcflag_t c_lflag;
cc_t c_line;
cc_t c_cc[NCCS];
speed_t c_ispeed;
speed_t c_ospeed;
}
;
#define VINTR 0
#define VQUIT 1
#define VSUSP 10
#define VEOL 11
#define VREPRINT 12
#define VDISCARD 13
#define VWERASE 14
#define VLNEXT 15
#define VEOL2 16
#define VERASE 2
#define VKILL 3
#define VEOF 4
#define VMIN 6
#define VSWTC 7
#define VSTART 8
#define VSTOP 9
#define IGNBRK 0000001
#define BRKINT 0000002
#define IGNPAR 0000004
#define PARMRK 0000010
#define INPCK 0000020
#define ISTRIP 0000040
#define INLCR 0000100
#define IGNCR 0000200
#define ICRNL 0000400
#define IXON 0002000
#define IXANY 0004000
#define IXOFF 0010000
#define IMAXBEL 0020000
#define CS5 0000000
#define CS6 0000020
#define CS7 0000040
#define CS8 0000060
#define CSIZE 0000060
#define CSTOPB 0000100
#define CREAD 0000200
#define PARENB 0000400
#define PARODD 0001000
#define HUPCL 0002000
#define CLOCAL 0004000
#define VTIME 5
#define ISIG 0000001
#define ICANON 0000002
#define ECHO 0000010
#define ECHOE 0000020
#define ECHOK 0000040
#define ECHONL 0000100
#define NOFLSH 0000200
#define TOSTOP 0000400
#define ECHOCTL 0001000
#define ECHOPRT 0002000
#define ECHOKE 0004000
#define FLUSHO 0010000
#define PENDIN 0040000
#define IEXTEN 0100000
#define B0 0000000
#define B50 0000001
#define B75 0000002
#define B110 0000003
#define B134 0000004
#define B150 0000005
#define B200 0000006
#define B300 0000007
#define B600 0000010
#define B1200 0000011
#define B1800 0000012
#define B2400 0000013
#define B4800 0000014
#define B9600 0000015
#define B19200 0000016
#define B38400 0000017 |
#define CLOCK_REALTIME 0
#define TIMER_ABSTIME 1
#define CLOCKS_PER_SEC 1000000l
struct tm
{
int tm_sec;
int tm_min;
int tm_hour;
int tm_mday;
int tm_mon;
int tm_year;
int tm_wday;
int tm_yday;
int tm_isdst;
long tm_gmtoff;
char *tm_zone;
}
;
struct itimerspec
{
struct timespec it_interval;
struct timespec it_value;
}
; |
typedef struct
{
gregset_t gregs;
fpregset_t fpregs;
unsigned long oldmask;
unsigned long cr2;
}
mcontext_t;
typedef struct ucontext
{
unsigned long uc_flags;
struct ucontext *uc_link;
stack_t uc_stack;
mcontext_t uc_mcontext;
sigset_t uc_sigmask;
struct _libc_fpstate __fpregs_mem;
}
ucontext_t; |
#define SEEK_SET 0 #define STDIN_FILENO 0 #define SEEK_CUR 1 #define STDOUT_FILENO 1 #define SEEK_END 2 #define STDERR_FILENO 2 typedef long long off64_t; typedef int *intptr_t; #define F_OK 0 #define X_OK 1 #define W_OK 2 #define R_OK 4 #define _POSIX_ASYNCHRONOUS_IO 1 #define _POSIX_FSYNC 1 #define _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES 1 #define _POSIX_MEMLOCK 1 #define _POSIX_MEMLOCK_RANGE 1 #define _POSIX_MEMORY_PROTECTION 1 #define _POSIX_MESSAGE_PASSING 1 #define _POSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING 1 #define _POSIX_REALTIME_SIGNALS 1 #define _POSIX_SEMAPHORES 1 #define _POSIX_SHARED_MEMORY_OBJECTS 1 #define _POSIX_SYNCHRONIZED_IO 1 #define _POSIX_TIMERS 1 #define _POSIX2_C_VERSION 199209L #define _POSIX2_VERSION 199209L #define _POSIX_VERSION 199506L #define _PC_LINK_MAX 0 #define _PC_MAX_CANON 1 #define _PC_ASYNC_IO 10 #define _PC_PRIO_IO 11 #define _PC_FILESIZEBITS 13 #define _PC_MAX_INPUT 2 #define _PC_NAME_MAX 3 #define _PC_PATH_MAX 4 #define _PC_PIPE_BUF 5 #define _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED 6 #define _PC_NO_TRUNC 7 #define _PC_VDISABLE 8 #define _PC_SYNC_IO 9 #define _SC_ARG_MAX 0 #define _SC_CHILD_MAX 1 #define _SC_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING 10 #define _SC_TIMERS 11 #define _SC_ASYNCHRONOUS_IO 12 #define _SC_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32 125 #define _SC_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG 126 #define _SC_XBS5_LP64_OFF64 127 #define _SC_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG 128 #define _SC_XOPEN_LEGACY 129 #define _SC_PRIORITIZED_IO 13 #define _SC_XOPEN_REALTIME 130 #define _SC_SYNCHRONIZED_IO 14 #define _SC_MAPPED_FILES 16 #define _SC_MEMLOCK 17 #define _SC_MEMLOCK_RANGE 18 #define _SC_MEMORY_PROTECTION 19 #define _SC_CLK_TCK 2 #define _SC_MESSAGE_PASSING 20 #define _SC_SEMAPHORES 21 #define _SC_SHARED_MEMORY_OBJECTS 22 #define _SC_AIO_LISTIO_MAX 23 #define _SC_AIO_MAX 24 #define _SC_AIO_PRIO_DELTA_MAX 25 #define _SC_DELAYTIMER_MAX 26 #define _SC_MQ_OPEN_MAX 27 #define _SC_MQ_PRIO_MAX 28 #define _SC_VERSION 29 #define _SC_NGROUPS_MAX 3 #define _SC_PAGESIZE 30 #define _SC_RTSIG_MAX 31 #define _SC_SEM_NSEMS_MAX 32 #define _SC_SEM_VALUE_MAX 33 #define _SC_SIGQUEUE_MAX 34 #define _SC_TIMER_MAX 35 #define _SC_BC_BASE_MAX 36 #define _SC_BC_DIM_MAX 37 #define _SC_BC_SCALE_MAX 38 #define _SC_BC_STRING_MAX 39 #define _SC_OPEN_MAX 4 #define _SC_COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX 40 #define _SC_EXPR_NEST_MAX 42 #define _SC_LINE_MAX 43 #define _SC_RE_DUP_MAX 44 #define _SC_2_VERSION 46 #define _SC_2_C_BIND 47 #define _SC_2_C_DEV 48 #define _SC_2_FORT_DEV 49 #define _SC_STREAM_MAX 5 #define _SC_2_FORT_RUN 50 #define _SC_2_SW_DEV 51 #define _SC_2_LOCALEDEF 52 #define _SC_TZNAME_MAX 6 #define _SC_THREADS 67 #define _SC_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS 68 #define _SC_JOB_CONTROL 7 #define _SC_THREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS 73 #define _SC_THREAD_KEYS_MAX 74 #define _SC_THREAD_STACK_MIN 75 #define _SC_THREAD_THREADS_MAX 76 #define _SC_THREAD_ATTR_STACKADDR 77 #define _SC_THREAD_ATTR_STACKSIZE 78 #define _SC_THREAD_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING 79 #define _SC_SAVED_IDS 8 #define _SC_THREAD_PRIO_INHERIT 80 #define _SC_THREAD_PRIO_PROTECT 81 #define _SC_THREAD_PROCESS_SHARED 82 #define _SC_PASS_MAX 88 #define _SC_XOPEN_VERSION 89 #define _SC_REALTIME_SIGNALS 9 #define _SC_XOPEN_CRYPT 92 #define _SC_XOPEN_ENH_I18N 93 #define _SC_XOPEN_SHM 94 #define _SC_2_C_VERSION 96 #define _SC_2_UPE 97 #define _CS_PATH 0 #define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_CFLAGS 1100 #define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LDFLAGS 1101 #define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LIBS 1102 #define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LINTFLAGS 1103 #define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_CFLAGS 1104 #define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS 1105 #define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LIBS 1106 #define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS 1107 #define _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_CFLAGS 1108 #define _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LDFLAGS 1109 #define _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LIBS 1110 #define _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LINTFLAGS 1111 #define _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_CFLAGS 1112 #define _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS 1113 #define _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LIBS 1114 #define _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS 1115 #define _XOPEN_REALTIME 1 #define _XOPEN_XPG4 1 #define _XOPEN_XCU_VERSION 4 #define _XOPEN_VERSION 500 |
#define UT_HOSTSIZE 256
#define UT_LINESIZE 32
#define UT_NAMESIZE 32
struct exit_status
{
short e_termination;
short e_exit;
}
;
struct lastlog
{
timer_t ll_time;
char ll_line[UT_LINESIZE];
char ll_host[UT_HOSTSIZE];
}
;
struct utmp
{
short ut_type;
pid_t ut_pid;
char ut_line[UT_LINESIZE];
char ut_id[4];
char ut_user[UT_NAMESIZE];
char ut_host[UT_HOSTSIZE];
struct exit_status ut_exit;
long ut_session;
struct timeval ut_tv;
int32_t ut_addr_v6[4];
char __unused[20];
}
;
#define EMPTY 0
#define RUN_LVL 1
#define BOOT_TIME 2
#define NEW_TIME 3
#define OLD_TIME 4
#define INIT_PROCESS 5
#define LOGIN_PROCESS 6
#define USER_PROCESS 7
#define DEAD_PROCESS 8
#define ACCOUNTING 9 |
typedef unsigned long wctype_t;
typedef unsigned int wint_t;
typedef int wctrans_t;
typedef struct
{
int count;
wint_t value;
}
mbstate_t; |
enum
{
WRDE_DOOFFS, WRDE_APPEND, WRDE_NOCMD, WRDE_REUSE, WRDE_SHOWERR, WRDE_UNDEF,
__WRDE_FLAGS
}
;
typedef struct
{
int we_wordc;
char **we_wordv;
int we_offs;
}
wordexp_t;
enum
{
WRDE_NOSYS, WRDE_NOSPACE, WRDE_BADCHAR, WRDE_BADVAL, WRDE_CMDSUB,
WRDE_SYNTAX
}
; |
int _IO_feof(_IO_FILE *__fp); |
The function _IO_feof() tests the end-of-file indicator for the stream pointed to by __fp, returning non-zero if it is set.
_IO_feof is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
int _IO_getc(_IO_FILE *__fp); |
_IO_getc() reads the next character from __fp and returns it as an unsigned char cast to an int, or EOF on end of file or error.
_IO_getc is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
int _IO_putc(int __c, _IO_FILE *__fp); |
_IO_putc() writes the character __c, cast to an unsigned char, to __fp.
_IO_putc is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
int _IO_puts(const char *__c); |
_IO_puts() writes the string __s and a trailing newline to stdout.
_IO_puts is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
void
__assert_fail(const char *assertion,
const char *file,
unsigned int line,
const char *function); |
This function, when passed a string containing an asserted expression, a filename, and a line number, prints a message on the standard error stream such as:
a.c:10: foobar: Assertion a == b failed.
It then aborts program execution via a call to abort. The exact form of the message is up to the implementation.
If FUNCTION is NULL, then omit information about the function.
FILE, LINE, and ASSERTION must be non-NULL.
__assert_fail is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
#include <ctype.h> extern const unsigned short int *ctype_b; |
Array index for ctype functions.
__ctype_b is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
size_t __ctype_get_mb_cur_max(void); |
__ctype_get_mb_cur_max() returns the maximum length of a multibyte character in the current locale.
__ctype_get_mb_cur_max is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
#include <ctype.h> int __ctype_tolower(int c); |
The __ctype_tolower() function converts an uppercase letter to the corresponding lowercase letter. If the argument is an uppercase letter, the __ctype_tolower() function returns the corresponding lowercase letter if there is one; otherwise, the argument is returned unchanged.
__ctype_tolower is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
#include <ctype.h> int __ctype_toupper(int c); |
The __ctype_toupper() function converts a lowercase letter to the corresponding uppercase letter. If the argument is a lowercase letter, the __ctype_toupper() function returns the corresponding uppercase letter if there is one; otherwise, the argument is returned unchanged.
__ctype_toupper is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
int __cxa_atexit(void (*func) (void *), void *arg, void *d); |
Register a function to be called by exit or when a shared library is unloaded. This function is only called from code generated by the C++ compiler.
__cxa_atexit() has the same specification as atexit().
__cxa_atexit is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
int __daylight; |
#include <libintl.h>
extern char *__dcgettext(const char *domainname,
const char *msgid, int category); |
Used by dcgettext in the translation to look up the MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current locale. CATEGORY locale.
__dcgettext() has the same specification as dcgettext().
__dcgettext is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
extern char **__environ; |
Alias for environ - user environment.
__environ has the same specification as environ.
__environ is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
int *__errno_location(void); |
#include <stdio_ext.h> size_t __fpending(FILE *stream); |
The __fpending function returns the amount of output in bytes pending on a stream.
__fpending is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
extern int __getpagesize(void); |
Alias for getpagesize - get current page size.
__getpagesize has the same specification as getpagesize.
__getpagesize is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
pid_t __getpgid(pid_t pid); |
__getpgid(pid) has the same specification as getpgid(pid).
__getpgid is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
int *__h_errno_location (void); |
Return the address of the h_errno variable, where h_errno is as specified in the Single Unix Specification. Only in the binary standard, not the source standard. Note that h_errno itself is only in the source standard, not the binary standard.
int __libc_current_sigrtmax(void); |
__libc_current_sigrtmax() returns the number of an available real-time signal with the lowest priority.
__libc_current_sigrtmax is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
int __libc_current_sigrtmin(void); |
__libc_current_sigrtmin() returns the number of an available real-time signal with the highest priority
__libc_current_sigrtmin is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard
BP_SYM __libc_start_main (int (*main) (int, char**, char**),
int argc, char *__unbounded *__unbounded ubp_av,
void (*init) (void), void (*fini) (void),
void (*rtld_fini) (void), void (*__unbounded stack_end); |
Initialize glibc.
__libc_start_main is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
#include <ctype.h> int __lxstat(int version, char *__path, struct stat *__statbuf); |
Inline wrapper around call to lxstat.
__lxstat is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
#include <string.h>
extern ptr_t __mempcpy(ptr_t restrict dest,
const ptr_t restrict src, size_t n)); |
Copy n bytes of source to destination, returning pointer to bytes after the last written byte.
__mempcpy is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
#include <string.h> extern ptr_t __rawmemchr(const ptr_t s, int c); |
__rawmemchr searches in s for c.
This is a weak alias to rawmemchr. It is similar to memchr, but there is no length limit.
__rawmemchr is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
int __sigsetjmp(jmp_buf env, int savemask); |
__sigsetjmp(env, savemask) has the same behavior as sigsetjmp(env, savemask) as specified by POSIX.
__sigsetjmp is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
#include <string.h> char * __stpcpy(char *dest, const char *src); |
The __stpcpy() function copies the string pointed to by src (including the terminating /0 character) to the array pointed to by dest. The strings may not overlap, and the destination string dest must be large enough to receive the copy.
__stpcpy() returns a pointer to the end of the string dest (that is, the address of the terminating null character) rather than the beginning.
__stpcpy() has the same specification as stpcpy().
__stpcpy is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
char *__strdup(__const char *string); |
__strdup(string) has the same specification as strdup(string).
__strdup is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
double __strtod_internal(const char *__nptr,
char **__endptr,
int __group); |
The __group argument must be 0 or the behavior is undefined.
__strtod_internal(__nptr, __endptr, __group) has the same specification as strtod(__nptr, __endptr).
__strtod_internal is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
float __strtof_internal (const char *__nptr,
char **__endptr, int __group); |
The __group argument must be 0 or the behavior is undefined. Otherwise the same as strtof (__nptr, __endptr). Only in the binary standard, not the source standard.
char *__strtok_r(char *__restrict s,
__const char *__restrict delim,
char **__restrict save_ptr); |
__strtok_r(s, delim, save_ptr) has the same specification as strtok_r(s, delim, save_ptr).
__strtok_r is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
long int __strtol_internal(const char *__nptr, char **__endptr,
int __base, int __group); |
__GROUP must be 0 or the behavior is undefined.
__strtol_internal(__nptr, __endptr, __base, __group) has the same specification as strtol(__nptr, __endptr, __base).
__strtol_internal is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
long double __strtold_internal(const char *__nptr,
char **__endptr,
int __group); |
The __group argument must be 0 or the behavior is undefined. Otherwise the same as strtold (__nptr, __endptr). Only in the binary standard, not the source standard.
long long __strtoll_internal(const char *__nptr,
char **__endptr,
int __base,
int __group); |
The __group argument must be 0 or the behavior is undefined. Otherwise the same as strtoll (__nptr, __endptr, __base). Only in the binary standard, not the source standard.
unsigned long int __strtoul_internal (const char *__nptr,
char **__endptr, int __base,
int __group); |
The __group argument must be 0 or the behavior is undefined. Otherwise the same as strtoul (__nptr, __endptr, __base). Only in the binary standard, not the source standard.
unsigned long long __strtoull_internal(const char *__nptr,
char **__endptr, int __base,
int __group); |
The __group argument must be 0 or the behavior is undefined. Otherwise the same as strtoull (__nptr, __endptr, __base). Only in the binary standard, not the source standard.
#include <unistd.h> long __sysconf(int name); |
Get configuration information at runtime.
This is weak alias to sysconf.
__sysconf(name) has the same specification as sysconf(name).
__sysconf is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__sighandler_t __sysv_signal(int sig, __sighandler_t handler); |
__sysv_signal(sig, handler) has the same behavior as signal(sig, handler) as specified by X/Open.
__sysv_signal is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
long int __timezone; |
char *__tzname[2]; |
The specification for "__tzname" is the same as "tzname" as specified in the SUS (note that the array size is two; this is explicit in the SUSv3 but not the SUSv2).
double __wcstod_internal(const wchar_t *nptr,
wchar_t **endptr,
int group); |
The group argument must be 0 or the behavior is undefined. Otherwise the same as wcstod(nptr, endptr). Only in the binary standard, not the source standard.
float __wcstof_internal(const wchar_t *nptr,
wchar_t **endptr,
int group); |
The group argument must be 0 or the behavior is undefined. Otherwise the same as wcstof(nptr, endptr). Only in the binary standard, not the source standard.
long __wcstol_internal(const wchar_t *nptr,
wchar_t ** endptr,
int base,
int group); |
The group argument must be 0 or the behavior is undefined. Otherwise the same as wcstol(nptr, endptr, base). Only in the binary standard, not the source standard.
long double __wcstold_internal(const wchar_t *nptr,
wchar_t ** endptr,
int group); |
The group argument must be 0 or the behavior is undefined. Otherwise the same as wcstold(nptr, endptr). Only in the binary standard, not the source standard.
unsigned long
__wcstoul_internal(const wchar_t *restrict nptr,
wchar_t **restrict endptr,
int base, int group); |
The group argument must be 0 or the behavior is undefined. Otherwise the same as wcstoul(nptr, endptr, base). Only in the binary standard, not the source standard.
int __xmknod(int ver,
__const char *path,
__mode_t mode,
__dev_t *dev); |
ver must be 1 or the behavior is undefined.
__xmknod(1, path, mode, dev) has the same specification as mknod(path, mode, dev).
Note that the format of dev_t is not the same as the argument that the kernel syscall uses.
__xmknod is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <unistd.h>
int __xstat (int __ver,
const char *__filename,
struct stat *__stat_buf)
int __lxstat (int __ver,
const char *__filename,
struct stat *__stat_buf)
int __fxstat (int __ver,
int __filedesc,
struct stat *__stat_buf) |
__xstat() has the same behavior as stat (__filename, __stat_buf) as specified by POSIX.
__lxstat() has the same behavior as lstat (__filename, __stat_buf) as specified by POSIX.
__fxstat() has the same behavior as fstat (__filedesc, __stat_buf) as specified by POSIX.
Note that the struct stat used by these functions is not the one that the kernel uses.
__xstat, __lxstat, and __fxstat are not in the source standard; stat, lstat, and fstat are not in the binary standard.
#define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <unistd.h>
int __xstat64 (int __ver,
const char *__filename,
struct stat64 *__stat_buf)
int __lxstat64 (int __ver,
const char *__filename,
struct stat64 *__stat_buf)
int __fxstat64 (int __ver,
int __filedesc,
struct stat64 *__stat_buf) |
__xstat64() has the same behavior as stat64 (__filename, __stat_buf) as specified by Large File Summit.
__lxstat64() has the same behavior as lstat64 (__filename, __stat_buf) as specified by Large File Summit.
__fxstat64() has the same behavior as fstat64 (__filedesc, __stat_buf) as specified by Large File Summit.
__xstat64, __lxstat64, and __fxstat64 are not in the source standard; stat64, lstat64, and fstat64 are not in the binary standard.
extern char **_environ; |
#include <libintl.h> extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; |
Used by Message catalogs for internationalization. A variable defined which gets incremented every time a new catalog is loaded.
#include <obstack.h>
extern int _obstack_begin(struct obstack *, int, int,
void *(*) (long), void (*) (void *)); |
#include <obstack.h> extern void _obstack_newchunk(struct obstack *, int); |
#include <stdio.h> extern const char *const _sys_errlist[]; |
An array containing the "C" locale strings used by strerror(). This normally should not be used directly. The strerror function provides all the needed functionality.
#include <signal.h> extern const char *const _sys_siglist[NSIG]; |
An array containing the names of the signal names.
This exists only for compatibility. Use strsignal instead (see <string.h>).
#include <dirent.h> int acct(const char *filename); |
When called with the name of an existing file as argument, accounting is turned on and records for each terminating process are appended to filename as it terminates. An argument of NULL causes accounting to be turned off.
BSD process accounting has not been enabled when the operating system kernel was compiled. The kernel configuration parameter controlling this feature is CONFIG_BSD_PROCESS_ACCT.
Out of memory.
The calling process has no permission to enable process accounting.
The argument filename is not a regular file.
Error writing to the file filename.
There are no more free file structures or we run out of memory.
#include <time.h> int adjtime(const struct timeval *delta, struct timeval *olddelta); |
The adjtime function makes small adjustments to the system time, as returned by gettimeofday(2), advancing or retarding it by the time specified by the timeval delta. If delta is negative, the clock is slowed down by incrementing it more slowly than normal until the correction is complete. If delta is positive, a larger increment than normal is used. The skew used to perform the correction is generally a fraction of one percent. Thus, the time is always a monotonically increasing function. A time correction from an earlier call to adjtime() may not be finished when adjtime() is called again. If olddelta is non-nil, the structure pointed to will contain, upon return, the number of microseconds still to be corrected from the earlier call.
This call may be used by time servers that synchronize the clocks of computers in a local area network. Such time servers would slow down the clocks of some machines and speed up the clocks of others to bring them to the average network time.
The call adjtime() is restricted to the super-user.
An argument points outside the process's allocated address space.
The process's effective user ID is not that of the super-user.
#include <sys/timex.h> int adjtimex(struct timex *buf); |
Linux uses David L. Mills' clock adjustment algorithm (see RFC 1305). The system call adjtimex reads and optionally sets adjustment parameters for this algorithm. It takes a pointer to a timex structure, updates kernel parameters from field values, and returns the same structure with current kernel values. This structure is declared as follows:
int modes; /* mode selector */
long offset; /* time offset (usec) */
long freq; /* frequency offset (scaled ppm) */
long maxerror; /* maximum error (usec) */
long esterror; /* estimated error (usec) */
int status; /* clock command/status */
long constant; /* pll time constant */
long precision; /* clock precision (usec) (read only) */
long tolerance; /* clock frequency tolerance (ppm) (read only) */
struct timeval time; /* current time (read only) */
long tick; /* usecs between clock ticks */
};
The modes field determines which parameters, if any, to set. It may contain a bitwise-or combination of zero or more of the following bits:
#define ADJ_OFFSET 0x0001 /* time offset */
#define ADJ_FREQUENCY 0x0002 /* frequency offset */
#define ADJ_MAXERROR 0x0004 /* maximum time error */
#define ADJ_ESTERROR 0x0008 /* estimated time error */
#define ADJ_STATUS 0x0010 /* clock status */
#define ADJ_TIMECONST 0x0020 /* pll time constant */
#define ADJ_TICK 0x4000 /* tick value */
#define ADJ_OFFSET_SINGLESHOT 0x8001 /* old-fashioned adjtime */
Ordinary users are restricted to a zero value for mode. Only the superuser may set any parameters.
On success, adjtimex returns the clock state:
#define TIME_OK 0 /* clock synchronized */
#define TIME_INS 1 /* insert leap second */
#define TIME_DEL 2 /* delete leap second */
#define TIME_OOP 3 /* leap second in progress */
#define TIME_WAIT 4 /* leap second has occurred */
#define TIME_BAD 5 /* clock not synchronized */
On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
buf does not point to writable memory.
buf.mode is non-zero and the user is not super-user.
An attempt is made to set buf.offset to a value outside the range -131071 to +131071, or to set buf.status to a value other than those listed above, or to set buf.tick to a value outside the range 900000/HZ to 1100000/HZ, where HZ is the system timer interrupt frequency.
#include <dirent.h> int alphasort(const struct dirent **a, const struct dirent **b); |
The alphasort interface is expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should provide their own routine to sort filenames.[11]
The alphasort() function can be used as the comparison function for the scandir() function to sort the directory entries into alphabetical order. Its parameters are the two directory entries, a and b, to compare.
The alphasort() function returns an integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if the first argument is considered to be respectively less than, equal to, or greater than the second.
#include <dirent.h> int alphasort64(const struct dirent64 **a, const struct dirent64 **b); |
The alphasort64 interface is expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should provide their own routine to sort filenames.[12]
Function to compare two struct dirent64s alphabetically. This function is like alphasort but it uses the 64bit dirent structure.
#include <sys/types.h> #include <rpc.rpc.h> int bindresvport(int sd, struct sockaddr_in *sin); |
The bindresvport() function is used to bind a socket to a privileged IP port. This function can be used only by root.
On success, zero is returned. On failure, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
Address of second argument provided did not match address family of first argument.
#include <termios.h> int cfmakeraw(struct termios *termios_p); |
termios_p->c_iflag &= ~(IGNBRK|BRKINT|PARMRK|ISTRIP |INLCR|IGNCR|ICRNL|IXON);
termios_p->c_oflag &= ~OPOST;
termios_p->c_lflag &= ~(ECHO|ECHONL|ICANON|ISIG|IEXTEN);
termios_p->c_cflag &= ~(CSIZE|PARENB);
termios_p->c_cflag |= CS8;
termios_p is a pointer to a termios structure. This structure contains the following members:
tcflag_t c_iflag; /* input modes */
tcflag_t c_oflag; /* output modes */
tcflag_t c_cflag; /* control modes */
tcflag_t c_lflag; /* local modes */
cc_t c_cc[NCCS]; /* control chars */
On success, zero is returned. On failure, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
#include <termios.h> int cfsetspeed(struct termios *t, speedt speed); |
The cfsetspeed function is provided for setting the baud rate values in the termios structure. The effects of the function on the terminal as described below do not become effective, nor are all errors detected, until the tcsetattr function is called. Certain values for baud rates set in the termios structure and passed to tcsetattr have special meanings.
The input and output baud rates are found in the termios structure. The unsigned integer speed_t is typdef'd in the include file <termios.h>. The value of the integer corresponds directly to the baud rate being represented, however, the following symbolic values are defined.
#define B0 0
#define B50 50
#define B75 75
#define B110 110
#define B134 134
#define B150 150
#define B200 200
#define B300 300
#define B600 600
#define B1200 1200
#define B1800 1800
#define B2400 2400
#define B4800 4800
#define B9600 9600
#define B19200 19200
#define B38400 38400
#ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE
#define EXTA 19200
#define EXTB 38400
#endif /*_POSIX_SOURCE */
The cfsetspeed function sets both the input and output baud rate in the termios structure referenced by t to speed.
#include <unistd.h> int daemon(int nochdir, int noclose); |
The daemon() function is for programs wishing to detach themselves from the controlling terminal and run in the background as system daemons. Unless the argument nochdir is non-zero, daemon() changes the current working directory to the root (`/'). Unless the argument noclose is non-zero, daemon() will redirect standard input, standard output and standard error to /dev/null.
On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set to any of the errors specified for the library functions fork(2) and setsid(2).
#include <err.h> void err(int eval, const char *fmt, ...); |
The err() function displays a formatted error message on the standard error output. The last component of the program name, a colon character, and a space are output. If the fmt argument is not NULL, the formatted error message, a colon character, and a space are output. The error message string affiliated with the current value of the global variable errno is output. The output is followed by a newline character.
The err() function does not return, but exits with the value of the argument eval.
void error (int exitstatus, int errnum, const char *format, ...) |
Print a message to standard error. First print the name of the program. If there is a function called error_print_progname (which would be provided by the application), call it to print the program name. If not, print the contents of the global variable program_name as the program name.
Then print a colon, a space, and the result of using the printf-style format and the optional arguments.
Then, if errnum is nonzero, print a colon, a space, and the result of strerror(errnum).
Then print a newline.
Then, if exitstatus is nonzero, call exit(exitstatus).
#include <err.h> void errx(int eval, const char *fmt, ...); |
The errx() function displays a formatted error message on the standard error output. The last component of the program name, a colon character, and a space are output. If the fmt argument is not NULL, the formatted error message, a colon character, and a space are output. The output is followed by a newline character.
The errx() function does not return, but exits with the value of the argument eval.
int flock(int fd, int operation); |
Apply or remove an advisory lock on an open file. The file is specified by fd. Valid operations are given below:
Shared lock. More than one process may hold a shared lock for a given file at a given time.
Exclusive lock. Only one process may hold an exclusive lock for a given file at a given time.
Unlock.
Don't block when locking. May be specified (by or'ing) along with one of the other operations.
A single file may not simultaneously have both shared and exclusive locks.
#include <sys/vfs.h> int fstatfs(int fd, struct statfs *buf); |
fstatfs returns information about a mounted file system. fd is the open file descriptor of any file within the mounted filesystem. buf is a pointer to a statfs structure defined as follows:
long f_type; /* type of filesystem (see below) */
long f_bsize; /* optimal transfer block size */
long f_blocks; /* total data blocks in file system */
long f_bfree; /* free blocks in fs */
long f_bavail; /* free blocks avail to non-superuser */
long f_files; /* total file nodes in file system */
long f_ffree; /* free file nodes in fs */
fsid_t f_fsid; /* file system id */
long f_namelen; /* maximum length of filenames */
long f_spare[6]; /* spare for later */
};
Fields that are undefined for a particular file system are set to 0.
fd is not a valid open file descriptor.
buf points to an invalid address.
An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system.
The filesystem fd is open on does not support statfs.
int fwprintf(FILE* stream, const wchar_t* format, ...); |
The specification for "fwprintf" is as specified in the SUSv2 but with the following differences as listed below.
#include <unistd.h> extern int getdomainname(char *name, size_t namelen); |
If NIS is in use, provide the NIS domain name. Note that this is not the same as the domain name which provides the domain portion of a fully qualified domain name (for example, in DNS). If NIS is not in use, provide the string "(none)".
If the string which is provided is strictly less than namelen characters in length, getdomainname places it in the array pointed to by name followed by a terminating null character. If not, getdomainname may either truncate it to namelen characters and place it in name (without a terminating null character), or may fail with EINVAL.
getdomainname returns 0 if successful; -1 if not (in which case errno is set to indicate the error).
#include <netdb.h> struct hostent *gethostbyname(const char *name); |
The gethostbyname() function returns a structure of type hostent for the given host name. Here name is either a host name, or an IPv4 address in standard dot notation, or an IPv6 address in colon (and possibly dot) notation. (See RFC 1884 for the description of IPv6 addresses.) If name is an IPv4 or IPv6 address, no lookup is performed and gethostbyname() simply copies name into the h_name field and its struct in_addr equivalent into the h_addr_list[0] field of the returned hostent structure. If name doesn't end in a dot and the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, the alias file pointed to by HOSTALIASES will first be searched for name (see hostname(7) for the file format). The current domain and its parents are searched unless name ends in a dot.
The domain name queries carried out by gethostbyname() use a combination of any or all of the name server named(8), a broken out line from /etc/hosts, and the Network Information Service (NIS or YP), depending upon the contents of the order line in /etc/host.conf. (See resolv+(8)). The default action is to query named(8), followed by /etc/hosts.
The hostent structure is defined in <netdb.h> as follows:
char *h_name; /* official name of host */
char **h_aliases; /* alias list */
int h_addrtype; /* host address type */
int h_length; /* length of address */
char **h_addr_list; /* list of addresses */
}
#define h_addr h_addr_list[0] /* for backward compatibility */
The gethostbyname()) functions return the hostent structure or a NULL pointer if an error occurs. On error, the h_errno variable holds an error number.
extern int gethostbyname_r(__const char *__restrict __name,
struct hostent *__restrict __result_buf,
char *__restrict __buf, size_t __buflen,
struct hostent **__restrict __result,
int *__restrict __h_errnop); |
The gethostbyname_r() function is a reentrant version of the gethostbyname function that searches the network host database for a host name match.
#include <stdlib.h> int getloadavg(double loadavg[], int nelem); |
The getloadavg() function returns the number of processes in the system run queue averaged over various periods of time. Up to nelem samples are retrieved and assigned to successive elements of loadavg[]. The system imposes a maximum of 3 samples, representing averages over the last 1, 5, and 15 minutes, respectively.
int getopt(int argc, char * const argv[], const char *optstring); extern char *optarg; extern int optind, opterr, optopt; |
GNU supports the following extensions of getopt:
int getopt_long(int argc, char * const argv[],
const char *optstring,
const struct option *longopts, int *longindex);
int getopt_long_only(int argc, char * const argv[],
const char *optstring,
const struct option *longopts, int *longindex); |
The getopt() function parses command line arguments. GNU and POSIX specifications for this function vary in the following areas.
GNU specifies that:
an element of argv that starts with "-" (and is not exactly "-" or "--") is an option element.
characters of an option element, aside from the initial "-", are option characters.
POSIX specifies that:
applications using getopt() must obey the following syntax guidelines:
option name is a single alphanumeric character from the portable character set
option is preceded by the "-" delimiter character
options without option-arguments should be accepted when grouped behind one "-" delimiter
each option and option-argument is a separate argument
option-arguments are not optional
all options should precede operands on the command line
the argument "--" is accepted as a delimiter indicating the end of options and the consideration of subsequent arguments, if any, as operands
historical implementations of getopt() support other characters as options as an allowed extension, but applications that use extensions are not maximally portable.
support for multi-byte option characters is only possible when such characters can be represented as type int.
applications that call any utility with a first operand starting with "-" should usually specify "--" to mark the end of the options. Standard utilities that do not support this guideline indicate that fact in the OPTIONS section of the utility description.
GNU specifies that:
if a character is followed by two colons, the option takes an optional arg; if there is text in the current argv-element, it is returned in optarg, otherwise optarg is set to zero.
if optstring contains W followed by a semi-colon, then -W foo is treated as the long option --foo. (Not available with libraries before GNU libc 2.)
getopt_long() works like getopt() except that it also accepts "long options", or, options that are preface with two dashes instead of one.
long option names may be abbreviated if the abbreviation is unique or an exact match for some defined option.
a long option may take a parameter, of the form --arg=param or --arg param.
getopt_long_only() works like getopt_long(), except that both "-" and "--" indicate long option. If an option that starts with "-" (not "--") doesn't match a long option, but does match a short option, it is parsed instead as a short option.
POSIX specifies that:
the -W option is reserved for implementation extensions.
GNU specifies the following getopt() return values:
the next option character is returned, if found successfully.
colon character (":") is returned if a parameter is missing for one of the options.
question mark ("?") is returned if an unknown option character is encountered.
"-1" is returned for the end of the option list.
GNU specifies the following getopt_long() and getopt_long_only() return values:
when short option is recognized, the option character is returned.
when long option is recognized, val is returned if flag is NULL, otherwise, 0 is returned.
error and -1 returns are the same as for getopt().
question mark ("?") is returned for an ambiguous match or an extraneous parameter.
POSIX specifies the following getopt() return values:
the next option character is returned, if found successfully.
colon character (":") is returned if a parameter is missing for one of the options and the first character of opstring is ":".
question mark ("?") is returned if an unknown option character not in optstring is encountered, or if getopt() detects a missing argument and the first character of optstring is not ":".
"-1" is returned for the end of the option list.
GNU specifies that:
if the variable POSIXLY_CORRECT is set, option processing stops as soon as a non-option argument is encountered.
if POSIXLY_CORRECT is set, GNU getopt() conforms to POSIX.2.
the variable _[PID]_GNU_nonoption_argv_flags_ was used by bash 2.0 to communicate to GNU libc which arguments resulted from wildcard expansion and so should not be considered as options. This behavior was removed in bash version 2.01, but the support remains in GNU libc.
#define _GNU_SOURCE
#include <getopt.h>
int getopt_long(int argc, char * const argv[],
const char *optstring,
const struct option *longopts, int *longindex);
|
The getopt_long() function works like getopt() except that it also accepts long options, started out by two dashes. Long option names may be abbreviated if the abbreviation is unique or is an exact match for some defined option. A long option may take a parameter, of the form --arg=param or --arg param.
longopts is a pointer to the first element of an array of struct option declared in <getopt.h> as
const char *name;
int *flag;
int has_arg;
int val;
};
The getopt_long() function returns the option character if the option was found successfully, : if there was a missing parameter for one of the options, ? for an unknown option character, or -1 for the end of the option list.
getopt_long() also returns the option character when a short option is recognized. For a long option, they return val if flag is NULL, and 0 otherwise. Error and -1 returns are the same as for getopt(), plus ? for an ambiguous match or an extraneous parameter.
#define _GNU_SOURCE
#include <getopt.h>
int getopt_long_only(int argc, char * const argv[],
const char *optstring,
const struct option *longopts, int *longindex);
|
getopt_long_only() is like getopt_long(), but - as well as -- can indicate a long option. If an option that starts with - (not --) doesn't match a long option, but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option instead.
The function getopt_long_only() returns the option character if the option was found successfully, : if there was a missing parameter for one of the options, ? for an unknown option character, or -1 for the end of the option list. getopt_long_only() also returns the option character when a short option is recognized. For a long option, they return val if flag is NULL, and 0 otherwise. Error and -1 returns are the same as for getopt(), plus ? for an ambiguous match or an extraneous parameter.
struct protoent *getprotobynumber(int proto); |
The getprotobyname() function returns a protoent structure for the line from /etc/protocols that matches the protocol name name.
The protoent structure is defined in <netdb.h> as follows:
char *p_name; /* official protocol name */
char **p_aliases; /* alias list */
int p_proto; /* protocol number */
}
The getprotobyname() function returns the protoent structure, or a NULL pointer if an error occurs or the end of the file is reached.
struct protoent *getprotoent(void); |
The getprotoent() function reads the next line from the file /etc/protocols and returns a structure protoent containing the broken out fields from the line. The /etc/protocols file is opened if necessary.
The protoent structure is defined in <netdb.h> as follows:
char *p_name; /* official protocol name */
char **p_aliases; /* alias list */
int p_proto; /* protocol number */
}
The getprotoent() function returns the protoent structure, or a NULL pointer if an error occurs or the end of the file is reached.
#include <string.h>
extern int getpwnam_r (const char *name,
struct passwd *resultbuf,
char *buffer,
size_t buflen,
struct passwd **result)
|
Reentrant version of getpwnam. The additional arguments resultsbuf and buffer are for internal storage, buflen the size of the buffer, and result is the password structure used to return the requested information.
#include <netdb.h> struct servent *getservbyname(const char *name, const char *proto); |
The getservbyname() function returns a servent structure for the line from /etc/services that matches the service name using protocol proto.
The servent structure is defined in <netdb.h> as follows:
char *s_name; /* official service name */
char **s_aliases; /* alias list */
int s_port; /* port number */
char *s_proto; /* protocol to use */
}
getservbyname() returns the servent structure, or a NULL pointer if an error occurs or the end of the file is reached.
#include <netdb.h> struct servent *getservent(void); |
The getservent() function reads the next line from the file /etc/services and returns a structure servent containing the broken out fields from the line. The /etc/services file is opened if necessary.
The servent structure is defined in <netdb.h> as follows:
char *s_name; /* official service name */
char **s_aliases; /* alias list */
int s_port; /* port number */
char *s_proto; /* protocol to use */
}
getservent() returns the servent structure, or a NULL pointer if an error occurs or the end of the file is reached.
#include <libintl.h> extern char *gettext((const char *msgid)); |
Used to look up the MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default text).
#include <utmp.h> struct utmp *getutent(void); |
getutent() reads a line from the current file position in the utmp file. It returns a pointer to a structure containing the fields of the line.
extern int getutent_r(struct utmp *__buffer,
struct utmp **__result); |
#include <glob.h>
int glob64((const char *pattern, int flags,
int (*errfunc) (const char *, int),
glob64_t *pglob)); |
The glob64() function searches for all the pathnames matching pattern according to the rules used by the shell (see glob(7)). No tilde expansion or parameter substitution is done; if you want these, use wordexp(3). The results of a glob64() call are stored in the structure pointed to by pglob, which is a glob64_t which is declared in <glob.h> and includes the following elements defined by POSIX.2 (more may be present as an extension):
The glob64() function is a 64-bit version of glob.
On successful completion, glob64() returns zero. Other possible returns are: GLOB_NOSPACE for running out of memory, GLOB_ABORTED for a read error, and GLOB_NOMATCH for no found matches.
#include <glob.h> void globfree64(glob64_t *pglob); |
The globfree64() function frees the dynamically allocate storage from an earlier call to glob64().
The globfree64 function is a 64-bit version of globfree.
#include <grp.h> #include <sys/types.h> int initgroups(const char *user, gid_t group); |
The initgroups() function initializes the group access list by reading the group database and using all groups of which user is a member. The additional group group is also added to the list.
The calling process does not have sufficient privileges.
Insufficient memory to allocate group information structure.
#include <ctype.h> int isblank(int c); |
This functions checks whether c, which must have the value of an unsigned char or EOF, falls into a certain character class according to the current locale.
isblank() checks for a blank character; that is, a space or a tab. This function is a GNU extension.
The values returned are nonzero if the character c falls into the tested class, and a zero value if not.
The details of what characters belong into which class depend on the current locale. For example, isupper() will not recognize an A - umlaut as an uppercase letter in the default C locale.
#include <wctype.h> int iswblank(wint_t wc); |
The iswblank function is the wide-character equivalent of the isblank function. It tests whether wc is a wide character belonging to the wide character class "blank".
The wide character class "blank" is a subclass of the wide character class "space".
Being a subclass of the wide character class "space", the wide character class "blank" is disjoint from the wide character class "graph" and therefore also disjoint from its subclasses "alnum", "alpha", "upper", "lower", "digit", "xdigit", "punct".
The wide character class "blank" always contains at least the space character and the control character '\t'.
The iswblank function returns non-zero if wc is a wide character belonging to the wide character class "blank". Otherwise it returns zero.
#include <wctype.h> int iswctype(wint_t wc, wctype_t desc); |
If wc is a wide character having the character property designated by desc (or in other words: belongs to the character class designated by desc), the iswctype function returns non-zero. Otherwise it returns zero. If wc is WEOF, zero is returned.
desc must be a character property descriptor returned by the wctype function.
iswctype returns non-zero if the wc has the designated property. Otherwise it returns 0.
int kill(pid_t pid, int sig); |
The specification for "kill" is as specified in the SUSv2 but with the following differences as listed below.
If pid is specified as -1, sig shall not be sent to the calling process.[13] Other than this, the rules in the SUSv2 apply.
#include <wchar.h>
size_t mbsnrtowcs(wchar_t *dest, const char **src,
size_t nms, size_t len, mbstate_t *ps); |
The mbsnrtowcs function is like the mbsrtowcs function, except that the number of bytes to be converted, starting at *src, is limited to nms.
If dest is not a NULL pointer, the mbsnrtowcs function converts at most nms bytes from the multibyte string *src to a wide-character string starting at dest. At most len wide characters are written to dest. The state *ps is updated. The conversion is effectively performed by repeatedly calling mbrtowc(dest,*src,n,ps) where n is some positive number, as long as this call succeeds, and then incrementing dest by one and *src by the number of bytes consumed. The conversion can stop for three reasons:
1. An invalid multibyte sequence has been encountered. In this case *src is left pointing to the invalid multibyte sequence, (size_t)(-1) is returned, and errno is set to EILSEQ.
2. The nms limit forces a stop, or len non-L'\0' wide characters have been stored at dest. In this case *src is left pointing to the next multibyte sequence to be converted, and the number of wide characters written to dest is returned.
3. The multibyte string has been completely converted, including the terminating '\0' (which has the side effect of bringing back *ps to the initial state). In this case *src is set to NULL, and the number of wide characters written to dest, excluding the terminating L'\0' character, is returned.
If dest is NULL, len is ignored, and the conversion proceeds as above, except that the converted wide characters are not written out to memory, and that no destination length limit exists.
In both of the above cases, if ps is a NULL pointer, a static anonymous state only known to the mbsnrtowcs function is used instead.
The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least len wide characters at dest.
The mbsnrtowcs function returns the number of wide characters that make up the converted part of the wide character string, not including the terminating null wide character. If an invalid multibyte sequence was encountered, (size_t)(-1) is returned, and errno set to EILSEQ.
The behavior of mbsnrtowcs depends on the LC_CTYPE category of the current locale.
Passing NULL as ps is not multi-thread safe.
#define _GNU_SOURCE
#include <string.h>
void *memmem(const void *haystack, size_t haystacklen,
const void *needle, size_t needlelen); |
The memmem() function finds the start of the first occurrence of the substring needle of length needlelen in the memory area haystack of length haystacklen.
The memmem() function returns a pointer to the beginning of the substring, or NULL if the substring is not found.
This function was broken in Linux libraries up to and including libc 5.0.9; there the needle and haystack arguments were interchanged, and a pointer to the end of the first occurrence of needle was returned. Since libc 5.0.9 is still widely used, this is a dangerous function to use.
Both old and new libc's have the bug that if needle is empty haystack-1 (instead of haystack) is returned. And glibc 2.0 makes it worse, and returns a pointer to the last byte of haystack. This is fixed in glibc 2.1.
#include <string.h> void *memrchr(const void *s, int c, size_t n); |
memrchr() returns a pointer to the last occurrence of the character represented by c in the first n characters of the string represented by s.
#include <obstack.h> void obstack_free(struct obstack *obstack, void *block); |
extern int opterr; |
opterr is used as a flag to suppress error message generated by getopt(). When opterr is set to 0; it suppresses the error message generated by getopt() when getopt() does not recognize an option character.
extern int optind; |
optind holds the current index of the array argr[] which contains the command line options being parsed by getopt().
extern int optopt; |
optopt holds the unknown option character when that option character is not recognized by getopt()
#include <signal.h> void psignal(int sig, const char *s); extern const char *const sys_siglist[] |
The psignal() function displays a message on stderr consisting of the string s, a colon, a space, and a string describing the signal number sig. If sig is invalid, the message displayed will indicate an unknown signal.
The array sys_siglist holds the signal description strings indexed by signal number.
extern int random_r(struct random_data *__restrict __buf,
int32_t *__restrict __result); |
The random_r() function is a reentrant version of the random function that generates a pseudorandom number.
#include <stdio.h> void setbuffer(FILE *stream, char *buf, size_tsize); |
setbuffer is an alias for call to setvbuf. It works the same, except that the size of the buffer is up to the caller, rather than being determined by the default BUFSIZ.
#include <unistd.h> extern int setdomainname(char *name, size_t namelen); |
If NIS is in use, set the NIS domain name. Note that this is not the same as the domain name which provides the domain portion of a fully qualified domain name (for example, in DNS). If NIS is not in use, this function may set the domain name anyway, or it may fail.
This call shall fail unless the caller has appropriate privileges.
namelen shall be the length of the string pointed to by name.
setdomainname returns 0 if successful; -1 if not (in which case errno is set to indicate the error).
#include <stdlib.h> int setenv(const char *name, const char *value, int overwrite); |
#define __USE_BSD #include <grp.h> int setgroups(size_t size, const gid_t *list); |
Sets the supplementary groups for the process. Only the super-user may use this function.
list has an invalid address.
The user is not the super-user.
Size is greater than NGROUPS (32 for Linux 2.0.32).
#include <unistd.h> int sethostid(long int hostid); |
Set a unique 32-bit identifier for the current machine. The 32-bit identifier is intended to be unique among all UNIX systems in existence. This normally resembles the Internet address for the local machine, as returned by gethostbyname(3), and thus usually never needs to be set.
The sethostid call is restricted to the superuser.
The hostid argument is stored in the file /etc/hostid.
#include <unistd.h> int sethostname(const char *name, size_t len); |
len is negative or len is larger than the maximum allowed size.
the caller was not the superuser.
name is an invalid address.
#include <stdio.h> #include <mntent.h> FILE *setmntent(const char *filename, const char *type); |
This routine is used to access the file system description file /etc/fstab and the mounted file system description file /etc/mtab.
The setmntent() function opens the file system description file filep and returns a file pointer which can be used by getmntent(). The argument type is the type of access required and can take the same values as the mode argument of fopen(3).
The mntent structure is defined in <mntent.h> as follows:
char *mnt_fsname; /* name of mounted file system */
char *mnt_dir; /* file system path prefix */
char *mnt_type; /* mount type (see mntent.h) */
char *mnt_opts; /* mount options (see mntent.h) */
int mnt_freq; /* dump frequency in days */
int mnt_passno; /* pass number on parallel fsck */
};
#include <utmp.h> void setutent(void); |
setutent() rewinds the file pointer to the beginning of the utmp file. It is generally a Good Idea to call it before any of the other functions.
#include <signal.h>
extern int sigandset(sigset_t *set, const sigset_t *left,
const sigset_t *right); |
A signal function that builds a new signal set by combining the two input sets using logical AND.
#include <signal.h> int sigblock(int mask); |
This interface is made obsolete by sigprocmask(2).
The sigblock system call adds the signals specified in mask to the set of signals currently being blocked from delivery.
Prototype for this function is only available if _BSD_SOURCE is defined before the inclusion of any system.
#include <signal.h> int siggetmask(void); |
This interface is made obsolete by sigprocmask(2).
siggetmask returns the current set of masked signals.
Prototype for this function is only available if _BSD_SOURCE is defined before the inclusion of any system header file.
#include <signal.h> extern int sigisemptyset(const sigset_t *set); |
#include <:signal.h>
extern int sigorset((sigset_t *set, const sigset_t *left,
const sigset_t *right));
|
A signal function that builds a new signal set by combining the two input sets using logical OR.
int sigreturn(unsigned long __unused); |
When the Linux kernel creates the stack frame for a signal handler, a call to sigreturn is inserted into the stack frame so that the the signal handler will call sigreturn upon return. This inserted call to sigreturn cleans up the stack so that the process can restart from where it was interrupted by the signal.
sigreturn call is used by the kernel to implement signal handlers. It should never be called directly. Better yet, the specific use of the __unused argument varies depending on the architecture.
#include <sys/vfs.h> int statfs(const char *path, struct statfs *buf); |
statfs returns information about a mounted file system. path is the path name of any file within the mounted filesystem.
buf is a pointer to a statfs structure defined as follow:
long f_type; /* type of filesystem (see below) */
long f_bsize; /* optimal transfer block size */
long f_blocks; /* total data blocks in file system */
long f_bfree; /* free blocks in fs */
long f_bavail; /* free blocks avail to non-superuser */
long f_files; /* total file nodes in file system */
long f_ffree; /* free file nodes in fs */
long f_ffree; /* free file nodes in fs */
fsid_t f_fsid; /* file system id */
long f_namelen; /* maximum length of filenames */
long f_spare[6]; /* spare for later */
};
Fields that are undefined for a particular file system are set to 0.
A component of the path prefix of path is not a directory.
path is too long.
The file referred to by path does not exist.
Search permission is denied for a component of the path prefix of path.
Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating path.
Buf or path points to an invalid address.
An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system.
Insufficient kernel memory was available.
The filesystem path is on does not support statfs.
#define _SVID_SOURCE /* glibc2 needs this */ #include <time.h> int stime(time_t *t); |
stime sets the system's idea of the time and date. Time, pointed to by t, is measured in seconds from 00:00:00 GMT January 1, 1970. stime() may only be executed by the super user.
#include <string.h> char *stpcpy(char *dest, const char *src); |
The stpcpy() function copies the string pointed to by src (including the terminating \0 character) to the array pointed to by dest. The strings may not overlap, and the destination string dest must be large enough to receive the copy.
stpcpy() returns a pointer to the end of the string dest (that is, the address of the terminating null character) rather than the beginning.
For example, this program uses stpcpy to concatenate foo and bar to produce foobar, which it then prints.
#include <string.h>
int main (void) { char *to = buffer; to = stpcpy (to, "foo"); to = stpcpy (to, "bar"); printf ("%s\n", buffer); }
#include <string.h> char *stpncpy (char *dest, const char *src, size_t n); |
The stpncpy function copies at most n characters from the string pointed to by src, including the terminating '\0' character, to the array pointed to by dest. Exactly n characters are written at dest. If the length strlen(src) is smaller than n, the remaining characters in the array pointed to by dest are filled with '\0' characters. If the length strlen(src) is greater or equal to n, the string pointed to by dest will not be '\0' terminated. The strings may not overlap. The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least n characters at dest.
stpncpy returns a pointer to the terminating null in dest, or, if dest is not null-terminated, dest + n.
#include <string.h> char *strcasestr(const char *haystack, const char *needle); |
#include <string.h> extern char *strerror_r(int errnum, char *buf, size_t buflen); |
Reentrant version of strerror. If a temporary buffer is required, at most BUFLEN bytes of BUF will be used.
#include <string.h> char *strfry(char *string); |
The strfry() function randomizes the contents of string by using rand(3) to randomly swap characters in the string. The result is an anagram of string.
#include <string.h> extern char *strndup(const char *string, size_t n); |
Return a malloc'd copy of at most n bytes of string. The resultant string is terminated even if no null terminator appears before STRING[N].
#include <string.h> size_t strnlen(const char *s, size_t maxlen); |
The strnlen function returns the number of characters in the string pointed to by s, not including the terminating '\0' character, but at most maxlen. In doing this, strnlen looks only at the first maxlen characters at s and never beyond s+maxlen.
The strnlen function returns strlen(s), if that is less than maxlen, or maxlen if there is no '\0' character among the first maxlen characters pointed to by s.
(synopsis as in SUS) |
The specification for "strptime" is as specified in the SUSv2 but with the following differences as listed below.
For all fields for which the SUSv2 specifies, "leading zeros are permitted but not required", applications must not expect to be able to supply more leading zeroes than would be implied by the range of the field. Implementations may choose to either match an input with excess leading zeroes, or treat this as a non-matching input. For example, %j has a range of 001 to 366, so 0, 00, 000, 001, or 045 are acceptable inputs, but inputs such as 0000, 0366 and the like are not.
Glibc developers consider forbidding excess leading zeroes to be the correct behavior. When trying to parse a given input against several format strings, forbidding excess leading zeroes could be helpful. For example, if one matches "0011-12-26" against "%m-%d-%Y" and then against "%Y-%m-%d", it seems useful for the first match to fail, as it would be perverse to parse that date as November 12, year 26. The second pattern parses it as December 26, year 11.
The SUS is not explicit that an unlimited number of leading zeroes are required, although it may imply this. The LSB explicitly allows implementations to have either behavior. Future versions of this standard may require implementations to forbid excess leading zeroes.
#include <string.h> char *strsep(char **stringp, const char *delim); |
If *stringp is NULL, the strsep() function returns NULL and does nothing else. Otherwise, this function finds the first token in the string *stringp, where tokens are delimited by symbols in the string delim. This token is terminated with a \0 character (by overwriting the delimiter) and *stringp is updated to point past the token. In case no delimiter was found, the token is taken to be the entire string *stringp, and *stringp is made NULL.
The strsep() function returns a pointer to the token, that is, it returns the original value of *stringp.
The strsep() function was introduced as a replacement for strtok(), since the latter cannot handle empty fields. However, strtok() conforms to ANSI-C and hence is more portable.
This function suffers from the same problems as strtok(). In particular, it modifies the original string. Avoid it.
#define _GNU_SOURCE #include <string.h> char *strsignal(int sig); extern const char * const sys_siglist[]; |
The strsignal() function returns a string describing the signal number passed in the argument sig. The string can only be used until the next call to strsignal().
The array sys_siglist holds the signal description strings indexed by signal number. The strsignal() function should be used if possible instead of this array.
The strsignal() function returns the appropriate description string, or an unknown signal message if the signal number is invalid. On some systems (but not on Linux), a NULL pointer may be returned instead for an invalid signal number.
#include <string.h> char *strtok_r(char *s, const char *delim, char **ptrptr); |
A token is a nonempty string of characters not occurring in the string delim, followed by \0 or by a character occurring in delim.
The strtok_r() function can be used to parse the string s into tokens. The first call to strtok_r() should have s as its first argument. Subsequent calls should have the first argument set to NULL. Each call returns a pointer to the next token, or NULL when no more tokens are found.
If a token ends with a delimiter, this delimiting character is overwritten with a \0 and a pointer to the next character is saved for the next call to strtok_r(). The delimiter string delim may be different for each call.
ptrptr is a user allocated char* pointer. It must be the same while parsing the same string.
Never use this function. Note that:
It modifies its first argument.
The identity of the delimiting character is lost.
This function cannot be used on constant strings.
The strtok_r() function returns a pointer to the next token, or NULL if there are no more tokens.
#include <sys/types.h> #include <stdlib.h> #include <limits.h> quadt strtoq(const char *nptr, char **endptr, int base); |
The strtoq() function converts the string in nptr to a quadt value. The conversion is done according to the given base, which must be between 2 and 36 inclusive, or be the special value 0.
The string may begin with an arbitrary amount of white space (as determine by isspace(3)) followed by a single optional + or - sign. If base is zero or 16, the string may then include a 0x prefix, and the number will be read in base 16; otherwise, a zero base is taken as 10 (decimal) unless the next character is 0, in which case it is taken as 8 (octal).
The remainder of the string is converted to a long value in the obvious manner, stopping at the first character which is not a valid digit in the given base. (In bases above 10, the letter A in either upper or lower case represents 10, B represents 11, and so forth, with Z representing 35.)
strtoq() function returns the result of the conversion, unless the value would underflow or overflow. If an underflow occurs, strtoq() returns QUAD_MIN. If an overflow occurs, strtoq() returns QUAD_MAX. In both cases, errno is set to ERANGE.
#include <sys/types.h> #include <stdlib.h> #include <limits.h> uquadt strtouq(const char *nptr, char **endptr, int base); |
The strtouq() function converts the string in nptr to a uquadt value. The conversion is done according to the given base, which must be between 2 and 36 inclusive, or be the special value 0.
The string may begin with an arbitrary amount of white space (as determined by isspace(3)) followed by a single optional + or - sign. If base is zero or 16, the string may then include a 0x prefix, and the number will be read in base 16; otherwise, a zero base is taken as 10 (decimal) unless the next character is 0, in which case it is taken as 8 (octal).
The remainder of the string is converted to an unsigned long value in the obvious manner, stopping at the end of the string or at the first character that does not produce a valid digit in the given base. (In bases above 10, the letter A in either upper or lower case represents 10, B represents 11, and so forth, with Z representing 35.)
Upon success the strtouq() function returns either the result of the conversion or, if there was a leading minus sign, the negation of the result of the conversion, unless the original (non-negated) value would overflow. In the case of an overflow the function returns UQUAD_MAX and the global variable errno is set to ERANGE.
#include <string.h> extern int strverscmp(const char *s1, const char *s2); |
#include <stdlib.h> int system (const char * string); |
system() executes a command specified in string by calling /bin/sh -c string, and returns after the command has been completed. During execution of the command, SIGCHLD will be blocked, and SIGINT and SIGQUIT will be ignored.
The value returned is 127 if the execve() call for /bin/sh fails, -1 if there was another error and the return code of the command otherwise.
If the value of string is NULL, system() returns nonzero if the shell is available, and zero if not.
system() does not affect the wait status of any other children.
The fact that system() ignores interrupts is often not what a program wants. The Single UNIX Specification describes some of the consequences - one additional one is that a program which calls system() from a loop cannot reliably be interrupted. Many programs will want to use the exec(3) family of functions instead.
Do not use system() from a program with suid or sgid privileges, because strange values for some environment variables might be used to subvert system integrity. Use the exec(3) family of functions instead, but not execlp(3) or execvp(3). system() will not, in fact, work properly from programs with suid or sgid privileges on systems on which /bin/sh is bash version 2, since bash 2 drops privileges on startup. (Debian uses a modified bash which does not do this when invoked as sh.)
The check for the availability of /bin/sh is not actually performed; it is always assumed to be available. ISO C specifies the check, but POSIX.2 specifies that the return shall always be non-zero, since a system without the shell is not conforming, and it is this that is implemented.
It is possible for the shell command to return 127, so that code is not a sure indication that the execve() call failed; check errno to make sure.
int unlink(const char *path); |
The specification for "unlink" is as specified in the SUSv2 but with the following differences as listed below.
See also Additional behaviors: unlink/link on directory>.
If path specifies a directory, the implementation may return EISDIR instead of EPERM as specified by SUSv2. [14]
#include <stdlib.h> void unsetenv(const char *name); |
#include <stdio.h>
extern int vasprintf(char **restrict ptr, const char *restrict f,
G_va_list arg); |
Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc.
Store the address of the string in *ptr.
#include <stdio.h>
extern int vdprintf(int fd, const char *restrict fmt,
G_va_list arg); |
#include <err.h> void verrx(int eval, const char *fmt, valist args); |
The verrx() function displays a formatted error message on the standard error output. The last component of the program name, a colon character, and a space are output. If the fmt argument is not NULL, the formatted error message, a colon character, and a space are output. The output is followed by a newline character.
The verrx() function does not return, but exits with the value of the argument eval.
void vsyslog (int priority, char *message, va_list arglist) |
Identical to syslog as specified in the SUS, except that arglist (as defined by stdarg.h) replaces the variable number of arguments.
The caller is responsible for running va_end after calling vsyslog.
#define _USE_BSD
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/resource.h>
#include <sys/wait.h>
pid_t wait4(pid_t pid, int *status, int options,
struct rusage *rusage); |
The wait4 function suspends execution of the current process until a child as specified by the pid argument has exited, or until a signal is delivered whose action is to terminate the current process or to call a signal handling function. If a child as requested by pid has already exited by the time of the call (a so-called "zombie" process), the function returns immediately. Any system resources used by the child are freed.
The value of pid can be one of:
wait for any child process whose process group ID is equal to the absolute value of pid.
wait for any child process; this is equivalent to calling wait3.
wait for any child process whose process group ID is equal to that of the calling process.
wait for the child whose process ID is equal to the value of pid.
The value of options is a bitwise OR of zero or more of the following constants:
return immediately if no child is there to be waited for.
return for children which are stopped, and whose status has not been reported.
If status is not NULL, wait4 stores status information in the location pointed to by status.
This status can be evaluated with the following macros (these macros take the stat buffer (an int) as an argument -- not a pointer to the buffer!):
is non-zero if the child exited normally.
evaluates to the least significant eight bits of the return code of the child which terminated, which may have been set as the argument to a call to exit() or as the argument for a return statement in the main program. This macro can only be evaluated if WIFEXITED returned non-zero.
returns true if the child process exited because of a signal which was not caught.
returns the number of the signal that caused the child process to terminate. This macro can only be evaluated if WIFSIGNALED returned non-zero.
returns true if the child process which caused the return is currently stopped; this is only possible if the call was done using WUNTRACED.
returns the number of the signal which caused the child to stop. This macro can only be evaluated if WIFSTOPPED returned non-zero.
If rusage is not NULL, the struct rusage as defined in <sys/resource.h> it points to will be filled with accounting information. See getrusage(2) for details.
The process ID of the child which exited, -1 on error (in particular, when no unwaited-for child processes of the specified kind exist) or zero if WNOHANG was used and no child was available yet. In the latter two cases errno will be set appropriately.
No unwaited-for child process as specified does exist.
If WNOHANG was not set and an unblocked signal or a SIGCHLD was caught. This error is returned by the system call. The library interface is not allowed to return ERESTARTSYS, but will return EINTR.
#include <err.h> void warn(const char *fmt, ...); |
The warn() function displays a formatted error message on the standard error output. The last component of the program name, a colon character, and a space are output. If the fmt argument is not NULL, the formatted error message, a colon character, and a space are output. The error message string affiliated with the current value of the global variable errno is output. The output is followed by a newline character.
#include <err.h> void warnx(const char *fmt, ...); |
The warnx() function displays a formatted error message on the standard error output. The last component of the program name, a colon character, and a space are output. If the fmt argument is not NULL, the formatted error message, a colon character, and a space are output. The output is followed by a newline character.
#include <wchar.h> wchar_t *wcpcpy(wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src); |
The wcpcpy function is the wide-character equivalent of the stpcpy function. It copies the wide character string pointed to by src, including the terminating L'\0' character, to the array pointed to by dest.
The strings may not overlap.
The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least wcslen(src)+1 wide characters at dest.
wcpcpy returns a pointer to the end of the wide-character string dest, that is, a pointer to the terminating L'\0' character.
#include <wchar.h> wchar_t *wcpncpy(wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n); |
The wcpncpy function is the wide-character equivalent of the stpncpy function. It copies at most n wide characters from the wide-character string pointed to by src, including the terminating L'\0' character, to the array pointed to by dest. Exactly n wide characters are written at dest. If the length wcslen(src) is smaller than n, the remaining wide characters in the array pointed to by dest are filled with L'\0' characters. If the length wcslen(src) is greater or equal to n, the string pointed to by dest will not be L'\0' terminated.
The strings may not overlap.
The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least n wide characters at dest.
#include <wchar.h> int wcscasecmp(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2); |
The wcscasecmp function is the wide-character equivalent of the strcasecmp function. It compares the wide-character string pointed to by s1 and the wide-character string pointed to by s2, ignoring case differences (towupper, towlower).
The wcscasecmp function returns zero if the wide-character strings at s1 and s2 are equal except for case distinctions. It returns a positive integer if s1 is greater than s2, ignoring case. It returns a negative integer if s1 is smaller than s2, ignoring case.
#include <wchar.h> wchar_t *wcsdup(const wchar_t *s); |
The wcsdup function is the wide-character equivalent of the strdup function. It allocates and returns a new wide-character string whose initial contents is a duplicate of the wide-character string pointed to by s.
Memory for the new wide-character string is obtained with malloc(3), and can be freed with free(3).
The wcsdup function returns a pointer to the new wide-character string, or NULL if sufficient memory was not available.
#include <wchar.h> int wcsncasecmp(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2, size_t n); |
The wcsncasecmp function is the wide-character equivalent of the strncasecmp function. It compares the wide-character string pointed to by s1 and the wide-character string pointed to by s2, but at most n wide characters from each string, ignoring case differences (towupper, towlower).
The wcsncasecmp function returns zero if the wide-character strings at s1 and s2, truncated to at most length n, are equal except for case distinctions. It returns a positive integer if truncated s1 is greater than truncated s2, ignoring case. It returns a negative integer if truncated s1 is smaller than truncated s2, ignoring case.
#include <wchar.h> size_t wcsnlen(const wchar_t *s, size_t maxlen); |
The wcsnlen function is the wide-character equivalent of the strnlen function. It returns the number of wide-characters in the string pointed to by s, not including the terminating L'\0' character, but at most maxlen. In doing this, wcsnlen looks only at the first maxlen wide-characters at s and never beyond s+maxlen.
The wcsnlen function returns wcslen(s), if that is less than maxlen, or maxlen if there is no L'\0' character among the first maxlen wide characters pointed to by s.
#include <wchar.h>
size_t wcsnrtombs(char *dest, const wchar_t **src, size_t nwc,
size_t len, mbstate_t *ps); |
The wcsnrtombs function is like the wcsrtombs function, except that the number of wide characters to be converted, starting at *src, is limited to nwc.
If dest is not a NULL pointer, the wcsnrtombs function converts at most nwc wide characters from the wide-character string *src to a multibyte string starting at dest. At most len bytes are written to dest. The state *ps is updated. The conversion is effectively performed by repeatedly calling wcrtomb(dest,*src,ps), as long as this call succeeds, and then incrementing dest by the number of bytes written and *src by one. The conversion can stop for three reasons:
1. A wide character has been encountered that can not be represented as a multibyte sequence (according to the current locale). In this case *src is left pointing to the invalid wide character, (size_t)(-1) is returned, and errno is set to EILSEQ.
2. nwc wide characters have been converted without encountering a L'\0', or the length limit forces a stop. In this case *src is left pointing to the next wide character to be converted, and the number of bytes written to dest is returned.
3. The wide-character string has been completely converted, including the terminating L'\0' (which has the side effect of bringing back *ps to the initial state). In this case *src is set to NULL, and the number of bytes written to dest, excluding the terminating '\0' byte, is returned.
If dest is NULL, len is ignored, and the conversion proceeds as above, except that the converted bytes are not written out to memory, and that no destination length limit exists.
In both of the above cases, if ps is a NULL pointer, a static anonymous state only known to the wcsnrtombs function is used instead.
The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least len bytes at dest.
The wcsnrtombs function returns the number of bytes that make up the converted part of multibyte sequence, not including the terminating null byte. If a wide character was encountered which could not be converted, (size_t)(-1) is returned, and errno set to EILSEQ.
The behavior of wcsnrtombs depends on the LC_CTYPE category of the current locale.
Passing NULL as ps is not multi-thread safe.
#include <wchar.h>
extern long long int wcstoq(const wchar_t *restrict nptr,
wchar_t **restrict endptr, int base); |
#include <wchar.h>
extern unsigned long long int wcstouq(const wchar_t *restrict nptr,
wchar_t **restrict endptr,int base); |
Table 11-26. libm Definition
| Library: | libm |
| SONAME: | See archLSB. |
The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following standards.
| ISO/IEC 9899: 1999, Programming Languages --C[15] |
| CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)[16] |
Table 11-27. libm - Math Function Interfaces
| acos[16] | ceilf[15] | erfcl[15] | j1[16] | remainderl[15] |
| acosf[15] | ceill[15] | erff[15] | j1f[15] | remquo[15] |
| acosh[16] | cexp[15] | erfl[15] | j1l[15] | remquof[15] |
| acoshf[15] | cexpf[15] | exp[16] | jn[16] | remquol[15] |
| acoshl[15] | cexpl[15] | expm1[16] | jnf[15] | rint[16] |
| acosl[15] | cimag[15] | fabs[16] | jnl[15] | rintf[15] |
| asin[16] | cimagf[15] | fabsf[15] | ldexp[16] | rintl[15] |
| asinf[15] | cimagl[15] | fabsl[15] | ldexpf[15] | round[15] |
| asinh[16] | clog[15] | fdim[15] | ldexpl[15] | roundf[15] |
| asinhf[15] | clog10[15] | fdimf[15] | lgamma[16] | roundl[15] |
| asinhl[15] | clog10f[15] | fdiml[15] | lgamma_r[15] | scalb[16] |
| asinl[15] | clog10l[15] | feclearexcept[15] | lgammaf[15] | scalbf[15] |
| atan[16] | clogf[15] | fegetenv[15] | lgammaf_r[15] | scalbl[15] |
| atan2[16] | clogl[15] | fegetexceptflag[15] | lgammal[15] | scalbln[15] |
| atan2f[15] | conj[15] | fegetround[15] | lgammal_r[15] | scalblnf[15] |
| atan2l[15] | conjf[15] | feholdexcept[15] | llrint[15] | scalblnl[15] |
| atanf[15] | conjl[15] | feraiseexcept[15] | llrintf[15] | scalbn[15] |
| atanh[16] | copysign[15] | fesetenv[15] | llrintl[15] | scalbnf[15] |
| atanhf[15] | copysignf[15] | fesetexceptflag[15] | llround[15] | scalbnl[15] |
| atanhl[15] | copysignl[15] | fesetround[15] | llroundf[15] | significand[15] |
| atanl[15] | cos[16] | fetestexcept[15] | llroundl[15] | significandf[15] |
| cabs[16] | cosf[15] | feupdateenv[15] | log[16] | significandl[15] |
| cabsf[15] | cosh[16] | finite[16] | log10[16] | sin[16] |
| cabsl[15] | coshf[15] | finitef[15] | log1p[16] | sincos[15] |
| cacos[15] | coshl[15] | finitel[15] | logb[16] | sincosf[15] |
| cacosf[15] | cosl[15] | floor[16] | lrint[15] | sincosl[15] |
| cacosh[15] | cpow[15] | floorf[15] | lrintf[15] | sinf[15] |
| cacoshf[15] | cpowf[15] | floorl[15] | lrintl[15] | sinh[16] |
| cacoshl[15] | cpowl[15] | fma[15] | lround[15] | sinhf[15] |
| cacosl[15] | cproj[15] | fmaf[15] | lroundf[15] | sinhl[15] |
| carg[15] | cprojf[15] | fmal[15] | lroundl[15] | sinl[15] |
| cargf[15] | cprojl[15] | fmax[15] | matherr[15] | sqrt[16] |
| cargl[15] | creal[15] | fmaxf[15] | modf[16] | sqrtf[15] |
| casin[15] | crealf[15] | fmaxl[15] | modff[15] | sqrtl[15] |
| casinf[15] | creall[15] | fmin[15] | modfl[15] | tan[16] |
| casinh[15] | csin[15] | fminf[15] | nan[15] | tanf[15] |
| casinhf[15] | csinf[15] | fminl[15] | nanf[15] | tanh[16] |
| casinhl[15] | csinh[15] | fmod[16] | nanl[15] | tanhf[15] |
| casinl[15] | csinhf[15] | fmodf[15] | nearbyint[15] | tanhl[15] |
| catan[15] | csinhl[15] | fmodl[15] | nearbyintf[15] | tanl[15] |
| catanf[15] | csinl[15] | frexp[16] | nearbyintl[15] | tgamma[15] |
| catanh[15] | csqrt[15] | frexpf[15] | nextafter[16] | tgammaf[15] |
| catanhf[15] | csqrtf[15] | frexpl[15] | nextafterf[15] | tgammal[15] |
| catanhl[15] | csqrtl[15] | gamma[16] | nextafterl[15] | trunc[15] |
| catanl[15] | ctan[15] | gammaf[15] | nexttoward[15] | truncf[15] |
| cbrt[16] | ctanf[15] | gammal[15] | nexttowardf[15] | truncl[15] |
| cbrtf[15] | ctanh[15] | hypot[16] | nexttowardl[15] | y0[16] |
| cbrtl[15] | ctanhf[15] | hypotf[15] | pow[15] | y0f[15] |
| ccos[15] | ctanhl[15] | hypotl[15] | pow10[15] | y0l[15] |
| ccosf[15] | ctanl[15] | ilogb[16] | pow10f[15] | y1[16] |
| ccosh[15] | dremf[15] | ilogbf[15] | pow10l[15] | y1f[15] |
| ccoshf[15] | dreml[15] | ilogbl[15] | powf[15] | y1l[15] |
| ccoshl[15] | erf[16] | j0[16] | powl[15] | yn[16] |
| ccosl[15] | erfc[16] | j0f[15] | remainder[16] | ynf[15] |
| ceil[16] | erfcf[15] | j0l[15] | remainderf[15] | ynl[15] |
#define HUGE_VAL 0x7FF00000UL
#define DOMAIN 1
#define SING 2
struct exception
{
int type;
char *name;
double arg1;
double arg2;
double retval;
}
;
#define M_1_PI 0.31830988618379067154
#define M_LOG10E 0.43429448190325182765
#define M_2_PI 0.63661977236758134308
#define M_LN2 0.69314718055994530942
#define M_SQRT1_2 0.70710678118654752440
#define M_PI_4 0.78539816339744830962
#define M_2_SQRTPI 1.12837916709551257390
#define M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880
#define M_LOG2E 1.4426950408889634074
#define M_PI_2 1.57079632679489661923
#define M_LN10 2.30258509299404568402
#define M_E 2.7182818284590452354
#define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846 |
Table 11-29. libpthread Definition
| Library: | libpthread |
| SONAME: | libpthread.so.0 |
LSB systems support POSIX threads with the following exceptions. This list is intended to match the behavior of historical Linux implementations. Applications should be written to deal with either POSIX threads or the thread behaviors described here.
POSIX specifies a concept of per-process rather than per-thread signals. The LSB does not require this behavior; traditional Linux implementations have had per-thread signals only. A related issue is that applications cannot rely on getpid() returning the same value in different threads.
Note: one implication of per-thread signals is that a core dump (for example) may not stop all threads in a given process. This may be an issue when designing ways to stop/start applications.
Applications which create child processes (using fork() and the like) must then wait for them (using waitpid() family of functions) in the same thread as they created them. Note that coding applications this way will work both with full POSIX threads and legacy Linux thread implementations.
POSIX specifies that changing the user or group id instantly affects the behavior of all threads. This behavior is not specified; applications must use their own lock if they need this behavior. Rationale: it seems unnecessary and it is a performance hit (an SMP kernel must lock the user id).
Although this standard doesn't have a way to list processes (/proc or "ps" command line isn't in, right?), it is our intention to not specify one way or the other whether multiple threads appear as separate processes or as a single process.
Applications cannot rely on resource limits (getrusage and setrusage) being maintained per-process rather than per-thread.
Applications must disconnect from the controlling tty before calling pthread_create.
times() doesn't account for all threads, just the caller.
Applications must not call pthread_cancel if they call any system libraries (most notably X Window System libraries), as system libraries are not guaranteed to be thread safe. Likewise, for such libraries, only one thread per process may call them.
Applications cannot rely on fcntl/lockf locks being visible per-process rather than per-thread. Likewise for mandatory file locks.
Threaded applications cannot use SIGUSR1 or SIGUSR2.
The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following standards.
| Linux Standard Base[17] |
| CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)[18] |
Table 11-30. libpthread - Posix Threads Function Interfaces
| pthread_attr_destroy[18] | pthread_attr_setstackaddr[18] | pthread_getspecific[18] | pthread_once[18] | pthread_setcanceltype[18] |
| pthread_attr_getdetachstate[18] | pthread_attr_setstacksize[18] | pthread_join[18] | pthread_rwlock_destroy[18] | pthread_setconcurrency[18] |
| pthread_attr_getguardsize[18] | pthread_cancel[18] | pthread_key_create[18] | pthread_rwlock_init[18] | pthread_setschedparam[18] |
| pthread_attr_getinheritsched[18] | pthread_cond_broadcast[18] | pthread_key_delete[18] | pthread_rwlock_rdlock[18] | pthread_setspecific[18] |
| pthread_attr_getschedparam[18] | pthread_cond_destroy[18] | pthread_kill[18] | pthread_rwlock_timedrdlock[18] | pthread_sigmask[18] |
| pthread_attr_getschedpolicy[18] | pthread_cond_init[18] | pthread_mutex_destroy[18] | pthread_rwlock_timedwrlock[18] | pthread_testcancel[18] |
| pthread_attr_getscope[18] | pthread_cond_signal[18] | pthread_mutex_init[18] | pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock[18] | sem_close[18] |
| pthread_attr_getstackaddr[18] | pthread_cond_timedwait[18] | pthread_mutex_lock[18] | pthread_rwlock_trywrlock[18] | sem_destroy[18] |
| pthread_attr_getstacksize[18] | pthread_cond_wait[18] | pthread_mutex_trylock[18] | pthread_rwlock_unlock[18] | sem_getvalue[18] |
| pthread_attr_init[18] | pthread_condattr_destroy[18] | pthread_mutex_unlock[18] | pthread_rwlock_wrlock[18] | sem_init[18] |
| pthread_attr_setdetachstate[18] | pthread_condattr_init[18] | pthread_mutexattr_destroy[18] | pthread_rwlockattr_destroy[18] | sem_open[18] |
| pthread_attr_setguardsize[18] | pthread_create[18] | pthread_mutexattr_getpshared[18] | pthread_rwlockattr_getpshared[18] | sem_post[18] |
| pthread_attr_setinheritsched[18] | pthread_detach[18] | pthread_mutexattr_gettype[18] | pthread_rwlockattr_init[18] | sem_timedwait[17] |
| pthread_attr_setschedparam[18] | pthread_equal[18] | pthread_mutexattr_init[18] | pthread_rwlockattr_setpshared[18] | sem_trywait[18] |
| pthread_attr_setschedpolicy[18] | pthread_exit[18] | pthread_mutexattr_setpshared[18] | pthread_self[18] | sem_unlink[18] |
| pthread_attr_setscope[18] | pthread_getschedparam[18] | pthread_mutexattr_settype[18] | pthread_setcancelstate[18] | sem_wait[18] |
#define PTHREAD_MUTEX_DEFAULT 1
#define PTHREAD_MUTEX_NORMAL 1
#define PTHREAD_MUTEX_TIMED_NP 1
#define PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER 1
#define PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 2
#define PTHREAD_MUTEX_ERRORCHECK 3
#define __LOCK_INITIALIZER { 0, 0 }
#define PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER {0,0,0,PTHREAD_MUTEX_TIMED_NP,__LOCK_INITIALIZER}
#define PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER {__LOCK_INITIALIZER,0}
typedef unsigned int pthread_key_t;
typedef int pthread_once_t;
typedef int __atomic_lock_t;
typedef unsigned long pthread_t;
struct _pthread_fastlock
{
long __status;
__atomic_lock_t __spinlock;
}
;
typedef struct _pthread_descr_struct *_pthread_descr;
typedef struct
{
int __m_reserved;
int __m_count;
_pthread_descr __m_owner;
int __m_kind;
struct _pthread_fastlock __m_lock;
}
pthread_mutex_t;
typedef struct
{
int __mutexkind;
}
pthread_mutexattr_t;
typedef struct
{
int __detachstate;
int __schedpolicy;
struct sched_param __schedparam;
int __inheritsched;
int __scope;
size_t __guardsize;
int __stackaddr_set;
void *__stackaddr;
unsigned long __stacksize;
}
pthread_attr_t;
typedef struct
{
struct _pthread_fastlock lock;
_pthread_descr wait_chain;
}
pthread_cond_t;
typedef void *pthread_condattr_t;
typedef struct _pthread_rwlock_t
{
struct _pthread_fastlock __rw_lock;
int __rw_readers;
_pthread_descr __rw_writer;
_pthread_descr __rw_read_waiting;
_pthread_descr __rw_write_waiting;
int __rw_kind;
int __rw_pshared;
}
pthread_rwlock_t;
typedef struct
{
int __lockkind;
int __pshared;
}
pthread_rwlockattr_t;
#define PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE 0
#define PTHREAD_INHERIT_SCHED 0
#define PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT 0
#define PTHREAD_PROCESS_PRIVATE 0
#define PTHREAD_SCOPE_SYSTEM 0
#define PTHREAD_CREATE_DETACHED 1
#define PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED 1
#define PTHREAD_PROCESS_SHARED 1
#define PTHREAD_SCOPE_PROCESS 1
#define PTHREAD_CANCELED ((void*)-1)
#define PTHREAD_CANCEL_DEFERRED 0
#define PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE 0
#define PTHREAD_CANCEL_ASYNCHRONOUS 1
#define PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE 1 |
typedef struct
{
struct _pthread_fastlock __sem_lock;
int __sem_value;
_pthread_descr __sem_waiting;
}
sem_t;
#define SEM_FAILED ((sem_t*)0)
#define SEM_VALUE_MAX ((int)((~0u)>>1)) |
#define SIGRTMAX (__libc_current_sigrtmax ())
#define SIGRTMIN (__libc_current_sigrtmin ())
#define SIGEV_SIGNAL 0
#define SIG_BLOCK 0
#define SIG_UNBLOCK 1
#define SIGEV_THREAD 2
#define SIG_SETMASK 2
#define NSIG 64
typedef int sig_atomic_t;
struct sigstack
{
void *ss_sp;
int ss_onstack;
}
;
#define SIG_ERR ((__sighandler_t)-1)
#define SIG_DFL ((__sighandler_t)0)
#define SIG_IGN ((__sighandler_t)1)
#define SIGHUP 1
#define SIGSEGV 11
#define SIGPIPE 13
#define SIGALRM 14
#define SIGTERM 15
#define SIGINT 2
#define SIGPROF 27
#define SIGQUIT 3
#define SIGILL 4
#define SIGTRAP 5
#define SIGABRT 6
#define SIGIOT 6
#define SIGFPE 8
#define SIGKILL 9
#define SIGCLD SIGCHLD
#define SIGPOLL SIGIO
typedef void (*__sighandler_t) (void);
#define SV_ONSTACK (1<<0)
#define SV_INTERRUPT (1<<1)
#define SV_RESETHAND (1<<2)
typedef union sigval
{
int sival_int;
void *sival_ptr;
}
sigval_t;
#define SIGEV_NONE 1
typedef struct sigevent
{
sigval_t sigev_value;
int sigev_signo;
int sigev_notify;
union
{
int _pad[SI_PAD_SIZE];
struct
{
void (*sigev_thread_func) (void);
void *_attribute;
}
_sigev_thread;
}
_sigev_un;
}
sigevent_t;
#define SI_QUEUE -1
#define SI_TIMER -2
#define SI_MESGQ -3
#define SI_ASYNCIO -4
#define SI_USER 0
#define si_pid _sifields._kill._pid
#define si_uid _sifields._kill._uid
#define si_value _sifields._rt._sigval
#define si_int _sifields._rt._sigval.sival_int
#define si_ptr _sifields._rt._sigval.sival_ptr
#define si_status _sifields._sigchld._status
#define si_stime _sifields._sigchld._stime
#define si_utime _sifields._sigchld._utime
#define si_addr _sifields._sigfault._addr
#define si_band _sifields._sigpoll._band
#define si_fd _sifields._sigpoll._fd
#define si_timer1 _sifields._timer._timer1
typedef struct siginfo
{
int si_signo;
int si_errno;
int si_code;
union
{
int _pad[SI_PAD_SIZE];
struct
{
pid_t _pid;
uid_t _uid;
}
_kill;
struct
{
unsigned int _timer1;
unsigned int _timer2;
}
_timer;
struct
{
pid_t _pid;
uid_t _uid;
sigval_t _sigval;
}
_rt;
struct
{
pid_t _pid;
uid_t _uid;
int _status;
clock_t _utime;
clock_t _stime;
}
_sigchld;
struct
{
void *_addr;
}
_sigfault;
struct
{
int _band;
int _fd;
}
_sigpoll;
}
_sifields;
}
siginfo_t;
typedef struct
{
unsigned long sig[_SIGSET_NWORDS];
}
sigset_t;
#define SA_NOCLDSTOP 0x00000001
#define SA_NOCLDWAIT 0x00000002
#define SA_SIGINFO 0x00000004
#define SA_ONSTACK 0x08000000
#define SA_RESTART 0x10000000
#define SA_INTERRUPT 0x20000000
#define SA_NODEFER 0x40000000
#define SA_RESETHAND 0x80000000
#define SA_NOMASK SA_NODEFER
#define SA_ONESHOT SA_RESETHAND
struct sigaction
{
union
{
__sighandler_t _sa_handler;
void (*_sa_sigaction) (void);
}
__sigaction_handler;
unsigned long sa_flags;
void (*sa_restorer) (void);
sigset_t sa_mask;
}
;
typedef struct sigaltstack
{
void *ss_sp;
int ss_flags;
size_t ss_size;
}
stack_t; |
#include <semaphore.h> int sem_timedwait(sem_t *__restrict __sem, __const struct timespec *__restrict __abstime); |
Table 11-31. libdl Definition
| Library: | libdl |
| SONAME: | libdl.so.2 |
The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following standards.
| Linux Standard Base[19] |
| CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)[20] |
#define RTLD_LOCAL 0
#define RTLD_LAZY 0x00001
#define RTLD_NOW 0x00002
#define RTLD_GLOBAL 0x00100
typedef struct
{
char *dli_fname;
void *dli_fbase;
char *dli_sname;
void *dli_saddr;
}
Dl_info; |
cc ... -ldl ...
#include <dlfcn.h>
typedef struct {
const char *dli_fname;
void *dli_fbase;
const char *dli_sname;
void *dli_saddr;
} Dl_info;
int dladdr(void *address, Dlinfo *dlip); |
This function implements the System V dynamic linking routines.
The dladdr() function is the inverse of the dlsym() function. If the given address is successfully located inside a module, dladdr() returns nonzero, otherwise 0. On a successful return, the fields of dlip are filled in as follows:
the pathname of the module
the base address of the module
the name of the highest addressed symbol whose address precedes the given address
the address of that symbol
Shared objects must be linked using the -shared option to the linker ld(1). The linker flag -rpath may be used to add a directory to the default search path for shared objects and shared libraries. The linker flag -E or the C compiler flag -rdynamic should be used to cause the application to export its symbols to the shared objects.
Table 11-33. libcrypt Definition
| Library: | libcrypt |
| SONAME: | libcrypt.so.1 |
The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following standards.
| CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)[21] |
Table 11-34. libcrypt - Encryption Function Interfaces
| crypt(GLIBC_2.0)[21] | encrypt(GLIBC_2.0)[21] | setkey(GLIBC_2.0)[21] |
#define SEEK_SET 0 #define STDIN_FILENO 0 #define SEEK_CUR 1 #define STDOUT_FILENO 1 #define SEEK_END 2 #define STDERR_FILENO 2 typedef long long off64_t; typedef int *intptr_t; #define F_OK 0 #define X_OK 1 #define W_OK 2 #define R_OK 4 #define _POSIX_ASYNCHRONOUS_IO 1 #define _POSIX_FSYNC 1 #define _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES 1 #define _POSIX_MEMLOCK 1 #define _POSIX_MEMLOCK_RANGE 1 #define _POSIX_MEMORY_PROTECTION 1 #define _POSIX_MESSAGE_PASSING 1 #define _POSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING 1 #define _POSIX_REALTIME_SIGNALS 1 #define _POSIX_SEMAPHORES 1 #define _POSIX_SHARED_MEMORY_OBJECTS 1 #define _POSIX_SYNCHRONIZED_IO 1 #define _POSIX_TIMERS 1 #define _POSIX2_C_VERSION 199209L #define _POSIX2_VERSION 199209L #define _POSIX_VERSION 199506L #define _PC_LINK_MAX 0 #define _PC_MAX_CANON 1 #define _PC_ASYNC_IO 10 #define _PC_PRIO_IO 11 #define _PC_FILESIZEBITS 13 #define _PC_MAX_INPUT 2 #define _PC_NAME_MAX 3 #define _PC_PATH_MAX 4 #define _PC_PIPE_BUF 5 #define _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED 6 #define _PC_NO_TRUNC 7 #define _PC_VDISABLE 8 #define _PC_SYNC_IO 9 #define _SC_ARG_MAX 0 #define _SC_CHILD_MAX 1 #define _SC_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING 10 #define _SC_TIMERS 11 #define _SC_ASYNCHRONOUS_IO 12 #define _SC_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32 125 #define _SC_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG 126 #define _SC_XBS5_LP64_OFF64 127 #define _SC_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG 128 #define _SC_XOPEN_LEGACY 129 #define _SC_PRIORITIZED_IO 13 #define _SC_XOPEN_REALTIME 130 #define _SC_SYNCHRONIZED_IO 14 #define _SC_MAPPED_FILES 16 #define _SC_MEMLOCK 17 #define _SC_MEMLOCK_RANGE 18 #define _SC_MEMORY_PROTECTION 19 #define _SC_CLK_TCK 2 #define _SC_MESSAGE_PASSING 20 #define _SC_SEMAPHORES 21 #define _SC_SHARED_MEMORY_OBJECTS 22 #define _SC_AIO_LISTIO_MAX 23 #define _SC_AIO_MAX 24 #define _SC_AIO_PRIO_DELTA_MAX 25 #define _SC_DELAYTIMER_MAX 26 #define _SC_MQ_OPEN_MAX 27 #define _SC_MQ_PRIO_MAX 28 #define _SC_VERSION 29 #define _SC_NGROUPS_MAX 3 #define _SC_PAGESIZE 30 #define _SC_RTSIG_MAX 31 #define _SC_SEM_NSEMS_MAX 32 #define _SC_SEM_VALUE_MAX 33 #define _SC_SIGQUEUE_MAX 34 #define _SC_TIMER_MAX 35 #define _SC_BC_BASE_MAX 36 #define _SC_BC_DIM_MAX 37 #define _SC_BC_SCALE_MAX 38 #define _SC_BC_STRING_MAX 39 #define _SC_OPEN_MAX 4 #define _SC_COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX 40 #define _SC_EXPR_NEST_MAX 42 #define _SC_LINE_MAX 43 #define _SC_RE_DUP_MAX 44 #define _SC_2_VERSION 46 #define _SC_2_C_BIND 47 #define _SC_2_C_DEV 48 #define _SC_2_FORT_DEV 49 #define _SC_STREAM_MAX 5 #define _SC_2_FORT_RUN 50 #define _SC_2_SW_DEV 51 #define _SC_2_LOCALEDEF 52 #define _SC_TZNAME_MAX 6 #define _SC_THREADS 67 #define _SC_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS 68 #define _SC_JOB_CONTROL 7 #define _SC_THREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS 73 #define _SC_THREAD_KEYS_MAX 74 #define _SC_THREAD_STACK_MIN 75 #define _SC_THREAD_THREADS_MAX 76 #define _SC_THREAD_ATTR_STACKADDR 77 #define _SC_THREAD_ATTR_STACKSIZE 78 #define _SC_THREAD_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING 79 #define _SC_SAVED_IDS 8 #define _SC_THREAD_PRIO_INHERIT 80 #define _SC_THREAD_PRIO_PROTECT 81 #define _SC_THREAD_PROCESS_SHARED 82 #define _SC_PASS_MAX 88 #define _SC_XOPEN_VERSION 89 #define _SC_REALTIME_SIGNALS 9 #define _SC_XOPEN_CRYPT 92 #define _SC_XOPEN_ENH_I18N 93 #define _SC_XOPEN_SHM 94 #define _SC_2_C_VERSION 96 #define _SC_2_UPE 97 #define _CS_PATH 0 #define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_CFLAGS 1100 #define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LDFLAGS 1101 #define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LIBS 1102 #define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LINTFLAGS 1103 #define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_CFLAGS 1104 #define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS 1105 #define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LIBS 1106 #define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS 1107 #define _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_CFLAGS 1108 #define _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LDFLAGS 1109 #define _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LIBS 1110 #define _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LINTFLAGS 1111 #define _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_CFLAGS 1112 #define _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS 1113 #define _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LIBS 1114 #define _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS 1115 #define _XOPEN_REALTIME 1 #define _XOPEN_XPG4 1 #define _XOPEN_XCU_VERSION 4 #define _XOPEN_VERSION 500 |
An LSB-conforming implementation may also support some utility libraries which are built on top of the interfaces provided by the base libraries. These libraries implement common functionality, and hide additional system dependent information such as file formats and device names.
Table 12-1. libz Definition
| Library: | libz |
| SONAME: | libz.so.1 |
The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following standards.
| zlib 1.1.3 Manual[22] |
Table 12-2. libz - Compression Library Function Interfaces
| adler32[22] | deflateInit_[22] | gzerror[22] | gzread[22] | inflateInit2_[22] |
| compress[22] | deflateParams[22] | gzflush[22] | gzrewind[22] | inflateInit_[22] |
| compress2[22] | deflateReset[22] | gzgetc[22] | gzseek[22] | inflateReset[22] |
| crc32[22] | deflateSetDictionary[22] | gzgets[22] | gzsetparams[22] | inflateSetDictionary[22] |
| deflate[22] | get_crc_table[22] | gzopen[22] | gztell[22] | inflateSync[22] |
| deflateCopy[22] | gzclose[22] | gzprintf[22] | gzwrite[22] | inflateSyncPoint[22] |
| deflateEnd[22] | gzdopen[22] | gzputc[22] | inflate[22] | uncompress[22] |
| deflateInit2_[22] | gzeof[22] | gzputs[22] | inflateEnd[22] | zError[22] |
typedef void *voidpf;
typedef unsigned int uInt;
typedef unsigned long uLong;
typedef uLong uLongf;
typedef void *voidp;
typedef unsigned char Byte;
typedef voidpf (*alloc_func) (voidpf opaque, uInt items, uInt size);
typedef void (*free_func) (voidpf opaque, voidpf address);
struct internal_state
{
int dummy;
}
;
typedef Byte Bytef;
typedef struct z_stream_s
{
Bytef *next_in;
uInt avail_in;
uLong total_in;
Bytef *next_out;
uInt avail_out;
uLong total_out;
char *msg;
struct internal_state *state;
alloc_func zalloc;
free_func zfree;
voidpf opaque;
int data_type;
uLong adler;
uLong reserved;
}
z_stream;
typedef z_stream *z_streamp;
typedef voidp gzFile; |
Table 12-3. libncurses Definition
| Library: | libncurses |
| SONAME: | libncurses.so.5 |
The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following standards.
| CAE Specification, May 1996, X/Open Curses, Issue 4, Version 2 (ISBN: 1-85912-171-3, C610), plus Corrigendum U018[23] |
Table 12-4. libncurses - Curses Function Interfaces
| addch[23] | has_ic[23] | mvwaddch[23] | scr_dump[23] | waddchnstr[23] |
| addchnstr[23] | has_il[23] | mvwaddchnstr[23] | scr_init[23] | waddchstr[23] |
| addchstr[23] | hline[23] | mvwaddchstr[23] | scr_restore[23] | waddnstr[23] |
| addnstr[23] | idcok[23] | mvwaddnstr[23] | scr_set[23] | waddstr[23] |
| addstr[23] | idlok[23] | mvwaddstr[23] | scrl[23] | wattr_get[23] |
| attr_get[23] | immedok[23] | mvwchgat[23] | scroll[23] | wattr_off[23] |
| attr_off[23] | inch[23] | mvwdelch[23] | scrollok[23] | wattr_on[23] |
| attr_on[23] | inchnstr[23] | mvwgetch[23] | set_term[23] | wattr_set[23] |
| attr_set[23] | inchstr[23] | mvwgetnstr[23] | setscrreg[23] | wattroff[23] |
| attroff[23] | init_color[23] | mvwgetstr[23] | setupterm[23] | wattron[23] |
| attron[23] | init_pair[23] | mvwhline[23] | slk_attr_set[23] | wattrset[23] |
| attrset[23] | initscr[23] | mvwin[23] | slk_attroff[23] | wbkgd[23] |
| baudrate[23] | innstr[23] | mvwinch[23] | slk_attron[23] | wbkgdset[23] |
| beep[23] | insch[23] | mvwinchnstr[23] | slk_attrset[23] | wborder[23] |
| bkgd[23] | insdelln[23] | mvwinchstr[23] | slk_clear[23] | wchgat[23] |
| bkgdset[23] | insertln[23] | mvwinnstr[23] | slk_color[23] | wclear[23] |
| border[23] | insnstr[23] | mvwinsch[23] | slk_init[23] | wclrtobot[23] |
| box[23] | insstr[23] | mvwinsnstr[23] | slk_label[23] | wclrtoeol[23] |
| can_change_color[23] | instr[23] | mvwinsstr[23] | slk_noutrefresh[23] | wcolor_set[23] |
| cbreak[23] | intrflush[23] | mvwinstr[23] | slk_refresh[23] | wcursyncup[23] |
| chgat[23] | is_linetouched[23] | mvwprintw[23] | slk_restore[23] | wdelch[23] |
| clear[23] | is_wintouched[23] | mvwscanw[23] | slk_set[23] | wdeleteln[23] |
| clearok[23] | isendwin[23] | mvwvline[23] | slk_touch[23] | wechochar[23] |
| clrtobot[23] | keyname[23] | napms[23] | standend[23] | werase[23] |
| clrtoeol[23] | keypad[23] | newpad[23] | standout[23] | wgetch[23] |
| color_content[23] | killchar[23] | newterm[23] | start_color[23] | wgetnstr[23] |
| color_set[23] | leaveok[23] | newwin[23] | subpad[23] | wgetstr[23] |
| copywin[23] | longname[23] | nl[23] | subwin[23] | whline[23] |
| curs_set[23] | meta[23] | nocbreak[23] | syncok[23] | winch[23] |
| def_prog_mode[23] | move[23] | nodelay[23] | termattrs[23] | winchnstr[23] |
| def_shell_mode[23] | mvaddch[23] | noecho[23] | termname[23] | winchstr[23] |
| delay_output[23] | mvaddchnstr[23] | nonl[23] | tgetent[23] | winnstr[23] |
| delch[23] | mvaddchstr[23] | noqiflush[23] | tgetflag[23] | winsch[23] |
| deleteln[23] | mvaddnstr[23] | noraw[23] | tgetnum[23] | winsdelln[23] |
| delscreen[23] | mvaddstr[23] | notimeout[23] | tgetstr[23] | winsertln[23] |
| delwin[23] | mvchgat[23] | overlay[23] | tgoto[23] | winsnstr[23] |
| derwin[23] | mvcur[23] | overwrite[23] | tigetflag[23] | winsstr[23] |
| doupdate[23] | mvdelch[23] | pair_content[23] | tigetnum[23] | winstr[23] |
| dupwin[23] | mvderwin[23] | pechochar[23] | tigetstr[23] | wmove[23] |
| echo[23] | mvgetch[23] | pnoutrefresh[23] | timeout[23] | wnoutrefresh[23] |
| echochar[23] | mvgetnstr[23] | prefresh[23] | tparm[23] | wprintw[23] |
| endwin[23] | mvgetstr[23] | printw[23] | tputs[23] | wredrawln[23] |
| erase[23] | mvhline[23] | putp[23] | typeahead[23] | wrefresh[23] |
| erasechar[23] | mvinch[23] | putwin[23] | ungetch[23] | wscanw[23] |
| filter[23] | mvinchnstr[23] | qiflush[23] | untouchwin[23] | wscrl[23] |
| flash[23] | mvinchstr[23] | raw[23] | use_env[23] | wsetscrreg[23] |
| flushinp[23] | mvinnstr[23] | redrawwin[23] | vidattr[23] | wstandend[23] |
| getbkgd[23] | mvinsch[23] | refresh[23] | vidputs[23] | wstandout[23] |
| getch[23] | mvinsnstr[23] | reset_prog_mode[23] | vline[23] | wsyncdown[23] |
| getnstr[23] | mvinsstr[23] | reset_shell_mode[23] | vw_printw[23] | wsyncup[23] |
| getstr[23] | mvinstr[23] | resetty[23] | vw_scanw[23] | wtimeout[23] |
| getwin[23] | mvprintw[23] | ripoffline[23] | vwprintw[23] | wtouchln[23] |
| halfdelay[23] | mvscanw[23] | savetty[23] | vwscanw[23] | wvline[23] |
| has_colors[23] | mvvline[23] | scanw[23] | waddch[23] |
Table 12-5. libncurses - Curses Data Interfaces
| COLS[23] | LINES[23] | curscr[23] | stdscr[23] |
#define NCURSES_BITS(mask,shift) ((mask)<<((shift)+8))
#define A_CHARTEXT (NCURSES_BITS(1UL,0)-1UL)
#define A_NORMAL 0L
#define A_COLOR NCURSES_BITS(((1UL)<<8)-1UL,0)
#define A_REVERSE NCURSES_BITS(1UL,10)
#define A_BLINK NCURSES_BITS(1UL,11)
#define A_DIM NCURSES_BITS(1UL,12)
#define A_BOLD NCURSES_BITS(1UL,13)
#define A_ALTCHARSET NCURSES_BITS(1UL,14)
#define A_INVIS NCURSES_BITS(1UL,15)
#define A_PROTECT NCURSES_BITS(1UL,16)
#define A_HORIZONTAL NCURSES_BITS(1UL,17)
#define A_LEFT NCURSES_BITS(1UL,18)
#define A_LOW NCURSES_BITS(1UL,19)
#define A_RIGHT NCURSES_BITS(1UL,20)
#define A_TOP NCURSES_BITS(1UL,21)
#define A_VERTICAL NCURSES_BITS(1UL,22)
#define A_STANDOUT NCURSES_BITS(1UL,8)
#define A_UNDERLINE NCURSES_BITS(1UL,9)
#define A_ATTRIBUTES NCURSES_BITS(~(1UL-1UL),0)
#define WA_ALTCHARSET A_ALTCHARSET
#define WA_ATTRIBUTES A_ATTRIBUTES
#define WA_BLINK A_BLINK
#define WA_BOLD A_BOLD
#define WA_DIM A_DIM
#define WA_HORIZONTAL A_HORIZONTAL
#define WA_INVIS A_INVIS
#define WA_LEFT A_LEFT
#define WA_LOW A_LOW
#define WA_NORMAL A_NORMAL
#define WA_PROTECT A_PROTECT
#define WA_REVERSE A_REVERSE
#define WA_RIGHT A_RIGHT
#define WA_STANDOUT A_STANDOUT
#define WA_TOP A_TOP
#define WA_UNDERLINE A_UNDERLINE
#define WA_VERTICAL A_VERTICAL
#define COLOR_BLACK 0
#define COLOR_RED 1
#define COLOR_GREEN 2
#define COLOR_YELLOW 3
#define COLOR_BLUE 4
#define COLOR_MAGENTA 5
#define COLOR_CYAN 6
#define COLOR_WHITE 7
#define _SUBWIN 0x01
#define _ENDLINE 0x02
#define _FULLWIN 0x04
#define _ISPAD 0x10
#define _HASMOVED 0x20
#define TRACE_MAXIMUM 0xffff
typedef unsigned long chtype;
typedef char bool;
typedef struct screen SCREEN;
typedef struct _win_st WINDOW;
typedef chtype attr_t;
typedef struct
{
attr_t attr;
wchar_t chars[5];
}
cchar_t;
struct pdat
{
short _pad_y;
short _pad_x;
short _pad_top;
short _pad_left;
short _pad_bottom;
short _pad_right;
}
;
struct _win_st
{
short _cury;
short _curx;
short _maxy;
short _maxx;
short _begy;
short _begx;
short _flags;
attr_t _attrs;
chtype _bkgd;
bool _notimeout;
bool _clear;
bool _leaveok;
bool _scroll;
bool _idlok;
bool _idcok;
bool _immed;
bool _sync;
bool _use_keypad;
int _delay;
struct ldat *_line;
short _regtop;
short _regbottom;
int _parx;
int _pary;
WINDOW *_parent;
struct pdat _pad;
short _yoffset;
cchar_t _bkgrnd;
}
;
#define KEY_CODE_YES 0400
#define KEY_BREAK 0401
#define KEY_MIN 0401
#define KEY_DOWN 0402
#define KEY_UP 0403
#define KEY_LEFT 0404
#define KEY_RIGHT 0405
#define KEY_HOME 0406
#define KEY_BACKSPACE 0407
#define KEY_F0 0410
#define KEY_DL 0510
#define KEY_IL 0511
#define KEY_DC 0512
#define KEY_IC 0513
#define KEY_EIC 0514
#define KEY_CLEAR 0515
#define KEY_EOS 0516
#define KEY_EOL 0517
#define KEY_SF 0520
#define KEY_SR 0521
#define KEY_NPAGE 0522
#define KEY_PPAGE 0523
#define KEY_STAB 0524
#define KEY_CTAB 0525
#define KEY_CATAB 0526
#define KEY_ENTER 0527
#define KEY_SRESET 0530
#define KEY_RESET 0531
#define KEY_PRINT 0532
#define KEY_LL 0533
#define KEY_A1 0534
#define KEY_A3 0535
#define KEY_B2 0536
#define KEY_C1 0537
#define KEY_C3 0540
#define KEY_BTAB 0541
#define KEY_BEG 0542
#define KEY_CANCEL 0543
#define KEY_CLOSE 0544
#define KEY_COMMAND 0545
#define KEY_COPY 0546
#define KEY_CREATE 0547
#define KEY_END 0550
#define KEY_EXIT 0551
#define KEY_FIND 0552
#define KEY_HELP 0553
#define KEY_MARK 0554
#define KEY_MESSAGE 0555
#define KEY_MOVE 0556
#define KEY_NEXT 0557
#define KEY_OPEN 0560
#define KEY_OPTIONS 0561
#define KEY_PREVIOUS 0562
#define KEY_REDO 0563
#define KEY_REFERENCE 0564
#define KEY_REFRESH 0565
#define KEY_REPLACE 0566
#define KEY_RESTART 0567
#define KEY_RESUME 0570
#define KEY_SAVE 0571
#define KEY_SBEG 0572
#define KEY_SCANCEL 0573
#define KEY_SCOMMAND 0574
#define KEY_SCOPY 0575
#define KEY_SCREATE 0576
#define KEY_SDC 0577
#define KEY_SDL 0600
#define KEY_SELECT 0601
#define KEY_SEND 0602
#define KEY_SEOL 0603
#define KEY_SEXIT 0604
#define KEY_SFIND 0605
#define KEY_SHELP 0606
#define KEY_SHOME 0607
#define KEY_SIC 0610
#define KEY_SLEFT 0611
#define KEY_SMESSAGE 0612
#define KEY_SMOVE 0613
#define KEY_SNEXT 0614
#define KEY_SOPTIONS 0615
#define KEY_SPREVIOUS 0616
#define KEY_SPRINT 0617
#define KEY_SREDO 0620
#define KEY_SREPLACE 0621
#define KEY_SRIGHT 0622
#define KEY_SRSUME 0623
#define KEY_SSAVE 0624
#define KEY_SSUSPEND 0625
#define KEY_SUNDO 0626
#define KEY_SUSPEND 0627
#define KEY_UNDO 0630
#define KEY_MOUSE 0631
#define KEY_RESIZE 0632
#define KEY_MAX 0777 |
Table 12-6. libutil Definition
| Library: | libutil |
| SONAME: | libutil.so.1 |
The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following standards.
| Linux Standard Base[24] |
#define UT_HOSTSIZE 256
#define UT_LINESIZE 32
#define UT_NAMESIZE 32
struct exit_status
{
short e_termination;
short e_exit;
}
;
struct lastlog
{
timer_t ll_time;
char ll_line[UT_LINESIZE];
char ll_host[UT_HOSTSIZE];
}
;
struct utmp
{
short ut_type;
pid_t ut_pid;
char ut_line[UT_LINESIZE];
char ut_id[4];
char ut_user[UT_NAMESIZE];
char ut_host[UT_HOSTSIZE];
struct exit_status ut_exit;
long ut_session;
struct timeval ut_tv;
int32_t ut_addr_v6[4];
char __unused[20];
}
;
#define EMPTY 0
#define RUN_LVL 1
#define BOOT_TIME 2
#define NEW_TIME 3
#define OLD_TIME 4
#define INIT_PROCESS 5
#define LOGIN_PROCESS 6
#define USER_PROCESS 7
#define DEAD_PROCESS 8
#define ACCOUNTING 9 |
int forkpty(int *amaster, char *name, struct termios *termp, struct winsize *winp); |
The forkpty() function joins openpty(), fork(), and login_tty() to create a new process operating on a pseudo-tty. The file descriptor of the master side of the pseudo-tty is returned in amaster, and null or the filename of the slave in name. If non-null, the termp and winp parameters will determine the terminal attributes and window size of the slave side of the pseudo-tty.
On success of the child process, zero is returned. When the parent process receives the PID of its child process, pid is returned. On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
void login(struct utmp *ut); |
The login() function updates the /var/run/utmp and /var/log/wtmp files with user information contained in ut.
int login_tty(int fdr); |
login_tty() sets up for a login on the tty referenced by the file descriptor fdr. This function creates a new session, makes the tty for the current process the controlling terminal, sets the standard input, output, and error streams of the current process, and closes fdr.
int logout(const char *line); |
Given the device line, the logout() function removes the entry from the corresponding /var/run/utmp system file.
Zero is returned if there was no entry to remove. A non-zero return value indicates success.
#include <utmp.h> void logwtmp(const char *line, const char *name, const char *host); |
logwtmp() constructs an utmp structure using line, name, host, current time and current process id. Then it calls updwtmp() to append the structure to the utmp file.
Both functions are available under glibc2, but not under libc5. However, logwtmp occurs in the old libbsd.
int openpty(int *amaster, int *aslave, char *name, struct termios *termp, struct winsize *winp); |
The openpty() function finds an available pseudo-tty and returns file descriptors for the amaster and aslave. The filename of the slave is returned in name, otherwise a null. The terminal parameters of the slave will be set to the values in termp, otherwise a null. The window size of the slave will be set to the values in winp, otherwise a null.
The X Libraries should be built thread-safe.
Table 13-1. libX11 Definition
| Library: | libX11 |
| SONAME: | libX11.so.6 |
The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following standards.
| X11R6.4 Xlib - C library[25] |
Table 13-2. libX11 - X Windows System Interface Function Interfaces
| XActivateScreenSaver[25] | XESetWireToEvent[25] | XOffsetRegion[25] | XTextWidth[25] | XkbFreeComponentList[25] |
| XAddConnectionWatch[25] | XEmptyRegion[25] | XOpenDisplay[25] | XTextWidth16[25] | XkbFreeControls[25] |
| XAddExtension[25] | XEnableAccessControl[25] | XOpenIM[25] | XTranslateCoordinates[25] | XkbFreeGeomColors[25] |
| XAddHost[25] | XEqualRegion[25] | XOpenOM[25] | XUndefineCursor[25] | XkbFreeGeomDoodads[25] |
| XAddHosts[25] | XEventMaskOfScreen[25] | XParseColor[25] | XUngrabButton[25] | XkbFreeGeomKeyAliases[25] |
| XAddPixel[25] | XEventsQueued[25] | XParseGeometry[25] | XUngrabKey[25] | XkbFreeGeomKeys[25] |
| XAddToExtensionList[25] | XExtendedMaxRequestSize[25] | XPeekEvent[25] | XUngrabKeyboard[25] | XkbFreeGeomOutlines[25] |
| XAddToSaveSet[25] | XExtentsOfFontSet[25] | XPeekIfEvent[25] | XUngrabPointer[25] | XkbFreeGeomOverlayKeys[25] |
| XAllPlanes[25] | XFetchBuffer[25] | XPending[25] | XUngrabServer[25] | XkbFreeGeomOverlayRows[25] |
| XAllocClassHint[25] | XFetchBytes[25] | XPlanesOfScreen[25] | XUninstallColormap[25] | XkbFreeGeomOverlays[25] |
| XAllocColor[25] | XFetchName[25] | XPointInRegion[25] | XUnionRectWithRegion[25] | XkbFreeGeomPoints[25] |
| XAllocColorCells[25] | XFillArc[25] | XPolygonRegion[25] | XUnionRegion[25] | XkbFreeGeomProperties[25] |
| XAllocColorPlanes[25] | XFillArcs[25] | XProcessInternalConnection[25] | XUnloadFont[25] | XkbFreeGeomRows[25] |
| XAllocIconSize[25] | XFillPolygon[25] | XProtocolRevision[25] | XUnlockDisplay[25] | XkbFreeGeomSections[25] |
| XAllocNamedColor[25] | XFillRectangle[25] | XProtocolVersion[25] | XUnmapSubwindows[25] | XkbFreeGeomShapes[25] |
| XAllocSizeHints[25] | XFillRectangles[25] | XPutBackEvent[25] | XUnmapWindow[25] | XkbFreeGeometry[25] |
| XAllocStandardColormap[25] | XFilterEvent[25] | XPutImage[25] | XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback[25] | XkbFreeIndicatorMaps[25] |
| XAllocWMHints[25] | XFindContext[25] | XPutPixel[25] | XUnsetICFocus[25] | XkbFreeKeyboard[25] |
| XAllowEvents[25] | XFindOnExtensionList[25] | XQLength[25] | XVaCreateNestedList[25] | XkbFreeNames[25] |
| XAutoRepeatOff[25] | XFlush[25] | XQueryBestCursor[25] | XVendorRelease[25] | XkbFreeServerMap[25] |
| XAutoRepeatOn[25] | XFlushGC[25] | XQueryBestSize[25] | XVisualIDFromVisual[25] | XkbGetAutoRepeatRate[25] |
| XBaseFontNameListOfFontSet[25] | XFontsOfFontSet[25] | XQueryBestStipple[25] | XWMGeometry[25] | XkbGetCompatMap[25] |
| XBell[25] | XForceScreenSaver[25] | XQueryBestTile[25] | XWarpPointer[25] | XkbGetControls[25] |
| XBitmapBitOrder[25] | XFree[25] | XQueryColor[25] | XWhitePixel[25] | XkbGetGeometry[25] |
| XBitmapPad[25] | XFreeColormap[25] | XQueryColors[25] | XWhitePixelOfScreen[25] | XkbGetIndicatorMap[25] |
| XBitmapUnit[25] | XFreeColors[25] | XQueryExtension[25] | XWidthMMOfScreen[25] | XkbGetIndicatorState[25] |
| XBlackPixel[25] | XFreeCursor[25] | XQueryFont[25] | XWidthOfScreen[25] | XkbGetKeyActions[25] |
| XBlackPixelOfScreen[25] | XFreeExtensionList[25] | XQueryKeymap[25] | XWindowEvent[25] | XkbGetKeyBehaviors[25] |
| XCellsOfScreen[25] | XFreeFont[25] | XQueryPointer[25] | XWithdrawWindow[25] | XkbGetKeyExplicitComponents[25] |
| XChangeActivePointerGrab[25] | XFreeFontInfo[25] | XQueryTextExtents[25] | XWriteBitmapFile[25] | XkbGetKeyModifierMap[25] |
| XChangeGC[25] | XFreeFontNames[25] | XQueryTextExtents16[25] | XXorRegion[25] | XkbGetKeySyms[25] |
| XChangeKeyboardControl[25] | XFreeFontPath[25] | XQueryTree[25] | XauDisposeAuth[25] | XkbGetKeyTypes[25] |
| XChangeKeyboardMapping[25] | XFreeFontSet[25] | XRaiseWindow[25] | XauFileName[25] | XkbGetKeyboard[25] |
| XChangePointerControl[25] | XFreeGC[25] | XReadBitmapFile[25] | XauGetBestAuthByAddr[25] | XkbGetKeyboardByName[25] |
| XChangeProperty[25] | XFreeModifiermap[25] | XReadBitmapFileData[25] | XauReadAuth[25] | XkbGetMap[25] |
| XChangeSaveSet[25] | XFreePixmap[25] | XRebindKeysym[25] | XcmsAddColorSpace[25] | XkbGetMapChanges[25] |
| XChangeWindowAttributes[25] | XFreeStringList[25] | XRecolorCursor[25] | XcmsAddFunctionSet[25] | XkbGetNamedGeometry[25] |
| XCheckIfEvent[25] | XGContextFromGC[25] | XReconfigureWMWindow[25] | XcmsAllocColor[25] | XkbGetNamedIndicator[25] |
| XCheckMaskEvent[25] | XGeometry[25] | XRectInRegion[25] | XcmsAllocNamedColor[25] | XkbGetNames[25] |
| XCheckTypedEvent[25] | XGetAtomName[25] | XRefreshKeyboardMapping[25] | XcmsCCCOfColormap[25] | XkbGetState[25] |
| XCheckTypedWindowEvent[25] | XGetAtomNames[25] | XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback[25] | XcmsCIELabClipL[25] | XkbGetUpdatedMap[25] |
| XCheckWindowEvent[25] | XGetClassHint[25] | XRemoveConnectionWatch[25] | XcmsCIELabClipLab[25] | XkbGetVirtualMods[25] |
| XCirculateSubwindows[25] | XGetCommand[25] | XRemoveFromSaveSet[25] | XcmsCIELabClipab[25] | XkbGetXlibControls[25] |
| XCirculateSubwindowsDown[25] | XGetDefault[25] | XRemoveHost[25] | XcmsCIELabQueryMaxC[25] | XkbIgnoreExtension[25] |
| XCirculateSubwindowsUp[25] | XGetErrorDatabaseText[25] | XRemoveHosts[25] | XcmsCIELabQueryMaxL[25] | XkbInitCanonicalKeyTypes[25] |
| XClearArea[25] | XGetErrorText[25] | XReparentWindow[25] | XcmsCIELabQueryMaxLC[25] | XkbKeyTypesForCoreSymbols[25] |
| XClearWindow[25] | XGetFontPath[25] | XResetScreenSaver[25] | XcmsCIELabQueryMinL[25] | XkbKeycodeToKeysym[25] |
| XClipBox[25] | XGetFontProperty[25] | XResizeWindow[25] | XcmsCIELabToCIEXYZ[25] | XkbKeysymToModifiers[25] |
| XCloseDisplay[25] | XGetGCValues[25] | XResourceManagerString[25] | XcmsCIELabWhiteShiftColors[25] | XkbLatchGroup[25] |
| XCloseIM[25] | XGetGeometry[25] | XRestackWindows[25] | XcmsCIELuvClipL[25] | XkbLatchModifiers[25] |
| XCloseOM[25] | XGetICValues[25] | XRootWindow[25] | XcmsCIELuvClipLuv[25] | XkbLibraryVersion[25] |
| XConfigureWindow[25] | XGetIMValues[25] | XRootWindowOfScreen[25] | XcmsCIELuvClipuv[25] | XkbListComponents[25] |
| XConnectionNumber[25] | XGetIconName[25] | XRotateBuffers[25] | XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC[25] | XkbLockGroup[25] |
| XContextDependentDrawing[25] | XGetIconSizes[25] | XRotateWindowProperties[25] | XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxL[25] | XkbLockModifiers[25] |
| XContextualDrawing[25] | XGetImage[25] | XSaveContext[25] | XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxLC[25] | XkbLookupKeyBinding[25] |
| XConvertCase[25] | XGetInputFocus[25] | XScreenCount[25] | XcmsCIELuvQueryMinL[25] | XkbLookupKeySym[25] |
| XConvertSelection[25] | XGetKeyboardControl[25] | XScreenNumberOfScreen[25] | XcmsCIELuvToCIEuvY[25] | XkbNoteControlsChanges[25] |
| XCopyArea[25] | XGetKeyboardMapping[25] | XScreenOfDisplay[25] | XcmsCIELuvWhiteShiftColors[25] | XkbNoteMapChanges[25] |
| XCopyColormapAndFree[25] | XGetModifierMapping[25] | XScreenResourceString[25] | XcmsCIEXYZToCIELab[25] | XkbNoteNameChanges[25] |
| XCopyGC[25] | XGetMotionEvents[25] | XSelectInput[25] | XcmsCIEXYZToCIEuvY[25] | XkbOpenDisplay[25] |
| XCopyPlane[25] | XGetNormalHints[25] | XSendEvent[25] | XcmsCIEXYZToCIExyY[25] | XkbQueryExtension[25] |
| XCreateBitmapFromData[25] | XGetOCValues[25] | XServerVendor[25] | XcmsCIEXYZToRGBi[25] | XkbRefreshKeyboardMapping[25] |
| XCreateColormap[25] | XGetOMValues[25] | XSetAccessControl[25] | XcmsCIEuvYToCIELuv[25] | XkbResizeKeyActions[25] |
| XCreateFontCursor[25] | XGetPixel[25] | XSetAfterFunction[25] | XcmsCIEuvYToCIEXYZ[25] | XkbResizeKeySyms[25] |
| XCreateFontSet[25] | XGetPointerControl[25] | XSetArcMode[25] | XcmsCIEuvYToTekHVC[25] | XkbResizeKeyType[25] |
| XCreateGC[25] | XGetPointerMapping[25] | XSetAuthorization[25] | XcmsCIExyYToCIEXYZ[25] | XkbSelectEventDetails[25] |
| XCreateGlyphCursor[25] | XGetRGBColormaps[25] | XSetBackground[25] | XcmsClientWhitePointOfCCC[25] | XkbSelectEvents[25] |
| XCreateIC[25] | XGetScreenSaver[25] | XSetClassHint[25] | XcmsConvertColors[25] | XkbSetAtomFuncs[25] |
| XCreateImage[25] | XGetSelectionOwner[25] | XSetClipMask[25] | XcmsCreateCCC[25] | XkbSetAutoRepeatRate[25] |
| XCreateOC[25] | XGetSizeHints[25] | XSetClipOrigin[25] | XcmsDefaultCCC[25] | XkbSetAutoResetControls[25] |
| XCreatePixmap[25] | XGetStandardColormap[25] | XSetClipRectangles[25] | XcmsDisplayOfCCC[25] | XkbSetCompatMap[25] |
| XCreatePixmapCursor[25] | XGetSubImage[25] | XSetCloseDownMode[25] | XcmsFormatOfPrefix[25] | XkbSetControls[25] |
| XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData[25] | XGetTextProperty[25] | XSetCommand[25] | XcmsFreeCCC[25] | XkbSetDebuggingFlags[25] |
| XCreateRegion[25] | XGetTransientForHint[25] | XSetDashes[25] | XcmsLookupColor[25] | XkbSetDetectableAutoRepeat[25] |
| XCreateSimpleWindow[25] | XGetVisualInfo[25] | XSetErrorHandler[25] | XcmsPrefixOfFormat[25] | XkbSetGeometry[25] |
| XCreateWindow[25] | XGetWMClientMachine[25] | XSetFillRule[25] | XcmsQueryBlack[25] | XkbSetIgnoreLockMods[25] |
| XDefaultColormap[25] | XGetWMColormapWindows[25] | XSetFillStyle[25] | XcmsQueryBlue[25] | XkbSetIndicatorMap[25] |
| XDefaultColormapOfScreen[25] | XGetWMHints[25] | XSetFont[25] | XcmsQueryColor[25] | XkbSetMap[25] |
| XDefaultDepth[25] | XGetWMIconName[25] | XSetFontPath[25] | XcmsQueryColors[25] | XkbSetNamedIndicator[25] |
| XDefaultDepthOfScreen[25] | XGetWMName[25] | XSetForeground[25] | XcmsQueryGreen[25] | XkbSetNames[25] |
| XDefaultGC[25] | XGetWMNormalHints[25] | XSetFunction[25] | XcmsQueryRed[25] | XkbSetServerInternalMods[25] |
| XDefaultGCOfScreen[25] | XGetWMProtocols[25] | XSetGraphicsExposures[25] | XcmsQueryWhite[25] | XkbSetXlibControls[25] |
| XDefaultRootWindow[25] | XGetWMSizeHints[25] | XSetICFocus[25] | XcmsRGBToRGBi[25] | XkbToControl[25] |
| XDefaultScreen[25] | XGetWindowAttributes[25] | XSetICValues[25] | XcmsRGBiToCIEXYZ[25] | XkbTranslateKeyCode[25] |
| XDefaultScreenOfDisplay[25] | XGetWindowProperty[25] | XSetIMValues[25] | XcmsRGBiToRGB[25] | XkbTranslateKeySym[25] |
| XDefaultString[25] | XGetZoomHints[25] | XSetIOErrorHandler[25] | XcmsScreenNumberOfCCC[25] | XkbUpdateMapFromCore[25] |
| XDefaultVisual[25] | XGrabButton[25] | XSetIconName[25] | XcmsScreenWhitePointOfCCC[25] | XkbUseExtension[25] |
| XDefaultVisualOfScreen[25] | XGrabKey[25] | XSetIconSizes[25] | XcmsSetCCCOfColormap[25] | XkbVirtualModsToReal[25] |
| XDefineCursor[25] | XGrabKeyboard[25] | XSetInputFocus[25] | XcmsSetCompressionProc[25] | XmbDrawImageString[25] |
| XDeleteContext[25] | XGrabPointer[25] | XSetLineAttributes[25] | XcmsSetWhiteAdjustProc[25] | XmbDrawString[25] |
| XDeleteModifiermapEntry[25] | XGrabServer[25] | XSetLocaleModifiers[25] | XcmsSetWhitePoint[25] | XmbDrawText[25] |
| XDeleteProperty[25] | XHeightMMOfScreen[25] | XSetModifierMapping[25] | XcmsStoreColor[25] | XmbLookupString[25] |
| XDestroyIC[25] | XHeightOfScreen[25] | XSetNormalHints[25] | XcmsStoreColors[25] | XmbResetIC[25] |
| XDestroyImage[25] | XIMOfIC[25] | XSetOCValues[25] | XcmsTekHVCClipC[25] | XmbSetWMProperties[25] |
| XDestroyOC[25] | XIconifyWindow[25] | XSetOMValues[25] | XcmsTekHVCClipV[25] | XmbTextEscapement[25] |
| XDestroyRegion[25] | XIfEvent[25] | XSetPlaneMask[25] | XcmsTekHVCClipVC[25] | XmbTextExtents[25] |
| XDestroySubwindows[25] | XImageByteOrder[25] | XSetPointerMapping[25] | XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC[25] | XmbTextListToTextProperty[25] |
| XDestroyWindow[25] | XInitExtension[25] | XSetRGBColormaps[25] | XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxV[25] | XmbTextPerCharExtents[25] |
| XDirectionalDependentDrawing[25] | XInitImage[25] | XSetRegion[25] | XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVC[25] | XmbTextPropertyToTextList[25] |
| XDisableAccessControl[25] | XInitThreads[25] | XSetScreenSaver[25] | XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVSamples[25] | XrmCombineDatabase[25] |
| XDisplayCells[25] | XInsertModifiermapEntry[25] | XSetSelectionOwner[25] | XcmsTekHVCQueryMinV[25] | XrmCombineFileDatabase[25] |
| XDisplayHeight[25] | XInstallColormap[25] | XSetSizeHints[25] | XcmsTekHVCToCIEuvY[25] | XrmDestroyDatabase[25] |
| XDisplayHeightMM[25] | XInternAtom[25] | XSetStandardColormap[25] | XcmsTekHVCWhiteShiftColors[25] | XrmEnumerateDatabase[25] |
| XDisplayKeycodes[25] | XInternAtoms[25] | XSetStandardProperties[25] | XcmsVisualOfCCC[25] | XrmGetDatabase[25] |
| XDisplayMotionBufferSize[25] | XInternalConnectionNumbers[25] | XSetState[25] | XkbAllocClientMap[25] | XrmGetFileDatabase[25] |
| XDisplayName[25] | XIntersectRegion[25] | XSetStipple[25] | XkbAllocCompatMap[25] | XrmGetResource[25] |
| XDisplayOfIM[25] | XKeycodeToKeysym[25] | XSetSubwindowMode[25] | XkbAllocControls[25] | XrmGetStringDatabase[25] |
| XDisplayOfOM[25] | XKeysymToKeycode[25] | XSetTSOrigin[25] | XkbAllocGeomColors[25] | XrmInitialize[25] |
| XDisplayOfScreen[25] | XKeysymToString[25] | XSetTextProperty[25] | XkbAllocGeomDoodads[25] | XrmLocaleOfDatabase[25] |
| XDisplayPlanes[25] | XKillClient[25] | XSetTile[25] | XkbAllocGeomKeyAliases[25] | XrmMergeDatabases[25] |
| XDisplayString[25] | XLastKnownRequestProcessed[25] | XSetTransientForHint[25] | XkbAllocGeomKeys[25] | XrmParseCommand[25] |
| XDisplayWidth[25] | XListDepths[25] | XSetWMClientMachine[25] | XkbAllocGeomOutlines[25] | XrmPermStringToQuark[25] |
| XDisplayWidthMM[25] | XListExtensions[25] | XSetWMColormapWindows[25] | XkbAllocGeomOverlayKeys[25] | XrmPutFileDatabase[25] |
| XDoesBackingStore[25] | XListFonts[25] | XSetWMHints[25] | XkbAllocGeomOverlayRows[25] | XrmPutLineResource[25] |
| XDoesSaveUnders[25] | XListFontsWithInfo[25] | XSetWMIconName[25] | XkbAllocGeomOverlays[25] | XrmPutResource[25] |
| XDrawArc[25] | XListHosts[25] | XSetWMName[25] | XkbAllocGeomPoints[25] | XrmPutStringResource[25] |
| XDrawArcs[25] | XListInstalledColormaps[25] | XSetWMNormalHints[25] | XkbAllocGeomProps[25] | XrmQGetResource[25] |
| XDrawImageString[25] | XListPixmapFormats[25] | XSetWMProperties[25] | XkbAllocGeomRows[25] | XrmQGetSearchList[25] |
| XDrawImageString16[25] | XListProperties[25] | XSetWMProtocols[25] | XkbAllocGeomSectionDoodads[25] | XrmQGetSearchResource[25] |
| XDrawLine[25] | XLoadFont[25] | XSetWMSizeHints[25] | XkbAllocGeomSections[25] | XrmQPutResource[25] |
| XDrawLines[25] | XLoadQueryFont[25] | XSetWindowBackground[25] | XkbAllocGeomShapes[25] | XrmQPutStringResource[25] |
| XDrawPoint[25] | XLocaleOfFontSet[25] | XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap[25] | XkbAllocGeometry[25] | XrmQuarkToString[25] |
| XDrawPoints[25] | XLocaleOfIM[25] | XSetWindowBorder[25] | XkbAllocIndicatorMaps[25] | XrmSetDatabase[25] |
| XDrawRectangle[25] | XLocaleOfOM[25] | XSetWindowBorderPixmap[25] | XkbAllocKeyboard[25] | XrmStringToBindingQuarkList[25] |
| XDrawRectangles[25] | XLockDisplay[25] | XSetWindowBorderWidth[25] | XkbAllocNames[25] | XrmStringToQuark[25] |
| XDrawSegments[25] | XLookupColor[25] | XSetWindowColormap[25] | XkbAllocServerMap[25] | XrmStringToQuarkList[25] |
| XDrawString[25] | XLookupKeysym[25] | XSetZoomHints[25] | XkbApplyCompatMapToKey[25] | XrmUniqueQuark[25] |
| XDrawString16[25] | XLookupString[25] | XShrinkRegion[25] | XkbBell[25] | Xutf8TextListToTextProperty |
| XDrawText[25] | XLowerWindow[25] | XStoreBuffer[25] | XkbBellEvent[25] | Xutf8TextPropertyToTextList |
| XDrawText16[25] | XMapRaised[25] | XStoreBytes[25] | XkbChangeEnabledControls[25] | XwcDrawImageString[25] |
| XEHeadOfExtensionList[25] | XMapSubwindows[25] | XStoreColor[25] | XkbChangeMap[25] | XwcDrawString[25] |
| XESetBeforeFlush[25] | XMapWindow[25] | XStoreColors[25] | XkbChangeNames[25] | XwcDrawText[25] |
| XESetCloseDisplay[25] | XMaskEvent[25] | XStoreName[25] | XkbChangeTypesOfKey[25] | XwcFreeStringList[25] |
| XESetCopyGC[25] | XMatchVisualInfo[25] | XStoreNamedColor[25] | XkbComputeEffectiveMap[25] | XwcLookupString[25] |
| XESetCreateFont[25] | XMaxCmapsOfScreen[25] | XStringListToTextProperty[25] | XkbComputeRowBounds[25] | XwcResetIC[25] |
| XESetCreateGC[25] | XMaxRequestSize[25] | XStringToKeysym[25] | XkbComputeSectionBounds[25] | XwcTextEscapement[25] |
| XESetError[25] | XMinCmapsOfScreen[25] | XSubImage[25] | XkbComputeShapeBounds[25] | XwcTextExtents[25] |
| XESetErrorString[25] | XMoveResizeWindow[25] | XSubtractRegion[25] | XkbComputeShapeTop[25] | XwcTextListToTextProperty[25] |
| XESetEventToWire[25] | XMoveWindow[25] | XSupportsLocale[25] | XkbCopyKeyType[25] | XwcTextPerCharExtents[25] |
| XESetFlushGC[25] | XNewModifiermap[25] | XSync[25] | XkbCopyKeyTypes[25] | XwcTextPropertyToTextList[25] |
| XESetFreeFont[25] | XNextEvent[25] | XSynchronize[25] | XkbFindOverlayForKey[25] | |
| XESetFreeGC[25] | XNextRequest[25] | XTextExtents[25] | XkbForceBell[25] | |
| XESetPrintErrorValues[25] | XNoOp[25] | XTextExtents16[25] | XkbFreeClientMap[25] | |
| XESetWireToError[25] | XOMOfOC[25] | XTextPropertyToStringList[25] | XkbFreeCompatMap[25] |
typedef struct xauth
{
unsigned short family;
unsigned short address_length;
char *address;
unsigned short number_length;
char *number;
unsigned short name_length;
char *name;
unsigned short data_length;
char *data;
}
Xauth; |
typedef struct _XcmsFunctionSet
{
XcmsColorSpace **DDColorSpaces;
XcmsScreenInitProc screenInitProc;
XcmsScreenFreeProc screenFreeProc;
}
XcmsFunctionSet;
typedef unsigned long XcmsColorFormat;
typedef double XcmsFloat;
typedef struct
{
unsigned short red;
unsigned short green;
unsigned short blue;
}
XcmsRGB;
typedef struct
{
XcmsFloat red;
XcmsFloat green;
XcmsFloat blue;
}
XcmsRGBi;
typedef struct
{
XcmsFloat X;
XcmsFloat Y;
XcmsFloat Z;
}
XcmsCIEXYZ;
typedef struct
{
XcmsFloat u_prime;
XcmsFloat v_prime;
XcmsFloat Y;
}
XcmsCIEuvY;
typedef struct
{
XcmsFloat x;
XcmsFloat y;
XcmsFloat Y;
}
XcmsCIExyY;
typedef struct
{
XcmsFloat L_star;
XcmsFloat a_star;
XcmsFloat b_star;
}
XcmsCIELab;
typedef struct
{
XcmsFloat L_star;
XcmsFloat u_star;
XcmsFloat v_star;
}
XcmsCIELuv;
typedef struct
{
XcmsFloat H;
XcmsFloat V;
XcmsFloat C;
}
XcmsTekHVC;
typedef struct
{
XcmsFloat pad0;
XcmsFloat pad1;
XcmsFloat pad2;
XcmsFloat pad3;
}
XcmsPad;
typedef union
{
XcmsRGB RGB;
XcmsRGBi RGBi;
XcmsCIEXYZ CIEXYZ;
XcmsCIEuvY CIEuvY;
XcmsCIExyY CIExyY;
XcmsCIELab CIELab;
XcmsCIELuv CIELuv;
XcmsTekHVC TekHVC;
XcmsPad Pad;
}
XcmsColor;
typedef struct _XcmsPerScrnInfo
{
XcmsColor screenWhitePt;
XPointer functionSet;
XPointer screenData;
unsigned char state;
char pad[1];
}
XcmsPerScrnInfo;
typedef int (*XcmsCompressionProc) (void);
typedef int (*XcmsWhiteAdjustProc) (void);
typedef int (*XcmsScreenInitProc) (void);
typedef void (*XcmsScreenFreeProc) (void);
typedef int (*XcmsConversionProc) (void);
typedef int (*XcmsParseStringProc) (void);
typedef struct _XcmsCCC
{
Display *dpy;
int screenNumber;
Visual *visual;
XcmsColor clientWhitePt;
XcmsCompressionProc gamutCompProc;
XPointer gamutCompClientData;
XcmsWhiteAdjustProc whitePtAdjProc;
XPointer whitePtAdjClientData;
XcmsPerScrnInfo *pPerScrnInfo;
}
*XcmsCCC;
typedef XcmsConversionProc *XcmsFuncListPtr;
typedef struct _XcmsColorSpace
{
char *prefix;
XcmsColorFormat id;
XcmsParseStringProc parseString;
XcmsFuncListPtr to_CIEXYZ;
XcmsFuncListPtr from_CIEXYZ;
int inverse_flag;
}
XcmsColorSpace; |
struct _XDisplay;
typedef struct XColor;
typedef void *XVaNestedList;
typedef int (*XErrorHandler) (void);
typedef int (*XIOErrorHandler) (void);
typedef void (*XConnectionWatchProc) (void);
typedef char *XPointer;
typedef struct _XExtData
{
int number;
struct _XExtData *next;
int (*free_private) (struct _XExtData * extension);
XPointer private_data;
}
XExtData;
typedef struct XExtCodes;
typedef struct XPixmapFormatValues;
typedef struct XGCValues;
typedef struct _XGC *GC;
typedef struct Visual;
typedef struct Depth;
typedef struct Screen;
typedef struct ScreenFormat;
typedef struct XSetWindowAttributes;
typedef struct XWindowAttributes;
typedef struct XHostAddress;
typedef struct _XImage
{
int width;
int height;
int xoffset;
int format;
char *data;
int byte_order;
int bitmap_unit;
int bitmap_bit_order;
int bitmap_pad;
int depth;
int bytes_per_line;
int bits_per_pixel;
unsigned long red_mask;
unsigned long green_mask;
unsigned long blue_mask;
XPointer obdata;
struct funcs f;
}
XImage;
typedef struct XWindowChanges;
typedef struct XSegment;
typedef struct XPoint;
typedef struct XRectangle;
typedef struct XArc;
typedef struct XKeyboardControl;
typedef struct XKeyboardState;
typedef struct XTimeCoord;
typedef struct XModifierKeymap;
typedef struct _XDisplay Display;
typedef struct XKeyEvent;
typedef XKeyEvent XKeyPressedEvent;
typedef XKeyEvent XKeyReleasedEvent;
typedef struct XButtonEvent;
typedef XButtonEvent XButtonPressedEvent;
typedef XButtonEvent XButtonReleasedEvent;
typedef struct XMotionEvent;
typedef XMotionEvent XPointerMovedEvent;
typedef struct XCrossingEvent;
typedef XCrossingEvent XEnterWindowEvent;
typedef XCrossingEvent XLeaveWindowEvent;
typedef struct XFocusChangeEvent;
typedef XFocusChangeEvent XFocusInEvent;
typedef XFocusChangeEvent XFocusOutEvent;
typedef struct XKeymapEvent;
typedef struct XExposeEvent;
typedef struct XGraphicsExposeEvent;
typedef struct XNoExposeEvent;
typedef struct XVisibilityEvent;
typedef struct XCreateWindowEvent;
typedef struct XDestroyWindowEvent;
typedef struct XUnmapEvent;
typedef struct XMapEvent;
typedef struct XMapRequestEvent;
typedef struct XReparentEvent;
typedef struct XConfigureEvent;
typedef struct XGravityEvent;
typedef struct XResizeRequestEvent;
typedef struct XConfigureRequestEvent;
typedef struct XCirculateEvent;
typedef struct XCirculateRequestEvent;
typedef struct XPropertyEvent;
typedef struct XSelectionClearEvent;
typedef struct XSelectionRequestEvent;
typedef struct XSelectionEvent;
typedef struct XColormapEvent;
typedef union XClientMessageEvent;
typedef struct XMappingEvent;
typedef struct XErrorEvent;
typedef struct XAnyEvent;
typedef union _XEvent
{
int type;
XAnyEvent xany;
XKeyEvent xkey;
XButtonEvent xbutton;
XMotionEvent xmotion;
XCrossingEvent xcrossing;
XFocusChangeEvent xfocus;
XExposeEvent xexpose;
XGraphicsExposeEvent xgraphicsexpose;
XNoExposeEvent xnoexpose;
XVisibilityEvent xvisibility;
XCreateWindowEvent xcreatewindow;
XDestroyWindowEvent xdestroywindow;
XUnmapEvent xunmap;
XMapEvent xmap;
XMapRequestEvent xmaprequest;
XReparentEvent xreparent;
XConfigureEvent xconfigure;
XGravityEvent xgravity;
XResizeRequestEvent xresizerequest;
XConfigureRequestEvent xconfigurerequest;
XCirculateEvent xcirculate;
XCirculateRequestEvent xcirculaterequest;
XPropertyEvent xproperty;
XSelectionClearEvent xselectionclear;
XSelectionRequestEvent xselectionrequest;
XSelectionEvent xselection;
XColormapEvent xcolormap;
XClientMessageEvent xclient;
XMappingEvent xmapping;
XErrorEvent xerror;
XKeymapEvent xkeymap;
long pad[1];
}
XEvent;
typedef struct XCharStruct;
typedef struct XFontProp;
typedef struct XFontStruct;
typedef struct XFontSetExtents;
typedef struct XTextItem;
typedef struct XChar2b;
typedef struct XTextItem16;
typedef union XEDataObject;
typedef struct _XOM *XOM;
typedef struct _XOC *XOC;
typedef struct _XOC *XFontSet;
typedef struct XmbTextItem;
typedef struct XwcTextItem;
typedef struct _XIM *XIM;
typedef struct _XIC *XIC;
typedef void (*XIDProc) (void); |
typedef struct XSizeHints;
typedef struct XWMHints;
typedef struct XTextProperty;
typedef struct XIconSize;
typedef struct XClassHint;
typedef struct _XComposeStatus
{
XPointer compose_ptr;
int chars_matched;
}
XComposeStatus;
typedef struct _XRegion *Region;
typedef struct XVisualInfo;
typedef struct XStandardColormap;
typedef int XContext;
typedef enum XICCEncodingStyle; |
Table 13-3. libXext Definition
| Library: | libXext |
| SONAME: | libXext.so.6 |
The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following standards.
| Double Buffer Extension Library[26] |
| X Display Power Management Signaling (DPMS) Extension, Library Specification[27] |
| Security Extension Specification, Version 7.1[28] |
| X Nonrectangular Window Shape Extension Library Version 1.0[29] |
| MIT-SHM--The MIT Shared Memory Extension[30] |
| X Synchronization Extension Library[31] |
Table 13-4. libXext - X Shape Extension Function Interfaces
| XShapeCombineMask[29] | XShapeCombineShape[29] | XShapeOffsetShape[29] | XShapeQueryVersion[29] | |
| XShapeCombineRectangles[29] | XShapeGetRectangles[29] | XShapeQueryExtension[29] | XShapeSelectInput[29] | |
| XShapeCombineRegion[29] | XShapeInputSelected[29] | XShapeQueryExtents[29] |
Table 13-7. libXext - X Synchronization Extension Function Interfaces
| XSyncAwait[31] | XSyncFreeSystemCounterList[31] | XSyncMinValue[31] | XSyncValueEqual[31] | XSyncValueLessOrEqual[31] |
| XSyncChangeAlarm[31] | XSyncGetPriority[31] | XSyncQueryAlarm[31] | XSyncValueGreaterOrEqual[31] | XSyncValueLessThan[31] |
| XSyncChangeCounter[31] | XSyncInitialize[31] | XSyncQueryCounter[31] | XSyncValueGreaterThan[31] | XSyncValueLow32[31] |
| XSyncCreateAlarm[31] | XSyncIntToValue[31] | XSyncQueryExtension[31] | XSyncValueHigh32[31] | XSyncValueSubtract[31] |
| XSyncCreateCounter[31] | XSyncIntsToValue[31] | XSyncSetCounter[31] | XSyncValueIsNegative[31] | |
| XSyncDestroyAlarm[31] | XSyncListSystemCounters[31] | XSyncSetPriority[31] | XSyncValueIsPositive[31] | |
| XSyncDestroyCounter[31] | XSyncMaxValue[31] | XSyncValueAdd[31] | XSyncValueIsZero[31] |
typedef unsigned long XSecurityAuthorization;
typedef struct
{
unsigned int timeout;
unsigned int trust_level;
XID group;
long event_mask;
}
XSecurityAuthorizationAttributes; |
typedef struct _XSyncSystemCounter
{
char *name;
XSyncCounter counter;
XSyncValue resolution;
}
XSyncSystemCounter;
typedef struct
{
XSyncCounter counter;
XSyncValueType value_type;
XSyncValue wait_value;
XSyncTestType test_type;
}
XSyncTrigger;
typedef struct
{
XSyncTrigger trigger;
XSyncValue event_threshold;
}
XSyncWaitCondition;
typedef struct
{
XSyncTrigger trigger;
XSyncValue delta;
int events;
XSyncAlarmState state;
}
XSyncAlarmAttributes;
typedef XID XSyncCounter;
typedef XID XSyncAlarm;
typedef struct _XSyncValue
{
int hi;
unsigned int lo;
}
XSyncValue;
typedef enum
{
XSyncAbsolute, XSyncRelative
}
XSyncValueType;
typedef enum
{
XSyncPositiveTransition, XSyncNegativeTransition, XSyncPositiveComparison,
XSyncNegativeComparison
}
XSyncTestType;
typedef enum
{
XSyncAlarmActive, XSyncAlarmInactive, XSyncAlarmDestroyed
}
XSyncAlarmState; |
Table 13-10. libSM Definition
| Library: | libSM |
| SONAME: | libSM.so.6 |
The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following standards.
| X11R6.4 X Session Management Library[32] |
Table 13-11. libSM - Session Management Functions Function Interfaces
| SmFreeProperty[32] | SmcInteractRequest[32] | SmcSaveYourselfDone[32] | SmsGenerateClientID[32] | SmsSaveComplete[32] |
| SmFreeReasons[32] | SmcModifyCallbacks[32] | SmcSetErrorHandler[32] | SmsGetIceConnection[32] | SmsSaveYourself[32] |
| SmcClientID[32] | SmcOpenConnection[32] | SmcSetProperties[32] | SmsInitialize[32] | SmsSaveYourselfPhase2[32] |
| SmcCloseConnection[32] | SmcProtocolRevision[32] | SmcVendor[32] | SmsInteract[32] | SmsSetErrorHandler[32] |
| SmcDeleteProperties[32] | SmcProtocolVersion[32] | SmsCleanUp[32] | SmsProtocolRevision[32] | SmsShutdownCancelled[32] |
| SmcGetIceConnection[32] | SmcRelease[32] | SmsClientHostName[32] | SmsProtocolVersion[32] | |
| SmcGetProperties[32] | SmcRequestSaveYourself[32] | SmsClientID[32] | SmsRegisterClientReply[32] | |
| SmcInteractDone[32] | SmcRequestSaveYourselfPhase2[32] | SmsDie[32] | SmsReturnProperties[32] |
typedef IcePointer SmPointer;
typedef struct _SmcConn *SmcConn;
typedef struct _SmsConn *SmsConn;
typedef struct
{
int length;
SmPointer value;
}
SmPropValue;
typedef struct
{
char *name;
char *type;
int num_vals;
SmPropValue *vals;
}
SmProp;
typedef enum
{
SmcClosedNow, SmcClosedASAP, SmcConnectionInUse
}
SmcCloseStatus;
typedef void (*SmcSaveYourselfPhase2Proc) (void);
typedef void (*SmcInteractProc) (void);
typedef void (*SmcDieProc) (void);
typedef void (*SmcShutdownCancelledProc) (void);
typedef void (*SmcSaveCompleteProc) (void);
typedef void (*SmcPropReplyProc) (void);
typedef struct
{
SmcShutdownCancelledProc callback;
SmPointer client_data;
}
SmcCallbacks;
typedef void (*SmsSetPropertiesProc) (void);
typedef void (*SmsDeletePropertiesProc) (void);
typedef void (*SmsGetPropertiesProc) (void);
typedef struct
{
SmsGetPropertiesProc callback;
SmPointer manager_data;
}
SmsCallbacks;
typedef int (*SmsNewClientProc) (void);
typedef void (*SmcErrorHandler) (void);
typedef void (*SmsErrorHandler) (void); |
Table 13-12. libICE Definition
| Library: | libICE |
| SONAME: | libICE.so.6 |
The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following standards.
| X11R6.4 X Inter-Client Exchange (ICE) Protocol[33] |
Table 13-13. libICE - ICE Functions Function Interfaces
| IceAcceptConnection[33] | IceConnectionStatus[33] | IceGetListenConnectionString[33] | IceProcessMessages[33] | IceSetErrorHandler[33] |
| IceAddConnectionWatch[33] | IceConnectionString[33] | IceGetOutBufSize[33] | IceProtocolRevision[33] | IceSetHostBasedAuthProc[33] |
| IceAllocScratch[33] | IceFlush[33] | IceInitThreads[33] | IceProtocolSetup[33] | IceSetIOErrorHandler[33] |
| IceAppLockConn[33] | IceFreeAuthFileEntry[33] | IceLastReceivedSequenceNumber[33] | IceProtocolShutdown[33] | IceSetPaAuthData[33] |
| IceAppUnlockConn[33] | IceFreeListenObjs[33] | IceLastSentSequenceNumber[33] | IceProtocolVersion[33] | IceSetShutdownNegotiation[33] |
| IceAuthFileName[33] | IceGenerateMagicCookie[33] | IceListenForConnections[33] | IceReadAuthFileEntry[33] | IceSwapping[33] |
| IceCheckShutdownNegotiation[33] | IceGetAuthFileEntry[33] | IceListenForWellKnownConnections[33] | IceRegisterForProtocolReply[33] | IceUnlockAuthFile[33] |
| IceCloseConnection[33] | IceGetConnectionContext[33] | IceLockAuthFile[33] | IceRegisterForProtocolSetup[33] | IceVendor[33] |
| IceComposeNetworkIdList[33] | IceGetInBufSize[33] | IceOpenConnection[33] | IceRelease[33] | IceWriteAuthFileEntry[33] |
| IceConnectionNumber[33] | IceGetListenConnectionNumber[33] | IcePing[33] | IceRemoveConnectionWatch[33] |
typedef void *IcePointer;
typedef enum
{
IcePoAuthHaveReply, IcePoAuthRejected, IcePoAuthFailed, IcePoAuthDoneCleanup
}
IcePoAuthStatus;
typedef enum
{
IcePaAuthContinue, IcePaAuthAccepted, IcePaAuthRejected, IcePaAuthFailed
}
IcePaAuthStatus;
typedef enum
{
IceConnectPending, IceConnectAccepted, IceConnectRejected, IceConnectIOError
}
IceConnectStatus;
typedef enum
{
IceProtocolSetupSuccess, IceProtocolSetupFailure, IceProtocolSetupIOError,
IceProtocolAlreadyActive
}
IceProtocolSetupStatus;
typedef enum
{
IceAcceptSuccess, IceAcceptFailure, IceAcceptBadMalloc
}
IceAcceptStatus;
typedef enum
{
IceClosedNow, IceClosedASAP, IceConnectionInUse,
IceStartedShutdownNegotiation
}
IceCloseStatus;
typedef enum
{
IceProcessMessagesSuccess, IceProcessMessagesIOError,
IceProcessMessagesConnectionClosed
}
IceProcessMessagesStatus;
typedef struct
{
unsigned long sequence_of_request;
int major_opcode_of_request;
int minor_opcode_of_request;
IcePointer reply;
}
IceReplyWaitInfo;
typedef struct _IceConn *IceConn;
typedef struct _IceListenObj *IceListenObj;
typedef void (*IceWatchProc) (void);
typedef void (*IcePoProcessMsgProc) (void);
typedef void (*IcePaProcessMsgProc) (void);
typedef IcePoAuthStatus (*IcePoAuthProc) (void);
typedef IcePaAuthStatus (*IcePaAuthProc) (void);
typedef int (*IceHostBasedAuthProc) (void);
typedef int (*IceProtocolSetupProc) (void);
typedef void (*IceProtocolActivateProc) (void);
typedef void (*IceIOErrorProc) (void);
typedef void (*IcePingReplyProc) (void);
typedef void (*IceErrorHandler) (void);
typedef void (*IceIOErrorHandler) (void);
typedef struct
{
int major_version;
int minor_version;
IcePoProcessMsgProc process_msg_proc;
}
IcePoVersionRec;
typedef struct
{
int major_version;
int minor_version;
IcePaProcessMsgProc process_msg_proc;
}
IcePaVersionRec; |
typedef struct
{
char *protocol_name;
unsigned short protocol_data_length;
char *protocol_data;
char *network_id;
char *auth_name;
unsigned short auth_data_length;
char *auth_data;
}
IceAuthFileEntry;
typedef struct
{
char *protocol_name;
char *network_id;
char *auth_name;
unsigned short auth_data_length;
char *auth_data;
}
IceAuthDataEntry; |
Table 13-14. libXt Definition
| Library: | libXt |
| SONAME: | libXt.so.6 |
The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following standards.
| Linux Standard Base[34] |
| X11R6.4 X Toolkit Intrinsics[35] |
Table 13-15. libXt - X Toolkit Function Interfaces
| XtAddActions[35] | XtCancelSelectionRequest[35] | XtError[35] | XtMainLoop[35] | XtSessionGetToken[35] |
| XtAddCallback[35] | XtChangeManagedSet[35] | XtErrorMsg[35] | XtMakeGeometryRequest[35] | XtSessionReturnToken[35] |
| XtAddCallbacks[35] | XtClass[35] | XtFindFile[35] | XtMakeResizeRequest[35] | XtSetErrorHandler[35] |
| XtAddConverter[35] | XtCloseDisplay[35] | XtFree[35] | XtMalloc[35] | XtSetErrorMsgHandler[35] |
| XtAddEventHandler[35] | XtConfigureWidget[35] | XtGetActionKeysym[35] | XtManageChild[35] | XtSetEventDispatcher[35] |
| XtAddExposureToRegion[35] | XtConvert[35] | XtGetActionList[35] | XtManageChildren[35] | XtSetKeyTranslator[35] |
| XtAddGrab[35] | XtConvertAndStore[35] | XtGetApplicationNameAndClass[35] | XtMapWidget[35] | XtSetKeyboardFocus[35] |
| XtAddInput[35] | XtConvertCase[35] | XtGetApplicationResources[35] | XtMenuPopupAction[35] | XtSetLanguageProc[35] |
| XtAddRawEventHandler[35] | XtCreateApplicationContext[35] | XtGetClassExtension[35] | XtMergeArgLists[35] | XtSetMappedWhenManaged[35] |
| XtAddSignal[35] | XtCreateApplicationShell[35] | XtGetConstraintResourceList[35] | XtMoveWidget[35] | XtSetMultiClickTime[35] |
| XtAddTimeOut[35] | XtCreateManagedWidget[35] | XtGetDisplays[35] | XtName[35] | XtSetSelectionParameters[35] |
| XtAddWorkProc[35] | XtCreatePopupShell[35] | XtGetErrorDatabase[35] | XtNameToWidget[35] | XtSetSelectionTimeout[35] |
| XtAllocateGC[35] | XtCreateSelectionRequest[35] | XtGetErrorDatabaseText[35] | XtNewString[35] | XtSetSensitive[35] |
| XtAppAddActionHook[35] | XtCreateWidget[35] | XtGetGC[35] | XtNextEvent[35] | XtSetSubvalues[35] |
| XtAppAddActions[35] | XtCreateWindow[35] | XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget[35] | XtNoticeSignal[35] | XtSetTypeConverter[35] |
| XtAppAddBlockHook[35] | XtCvtColorToPixel[35] | XtGetKeysymTable[35] | XtOpenApplication[35] | XtSetValues[35] |
| XtAppAddConverter[35] | XtCvtIntToBool[35] | XtGetMultiClickTime[35] | XtOpenDisplay[35] | XtSetWMColormapWindows[35] |
| XtAppAddInput[35] | XtCvtIntToBoolean[35] | XtGetResourceList[35] | XtOverrideTranslations[35] | XtSetWarningHandler[35] |
| XtAppAddSignal[35] | XtCvtIntToColor[35] | XtGetSelectionParameters[35] | XtOwnSelection[35] | XtSetWarningMsgHandler[35] |
| XtAppAddTimeOut[35] | XtCvtIntToFloat[35] | XtGetSelectionRequest[35] | XtOwnSelectionIncremental[35] | XtStringConversionWarning[35] |
| XtAppAddWorkProc[35] | XtCvtIntToFont[35] | XtGetSelectionTimeout[35] | XtParent[35] | XtSuperclass[35] |
| XtAppCreateShell[35] | XtCvtIntToPixel[35] | XtGetSelectionValue[35] | XtParseAcceleratorTable[35] | XtToolkitInitialize[35] |
| XtAppError[35] | XtCvtIntToPixmap[35] | XtGetSelectionValueIncremental[35] | XtParseTranslationTable[35] | XtToolkitThreadInitialize[35] |
| XtAppErrorMsg[35] | XtCvtIntToShort[35] | XtGetSelectionValues[35] | XtPeekEvent[35] | XtTranslateCoords[35] |
| XtAppGetErrorDatabase[35] | XtCvtIntToUnsignedChar[35] | XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental[35] | XtPending[35] | XtTranslateKey[35] |
| XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText[35] | XtCvtStringToAcceleratorTable[35] | XtGetSubresources[35] | XtPopdown[35] | XtTranslateKeycode[35] |
| XtAppGetExitFlag[35] | XtCvtStringToAtom[35] | XtGetSubvalues[35] | XtPopup[35] | XtUngrabButton[35] |
| XtAppGetSelectionTimeout[35] | XtCvtStringToBool[35] | XtGetValues[35] | XtPopupSpringLoaded[35] | XtUngrabKey[35] |
| XtAppInitialize[35] | XtCvtStringToBoolean[35] | XtGrabButton[35] | XtProcessEvent[35] | XtUngrabKeyboard[35] |
| XtAppLock[35] | XtCvtStringToCommandArgArray[35] | XtGrabKey[35] | XtProcessLock[35] | XtUngrabPointer[35] |
| XtAppMainLoop[35] | XtCvtStringToCursor[35] | XtGrabKeyboard[35] | XtProcessUnlock[35] | XtUninstallTranslations[35] |
| XtAppNextEvent[35] | XtCvtStringToDimension[35] | XtGrabPointer[35] | XtQueryGeometry[35] | XtUnmanageChild[35] |
| XtAppPeekEvent[35] | XtCvtStringToDirectoryString[35] | XtHasCallbacks[35] | XtRealizeWidget[35] | XtUnmanageChildren[35] |
| XtAppPending[35] | XtCvtStringToDisplay[35] | XtHooksOfDisplay[35] | XtRealloc[35] | XtUnmapWidget[35] |
| XtAppProcessEvent[35] | XtCvtStringToFile[35] | XtInitialize[35] | XtRegisterCaseConverter[35] | XtUnrealizeWidget[35] |
| XtAppReleaseCacheRefs[35] | XtCvtStringToFloat[35] | XtInitializeWidgetClass[35] | XtRegisterDrawable[35] | XtUnregisterDrawable[35] |
| XtAppSetErrorHandler[35] | XtCvtStringToFont[35] | XtInsertEventHandler[35] | XtRegisterExtensionSelector[35] | XtVaAppCreateShell[35] |
| XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler[35] | XtCvtStringToFontSet[35] | XtInsertEventTypeHandler[35] | XtRegisterGrabAction[35] | XtVaAppInitialize[35] |
| XtAppSetExitFlag[35] | XtCvtStringToFontStruct[35] | XtInsertRawEventHandler[35] | XtReleaseGC[35] | XtVaCreateArgsList[35] |
| XtAppSetFallbackResources[35] | XtCvtStringToGravity[35] | XtInstallAccelerators[35] | XtReleasePropertyAtom[35] | XtVaCreateManagedWidget[35] |
| XtAppSetSelectionTimeout[35] | XtCvtStringToInitialState[35] | XtInstallAllAccelerators[35] | XtRemoveActionHook[35] | XtVaCreatePopupShell[35] |
| XtAppSetTypeConverter[35] | XtCvtStringToInt[35] | XtIsApplicationShell[35] | XtRemoveAllCallbacks[35] | XtVaCreateWidget[35] |
| XtAppSetWarningHandler[35] | XtCvtStringToPixel[35] | XtIsComposite[35] | XtRemoveBlockHook[35] | XtVaGetApplicationResources[35] |
| XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler[35] | XtCvtStringToRestartStyle[35] | XtIsConstraint[35] | XtRemoveCallback[35] | XtVaGetSubresources[35] |
| XtAppUnlock[35] | XtCvtStringToShort[35] | XtIsManaged[35] | XtRemoveCallbacks[35] | XtVaGetSubvalues[35] |
| XtAppWarning[35] | XtCvtStringToTranslationTable[35] | XtIsObject[35] | XtRemoveEventHandler[35] | XtVaGetValues[35] |
| XtAppWarningMsg[35] | XtCvtStringToUnsignedChar[35] | XtIsOverrideShell[35] | XtRemoveEventTypeHandler[35] | XtVaOpenApplication[35] |
| XtAugmentTranslations[35] | XtCvtStringToVisual[35] | XtIsRealized[35] | XtRemoveGrab[35] | XtVaSetSubvalues[35] |
| XtBuildEventMask[35] | XtDatabase[35] | XtIsRectObj[35] | XtRemoveInput[35] | XtVaSetValues[35] |
| XtCallAcceptFocus[35] | XtDestroyApplicationContext[35] | XtIsSensitive[35] | XtRemoveRawEventHandler[35] | XtWarning[35] |
| XtCallActionProc[35] | XtDestroyGC[35] | XtIsSessionShell[35] | XtRemoveSignal[35] | XtWarningMsg[35] |
| XtCallCallbackList[35] | XtDestroyWidget[35] | XtIsShell[35] | XtRemoveTimeOut[35] | XtWidgetToApplicationContext[35] |
| XtCallCallbacks[35] | XtDirectConvert[35] | XtIsSubclass[35] | XtRemoveWorkProc[35] | XtWindow[35] |
| XtCallConverter[35] | XtDisownSelection[35] | XtIsTopLevelShell[35] | XtReservePropertyAtom[35] | XtWindowOfObject[35] |
| XtCallbackExclusive[35] | XtDispatchEvent[35] | XtIsTransientShell[35] | XtResizeWidget[35] | XtWindowToWidget[35] |
| XtCallbackNone[35] | XtDispatchEventToWidget[35] | XtIsVendorShell[35] | XtResizeWindow[35] | _XtCheckSubclassFlag[35] |
| XtCallbackNonexclusive[35] | XtDisplay[35] | XtIsWMShell[35] | XtResolvePathname[35] | _XtCopyFromArg[34] |
| XtCallbackPopdown[35] | XtDisplayInitialize[35] | XtIsWidget[35] | XtScreen[35] | _XtInherit[34] |
| XtCallbackReleaseCacheRef[35] | XtDisplayOfObject[35] | XtKeysymToKeycodeList[35] | XtScreenDatabase[35] | _XtIsSubclassOf[34] |
| XtCallbackReleaseCacheRefList[35] | XtDisplayStringConversionWarning[35] | XtLastEventProcessed[35] | XtScreenOfObject[35] | |
| XtCalloc[35] | XtDisplayToApplicationContext[35] | XtLastTimestampProcessed[35] | XtSendSelectionRequest[35] |
Table 13-16. libXt - X Toolkit Data Interfaces
| XtCXtToolkitError[35] | compositeWidgetClass[35] | overrideShellClassRec[35] | shellClassRec[35] | widgetClass[35] |
| XtShellStrings[35] | constraintClassRec[35] | overrideShellWidgetClass[35] | shellWidgetClass[35] | widgetClassRec[35] |
| XtStrings[35] | constraintWidgetClass[35] | rectObjClass[35] | topLevelShellClassRec[35] | wmShellClassRec[35] |
| _XtInheritTranslations[34] | coreWidgetClass[35] | rectObjClassRec[35] | topLevelShellWidgetClass[35] | wmShellWidgetClass[35] |
| applicationShellWidgetClass[35] | objectClass[35] | sessionShellClassRec[35] | transientShellClassRec[35] | |
| compositeClassRec[35] | objectClassRec[35] | sessionShellWidgetClass[35] | transientShellWidgetClass[35] |
typedef Cardinal (*XtOrderProc) (Widget child); typedef void (*XtDoChangeProc) (Widget composite_parent, WidgetList unmanage_children, Cardinal * num_unmanage_children, WidgetList manage_children, Cardinal * num_manage_children, XtPointer client_data); |
#define XtInheritGeometryManager ((XtGeometryHandler) _XtInherit) #define XtInheritDeleteChild ((XtWidgetProc) _XtInherit) #define XtInheritInsertChild ((XtWidgetProc) _XtInherit) #define XtCompositeExtensionVersion 2L typedef struct _CompositeClassPart CompositeClassPart; typedef struct _CompositeClassRec CompositeClassRec; |
#define XtConstraintExtensionVersion 1L
typedef struct _ConstraintPart ConstraintPart;
typedef struct _ConstraintClassPart ConstraintClassPart;
typedef struct _ConstraintClassRec
{
CoreClassPart core_class;
CompositeClassPart composite_class;
ConstraintClassPart constraint_class;
}
ConstraintClassRec; |
#define XtInheritAllocate ((XtAllocateProc) _XtInherit)
#define XtInheritDeallocate ((XtDeallocateProc) _XtInherit)
#define XtObjectExtensionVersion 1L
typedef struct _ObjectPart
{
Widget self;
WidgetClass widget_class;
Widget parent;
XrmName xrm_name;
Boolean being_destroyed;
XtCallbackList destroy_callbacks;
XtPointer constraints;
}
ObjectPart;
typedef struct _ObjectRec
{
ObjectPart object;
}
ObjectRec;
typedef struct _ObjectClassPart
{
WidgetClass superclass;
String class_name;
Cardinal widget_size;
XtProc class_initialize;
XtWidgetClassProc class_part_initialize;
XtEnum class_inited;
XtInitProc initialize;
XtArgsProc initialize_hook;
XtProc obj1;
XtProc obj2;
XtProc obj3;
XtResourceList resources;
Cardinal num_resources;
XrmClass xrm_class;
Boolean obj4;
XtEnum obj5;
Boolean obj6;
Boolean obj7;
XtWidgetProc destroy;
XtProc obj8;
XtProc obj9;
XtSetValuesFunc set_values;
XtArgsFunc set_values_hook;
XtProc obj10;
XtArgsProc get_values_hook;
XtProc obj11;
XtVersionType version;
XtPointer callback_private;
String obj12;
XtProc obj13;
XtProc obj14;
XtPointer extension;
}
ObjectClassPart;
struct
{
XtPointer next_extension;
XrmQuark record_type;
long version;
Cardinal record_size;
XtAllocateProc allocate;
XtDeallocateProc deallocate;
}
;
typedef struct
{
XtPointer next_extension;
XrmQuark record_type;
long version;
Cardinal record_size;
XtAllocateProc allocate;
XtDeallocateProc deallocate;
}
ObjectClassExtensionRec;
typedef struct
{
XtPointer next_extension;
XrmQuark record_type;
long version;
Cardinal record_size;
XtAllocateProc allocate;
XtDeallocateProc deallocate;
}
*ObjectClassExtension;
typedef struct _ObjectClassRec
{
ObjectClassPart object_class;
}
ObjectClassRec; |
void _XtCopyFromArg(XtArgVal src,char* dst,unsigned int size); |
The _XtCopyFromArg() function copies "size" bytes from src to dst. This is an internal X function call.
#include <IntrinsicP.h>
extern void _XtInherit(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
void
#endif
); |
#include <CoreP.h> externalref int _XtInheritTranslations; |
#include <Intrinsic.h>
extern Boolean _XtIsSubclassOf(
Widget /* object* /,
WidgetClass /* widget_class */,
WidgetClass /* flag_class */,
_XtXtEnum /* type_flag */,
);
|
Table 13-17. libGL Definition
| Library: | libGL |
| SONAME: | libGL.so.1 |
The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following standards.
| OpenGL® Application Binary Interface for Linux[36] |
Table 13-18. libGL - GL X interface Function Interfaces
| glXChooseVisual[36] | glXDestroyContext[36] | glXGetContextIDEXT[36] | glXImportContextEXT[36] | glXQueryExtensionsString[36] |
| glXCopyContext[36] | glXDestroyGLXPixmap[36] | glXGetCurrentContext[36] | glXIsDirect[36] | glXQueryServerString[36] |
| glXCreateContext[36] | glXDestroyPbuffer[36] | glXGetCurrentDisplay[36] | glXMakeContextCurrent[36] | glXQueryVersion[36] |
| glXCreateGLXPixmap[36] | glXDestroyPixmap[36] | glXGetCurrentDrawable[36] | glXMakeCurrent[36] | glXSelectEvent[36] |
| glXCreateNewContext[36] | glXDestroyWindow[36] | glXGetCurrentReadDrawable[36] | glXQueryContext[36] | glXSwapBuffers[36] |
| glXCreatePbuffer[36] | glXFreeContextEXT[36] | glXGetFBConfigAttrib[36] | glXQueryContextInfoEXT[36] | glXUseXFont[36] |
| glXCreatePixmap[36] | glXGetClientString[36] | glXGetSelectedEvent[36] | glXQueryDrawable[36] | glXWaitGL[36] |
| glXCreateWindow[36] | glXGetConfig[36] | glXGetVisualFromFBConfig[36] | glXQueryExtension[36] | glXWaitX[36] |
Table 13-19. libGL - OpenGL Function Interfaces
| glAccum[36] | glDepthRange[36] | glIndexPointer[36] | glNormal3d[36] | glTexCoord1f[36] |
| glActiveTextureARB[36] | glDisable[36] | glIndexd[36] | glNormal3dv[36] | glTexCoord1fv[36] |
| glAlphaFunc[36] | glDisableClientState[36] | glIndexdv[36] | glNormal3f[36] | glTexCoord1i[36] |
| glAreTexturesResident[36] | glDrawArrays[36] | glIndexf[36] | glNormal3fv[36] | glTexCoord1iv[36] |
| glArrayElement[36] | glDrawBuffer[36] | glIndexfv[36] | glNormal3i[36] | glTexCoord1s[36] |
| glBegin[36] | glDrawElements[36] | glIndexi[36] | glNormal3iv[36] | glTexCoord1sv[36] |
| glBindTexture[36] | glDrawPixels[36] | glIndexiv[36] | glNormal3s[36] | glTexCoord2d[36] |
| glBitmap[36] | glDrawRangeElements[36] | glIndexs[36] | glNormal3sv[36] | glTexCoord2dv[36] |
| glBlendColor[36] | glEdgeFlag[36] | glIndexsv[36] | glNormalPointer[36] | glTexCoord2f[36] |
| glBlendColorEXT[36] | glEdgeFlagPointer[36] | glIndexub[36] | glOrtho[36] | glTexCoord2fv[36] |
| glBlendEquation[36] | glEdgeFlagv[36] | glIndexubv[36] | glPassThrough[36] | glTexCoord2i[36] |
| glBlendEquationEXT[36] | glEnable[36] | glInitNames[36] | glPixelMapfv[36] | glTexCoord2iv[36] |
| glBlendFunc[36] | glEnableClientState[36] | glInterleavedArrays[36] | glPixelMapuiv[36] | glTexCoord2s[36] |
| glCallList[36] | glEnd[36] | glIsEnabled[36] | glPixelMapusv[36] | glTexCoord2sv[36] |
| glCallLists[36] | glEndList[36] | glIsList[36] | glPixelStoref[36] | glTexCoord3d[36] |
| glClear[36] | glEvalCoord1d[36] | glIsTexture[36] | glPixelStorei[36] | glTexCoord3dv[36] |
| glClearAccum[36] | glEvalCoord1dv[36] | glLightModelf[36] | glPixelTransferf[36] | glTexCoord3f[36] |
| glClearColor[36] | glEvalCoord1f[36] | glLightModelfv[36] | glPixelTransferi[36] | glTexCoord3fv[36] |
| glClearDepth[36] | glEvalCoord1fv[36] | glLightModeli[36] | glPixelZoom[36] | glTexCoord3i[36] |
| glClearIndex[36] | glEvalCoord2d[36] | glLightModeliv[36] | glPointParameterfvEXT[36] | glTexCoord3iv[36] |
| glClearStencil[36] | glEvalCoord2dv[36] | glLightf[36] | glPointSize[36] | glTexCoord3s[36] |
| glClientActiveTextureARB[36] | glEvalCoord2f[36] | glLightfv[36] | glPolygonMode[36] | glTexCoord3sv[36] |
| glClipPlane[36] | glEvalCoord2fv[36] | glLighti[36] | glPolygonOffset[36] | glTexCoord4d[36] |
| glColor3b[36] | glEvalMesh1[36] | glLightiv[36] | glPolygonStipple[36] | glTexCoord4dv[36] |
| glColor3bv[36] | glEvalMesh2[36] | glLineStipple[36] | glPopAttrib[36] | glTexCoord4f[36] |
| glColor3d[36] | glEvalPoint1[36] | glLineWidth[36] | glPopClientAttrib[36] | glTexCoord4fv[36] |
| glColor3dv[36] | glEvalPoint2[36] | glListBase[36] | glPopMatrix[36] | glTexCoord4i[36] |
| glColor3f[36] | glFeedbackBuffer[36] | glLoadIdentity[36] | glPopName[36] | glTexCoord4iv[36] |
| glColor3fv[36] | glFinish[36] | glLoadMatrixd[36] | glPrioritizeTextures[36] | glTexCoord4s[36] |
| glColor3i[36] | glFlush[36] | glLoadMatrixf[36] | glPushAttrib[36] | glTexCoord4sv[36] |
| glColor3iv[36] | glFogf[36] | glLoadName[36] | glPushClientAttrib[36] | glTexCoordPointer[36] |
| glColor3s[36] | glFogfv[36] | glLogicOp[36] | glPushMatrix[36] | glTexEnvf[36] |
| glColor3sv[36] | glFogi[36] | glMap1d[36] | glPushName[36] | glTexEnvfv[36] |
| glColor3ub[36] | glFogiv[36] | glMap1f[36] | glRasterPos2d[36] | glTexEnvi[36] |
| glColor3ubv[36] | glFrontFace[36] | glMap2d[36] | glRasterPos2dv[36] | glTexEnviv[36] |
| glColor3ui[36] | glFrustum[36] | glMap2f[36] | glRasterPos2f[36] | glTexGend[36] |
| glColor3uiv[36] | glGenLists[36] | glMapGrid1d[36] | glRasterPos2fv[36] | glTexGendv[36] |
| glColor3us[36] | glGenTextures[36] | glMapGrid1f[36] | glRasterPos2i[36] | glTexGenf[36] |
| glColor3usv[36] | glGetBooleanv[36] | glMapGrid2d[36] | glRasterPos2iv[36] | glTexGenfv[36] |
| glColor4b[36] | glGetClipPlane[36] | glMapGrid2f[36] | glRasterPos2s[36] | glTexGeni[36] |
| glColor4bv[36] | glGetColorTable[36] | glMaterialf[36] | glRasterPos2sv[36] | glTexGeniv[36] |
| glColor4d[36] | glGetColorTableParameterfv[36] | glMaterialfv[36] | glRasterPos3d[36] | glTexImage1D[36] |
| glColor4dv[36] | glGetColorTableParameteriv[36] | glMateriali[36] | glRasterPos3dv[36] | glTexImage2D[36] |
| glColor4f[36] | glGetConvolutionFilter[36] | glMaterialiv[36] | glRasterPos3f[36] | glTexImage3D[36] |
| glColor4fv[36] | glGetConvolutionParameterfv[36] | glMatrixMode[36] | glRasterPos3fv[36] | glTexParameterf[36] |
| glColor4i[36] | glGetConvolutionParameteriv[36] | glMinmax[36] | glRasterPos3i[36] | glTexParameterfv[36] |
| glColor4iv[36] | glGetDoublev[36] | glMultMatrixd[36] | glRasterPos3iv[36] | glTexParameteri[36] |
| glColor4s[36] | glGetError[36] | glMultMatrixf[36] | glRasterPos3s[36] | glTexParameteriv[36] |
| glColor4sv[36] | glGetFloatv[36] | glMultiTexCoord1dARB[36] | glRasterPos3sv[36] | glTexSubImage1D[36] |
| glColor4ub[36] | glGetHistogram[36] | glMultiTexCoord1dvARB[36] | glRasterPos4d[36] | glTexSubImage2D[36] |
| glColor4ubv[36] | glGetHistogramParameterfv[36] | glMultiTexCoord1fARB[36] | glRasterPos4dv[36] | glTexSubImage3D[36] |
| glColor4ui[36] | glGetHistogramParameteriv[36] | glMultiTexCoord1fvARB[36] | glRasterPos4f[36] | glTranslated[36] |
| glColor4uiv[36] | glGetIntegerv[36] | glMultiTexCoord1iARB[36] | glRasterPos4fv[36] | glTranslatef[36] |
| glColor4us[36] | glGetLightfv[36] | glMultiTexCoord1ivARB[36] | glRasterPos4i[36] | glVertex2d[36] |
| glColor4usv[36] | glGetLightiv[36] | glMultiTexCoord1sARB[36] | glRasterPos4iv[36] | glVertex2dv[36] |
| glColorMask[36] | glGetMapdv[36] | glMultiTexCoord1svARB[36] | glRasterPos4s[36] | glVertex2f[36] |
| glColorMaterial[36] | glGetMapfv[36] | glMultiTexCoord2dARB[36] | glRasterPos4sv[36] | glVertex2fv[36] |
| glColorPointer[36] | glGetMapiv[36] | glMultiTexCoord2dvARB[36] | glReadBuffer[36] | glVertex2i[36] |
| glColorSubTable[36] | glGetMaterialfv[36] | glMultiTexCoord2fARB[36] | glReadPixels[36] | glVertex2iv[36] |
| glColorTable[36] | glGetMaterialiv[36] | glMultiTexCoord2fvARB[36] | glRectd[36] | glVertex2s[36] |
| glColorTableParameterfv[36] | glGetMinmax[36] | glMultiTexCoord2iARB[36] | glRectdv[36] | glVertex2sv[36] |
| glColorTableParameteriv[36] | glGetMinmaxParameterfv[36] | glMultiTexCoord2ivARB[36] | glRectf[36] | glVertex3d[36] |
| glConvolutionFilter1D[36] | glGetMinmaxParameteriv[36] | glMultiTexCoord2sARB[36] | glRectfv[36] | glVertex3dv[36] |
| glConvolutionFilter2D[36] | glGetPixelMapfv[36] | glMultiTexCoord2svARB[36] | glRecti[36] | glVertex3f[36] |
| glConvolutionParameterf[36] | glGetPixelMapuiv[36] | glMultiTexCoord3dARB[36] | glRectiv[36] | glVertex3fv[36] |
| glConvolutionParameterfv[36] | glGetPixelMapusv[36] | glMultiTexCoord3dvARB[36] | glRects[36] | glVertex3i[36] |
| glConvolutionParameteri[36] | glGetPointerv[36] | glMultiTexCoord3fARB[36] | glRectsv[36] | glVertex3iv[36] |
| glConvolutionParameteriv[36] | glGetPolygonStipple[36] | glMultiTexCoord3fvARB[36] | glRenderMode[36] | glVertex3s[36] |
| glCopyColorSubTable[36] | glGetSeparableFilter[36] | glMultiTexCoord3iARB[36] | glResetHistogram[36] | glVertex3sv[36] |
| glCopyColorTable[36] | glGetString[36] | glMultiTexCoord3ivARB[36] | glResetMinmax[36] | glVertex4d[36] |
| glCopyConvolutionFilter1D[36] | glGetTexEnvfv[36] | glMultiTexCoord3sARB[36] | glRotated[36] | glVertex4dv[36] |
| glCopyConvolutionFilter2D[36] | glGetTexEnviv[36] | glMultiTexCoord3svARB[36] | glRotatef[36] | glVertex4f[36] |
| glCopyPixels[36] | glGetTexGendv[36] | glMultiTexCoord4dARB[36] | glScaled[36] | glVertex4fv[36] |
| glCopyTexImage1D[36] | glGetTexGenfv[36] | glMultiTexCoord4dvARB[36] | glScalef[36] | glVertex4i[36] |
| glCopyTexImage2D[36] | glGetTexGeniv[36] | glMultiTexCoord4fARB[36] | glScissor[36] | glVertex4iv[36] |
| glCopyTexSubImage1D[36] | glGetTexImage[36] | glMultiTexCoord4fvARB[36] | glSelectBuffer[36] | glVertex4s[36] |
| glCopyTexSubImage2D[36] | glGetTexLevelParameterfv[36] | glMultiTexCoord4iARB[36] | glSeparableFilter2D[36] | glVertex4sv[36] |
| glCopyTexSubImage3D[36] | glGetTexLevelParameteriv[36] | glMultiTexCoord4ivARB[36] | glShadeModel[36] | glVertexPointer[36] |
| glCullFace[36] | glGetTexParameterfv[36] | glMultiTexCoord4sARB[36] | glStencilFunc[36] | glViewport[36] |
| glDeleteLists[36] | glGetTexParameteriv[36] | glMultiTexCoord4svARB[36] | glStencilMask[36] | glXChooseFBConfig[36] |
| glDeleteTextures[36] | glHint[36] | glNewList[36] | glStencilOp[36] | |
| glDepthFunc[36] | glHistogram[36] | glNormal3b[36] | glTexCoord1d[36] | |
| glDepthMask[36] | glIndexMask[36] | glNormal3bv[36] | glTexCoord1dv[36] |
typedef unsigned int GLenum; typedef unsigned char GLboolean; typedef unsigned int GLbitfield; typedef void GLvoid; typedef char GLbyte; typedef short GLshort; typedef int GLint; typedef unsigned char GLubyte; typedef unsigned short GLushort; typedef unsigned int GLuint; typedef int GLsizei; typedef float GLfloat; typedef float GLclampf; typedef double GLdouble; typedef double GLclampd; #define GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE 0x1401 #define GL_SHORT 0x1402 #define GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT 0x1403 #define GL_INT 0x1404 #define GL_UNSIGNED_INT 0x1405 #define GL_FLOAT 0x1406 #define GL_2_BYTES 0x1407 #define GL_3_BYTES 0x1408 #define GL_4_BYTES 0x1409 #define GL_DOUBLE 0x140A #define GL_POINTS 0x0000 #define GL_LINES 0x0001 #define GL_LINE_LOOP 0x0002 #define GL_LINE_STRIP 0x0003 #define GL_TRIANGLES 0x0004 #define GL_TRIANGLE_STRIP 0x0005 #define GL_TRIANGLE_FAN 0x0006 #define GL_QUADS 0x0007 #define GL_QUAD_STRIP 0x0008 #define GL_POLYGON 0x0009 #define GL_V2F 0x2A20 #define GL_V3F 0x2A21 #define GL_C4UB_V2F 0x2A22 #define GL_C4UB_V3F 0x2A23 #define GL_C3F_V3F 0x2A24 #define GL_N3F_V3F 0x2A25 #define GL_C4F_N3F_V3F 0x2A26 #define GL_T2F_V3F 0x2A27 #define GL_T4F_V4F 0x2A28 #define GL_T2F_C4UB_V3F 0x2A29 #define GL_T2F_C3F_V3F 0x2A2A #define GL_T2F_N3F_V3F 0x2A2B #define GL_T2F_C4F_N3F_V3F 0x2A2C #define GL_T4F_C4F_N3F_V4F 0x2A2D #define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY 0x8074 #define GL_NORMAL_ARRAY 0x8075 #define GL_COLOR_ARRAY 0x8076 #define GL_INDEX_ARRAY 0x8077 #define GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY 0x8078 #define GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY 0x8079 #define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_SIZE 0x807A #define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_TYPE 0x807B #define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_STRIDE 0x807C #define GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_TYPE 0x807E #define GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_STRIDE 0x807F #define GL_COLOR_ARRAY_SIZE 0x8081 #define GL_COLOR_ARRAY_TYPE 0x8082 #define GL_COLOR_ARRAY_STRIDE 0x8083 #define GL_INDEX_ARRAY_TYPE 0x8085 #define GL_INDEX_ARRAY_STRIDE 0x8086 #define GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_SIZE 0x8088 #define GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_TYPE 0x8089 #define GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_STRIDE 0x808A #define GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_STRIDE 0x808C #define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_POINTER 0x808E #define GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_POINTER 0x808F #define GL_COLOR_ARRAY_POINTER 0x8090 #define GL_INDEX_ARRAY_POINTER 0x8091 #define GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_POINTER 0x8092 #define GL_MATRIX_MODE 0x0BA0 #define GL_MODELVIEW 0x1700 #define GL_PROJECTION 0x1701 #define GL_TEXTURE 0x1702 |
typedef struct __GLXcontextRec *GLXContext; typedef struct __GLXFBConfigRec *GLXFBConfig; typedef XID GLXContextID; typedef XID GLXPixmap; typedef XID GLXDrawable; typedef XID GLXPbuffer; typedef XID GLXWindow; |
Applications should be provided in the RPM packaging format as defined in the appendix of the 1997 edition of Maximum RPM, with some restrictions listed below. [37]
Distributions must provide a mechanism for installing applications in this packaging format with some restrictions listed below. [38]
Scripts used as part of the package install and uninstall may only use commands and interfaces that are specified by the LSB. All other commands are not guaranteed to be present, or to behave in expected ways.
Packages may not use RPM triggers.
Packages may not depend on the order in which scripts are executed (pre-install, pre-uninstall, &c), when doing an upgrade.
The LSB does not specify the interface to the tools used to manipulate LSB-conformant packages. Each conforming distribution will provide documentation for installing LSB packages.
Because there is no consistent packaging naming among the various Linux distributions, it is necessary for LSB-conformant packages to adhere the following naming rules to avoid conflicts with packages provided by the distributions.
All LSB package names must begin with the prefix "lsb-" to avoid conflicting with existing packages used by Linux distributions.
If the package name contains only one hyphen (including the one in the "lsb-" prefix) then the package name must be assigned by the Linux Assigned Names and Numbers Authority (LANANA), which shall maintain a registry of LSB names.
If the package name contains more than one hyphen (i.e., "lsb-www.redhat.com-redhat-database", "lsb-gnome-gnumeric"), then the portion of the package name between first and second hyphens must either be an LSB provider name assigned by the LANANA, or it may be one of the owners' fully-qualified domain name in lower case (e.g., "debian.org", "staroffice.sun.com"). The LSB provider name assigned by LANANA must only consist of the ASCII characters [a-z0-9].
Packages must depend on a dependency "lsb". They may not depend on other system-provided dependencies. They must not depend on non-system-provided dependencies unless the dependencies are fulfilled by packages which are part of the same application. If a package includes "Provides" it must only provide a virtual package name which is registered to that application.
Additional specifications or restrictions may be found in the architecture specific LSB specification.
The following table lists the Commands and Utilities. Unless otherwise specified the command or utility is described in the Single UNIX Specification (SUS). When an interface is not defined in the SUS, then the next prevailing standard is referenced (ie., POSIX, SVID).
The behavior of the interfaces described in this section are specified by the following standards.
| LI18NUX 2000 Globalization Specification, Version 1.0 with Amendment 4 [39] |
| Linux Standard Base [40] |
| CAE Specification, January 1997, Commands and Utilities (XCU), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-191-8, C604) [41] |
Table 15-1. Commands and Utilities
| ar [40] | at [40] | awk [40] | basename [41] | batch [40] |
| bc [40] | cat [40] | chfn [40] | chgrp [40] | chmod [40] |
| chown [40] | chsh [40] | cksum [41] | cmp [41] | col [40] |
| comm [41] | cp [40] | cpio [40] | crontab [40] | csplit [40] |
| cut [40] | date [40] | dd [40] | df [40] | diff [40] |
| dirname [41] | dmesg [40] | du [40] | echo [40] | egrep [40] |
| env [40] | expand [40] | expr [40] | false [41] | fgrep [40] |
| file [40] | find [40] | fold [41] | fuser [40] | gencat [40] |
| getconf [41] | grep [40] | groupadd [40] | groupdel [40] | groupmod [40] |
| groups [40] | gunzip [40] | gzip [40] | head [40] | hostname [40] |
| iconv [40] | id [41] | install [40] | install_initd [40] | ipcrm [40] |
| ipcs [40] | join [41] | kill [41] | killall [40] | ln [40] |
| locale [41] | localedef [40] | logname [41] | lpr [40] | ls [40] |
| lsb_release [40] | m4 [40] | make [40] | man [40] | md5sum [40] |
| mkdir [40] | mkfifo [41] | mknod [40] | mktemp [40] | more [40] |
| mount [40] | msgfmt [39] | mv [40] | newgrp [40] | nice [40] |
| nl [40] | nohup [40] | od [40] | passwd [40] | paste [40] |
| patch [40] | pathchk [40] | pidof [40] | pr [40] | printf [40] |
| ps [41] | pwd [40] | remove_initd [40] | renice [40] | rm [40] |
| rmdir [40] | rsync [40] | sed [40] | sendmail [40] | sh [41] |
| shutdown [40] | sleep [40] | sort [40] | split [40] | strip [40] |
| stty [41] | su [40] | sum [40] | sync [40] | tail [40] |
| tar [40] | tee [40] | test [40] | time [40] | touch [40] |
| tr [40] | true [41] | tsort [41] | tty [40] | umount [40] |
| uname [40] | unexpand [40] | uniq [40] | useradd [40] | userdel [40] |
| usermod [40] | wc [40] | xargs [40] |
This section contains descriptions for commands and utilities whose specified behavior in the LSB contradicts or extends the standards referenced. It also contains commands and utilities only required by the LSB and not specified by other standards.
need not be accepted.
has implementation-dependent behavior.
has implementation-dependent behavior; using -r is suggested.
is functionally equivalent to the -r option specified in the SUS.
need not be supported, but the '-d' option is equivalent.
need not be supported.
cats the jobs listed on the command line to standard output.
prints the version number to standard error.
shows the time the job will be executed.
gawk and mawk shall be SUS-compliant implementations of the awk language. However, gawk and mawk are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; LSB applications should invoke awk instead.
The specification for batch is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
reads the job from file rather than standard input.
sends mail to the user when the job has completed even if there was no output.
uses the specified queue. A queue designation consists of a single letter; valid queue designations range from a to z. and A to Z. The a queue is the default for at and the b queue for batch. Queues with higher letters run with increased niceness. The special queue "=" is reserved for jobs which are currently running.
prints the version number to standard error.
shows the time the job will be executed.
processes exactly the POSIX bc language.
gives warnings for extensions to POSIX bc.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
does not print the normal welcome message.
prints the version number and copyright and quits.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
is equivalent to -vET.
numbers nonblank output lines.
is equivalent to -vE.
displays $ at end of each line.
numbers all output lines.
displays never more than one single blank line.
is equivalent to -vT.
displays TAB characters as ^I.
has implementation-dependent behavior.
uses ^ and M- notation, except for LFD and TAB.
outputs version information and exits.
chfn [-f full_name] [-h home-phone] [user] |
chfn changes user fullname and other information for a user's account. This information is typically printed by finger and similar programs. A normal user may only change the fields for their own account, the super user may change the fields for any account.
The only restrictions placed on the contents of the fields is that no control characters may be present, nor any of comma, colon, or equal sign.
If none of the options are selected, chfn operates in an interactive fashion. The prompts and expected input in interactive mode are implementation-dependent and should not be relied upon.
As it is possible for the system to be configured to restrict which fields a non-privileged user is permitted to change, applications should be written to gracefully handle these situations.
sets the user's full name.
sets the user's home phone number.
chgrp [OPTION]... GROUP FILE... chgrp [OPTION]... --reference=RFILE FILE... |
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
is like verbose, but reports only when a change is made.
affects the referent of each symbolic link, rather than the symbolic link itself.
affects symbolic links instead of any referenced file. (Available only on systems that can change the ownership of a symlink.)
suppresses most error messages.
uses RFILE's group rather than the specified GROUP value.
outputs a diagnostic for every file processed.
outputs version information and exit.
chmod [OPTION]... MODE[,MODE]... FILE... chmod [OPTION]... OCTAL-MODE FILE... chmod [OPTION]... --reference=RFILE FILE... |
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
is like verbose, but reports only when a change is made.
suppresses most error messages.
uses RFILE's mode instead of MODE values.
outputs a diagnostic for every file processed.
outputs version information and exits.
chown [OPTION]... OWNER[:[GROUP]] FILE... chown [OPTION]... :GROUP FILE... chown [OPTION]... --reference=RFILE FILE... |
The use of the '.' character as a separator between the specification of the user name and group name is supported (in addition to the use of the ':' character as specified in the SUS).
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
is like verbose, but reports only when a change is made.
affects the referent of each symbolic link, rather than the symbolic link itself.
affects symbolic links instead of any referenced file. (Available only on systems that can change the ownership of a symlink.)
changes the owner and/or group of each file only if its current owner and/or group match those specified here. Either may be omitted, in which case a match is not required for the omitted attribute.
suppresses most error messages.
uses RFILE's owner and group rather than the specified OWNER:GROUP values.
outputs a diagnostic for every file processed.
outputs version information and exits.
chsh [-s login_shell] [user] |
chsh changes the user login shell. This determines the name of the user's initial login command. A normal user may only change the login shell for their own account, the super user may change the login shell for any account.
The only restrictions placed on the login shell is that the command name must be listed in /etc/shells, unless the invoker is the super-user, and then any value may be added. Accounts which are restricted (in an implementation-defined manner) may not change their login shell.
If the -s option is not selected, chsh operates in an interactive mode. The prompts and expected input in this mode are implementation-defined.
col is as specified in the SUSv2 with the difference that the -p option has implementation-dependent behavior.
Although col is shown as legacy in the SUSv2, it is not (yet) deprecated in the LSB.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
is the same as -dpR.
makes a backup of each existing destination file.
is like --backup but does not accept an argument.
never follows symbolic links.
follows command-line symbolic links.
links files instead of copying.
always follows symbolic links.
appends source path to DIRECTORY.
removes each existing destination file before attempting to open it. (Contrast with --force.)
controls creation of sparse files.
By default, sparse SOURCE files are detected by a crude heuristic and the corresponding DEST file is made sparse as well. That is the behavior selected by --sparse=auto. Specify --sparse=always to create a sparse DEST file whenever the SOURCE file contains a long enough sequence of zero bytes. Use --sparse=never to inhibit creation of sparse files.
removes any trailing slashes from each SOURCE argument.
makes symbolic links instead of copying.
overrides the usual backup suffix.
moves all SOURCE arguments into DIRECTORY.
copies only when the SOURCE file is newer than the destination file or when the destination file is missing.
explains what is being done.
stays on this file system.
outputs version information and exits.
cpio is as specified in the SUS. While additional features may be found in Linux versions of this command, the SUS-specified interface is correctly and completely implemented.
crontab [ -u user ] file
crontab [ -u user ] { -l | -r | -e } |
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
specifies the name of the user whose crontab is to be used, rather than the user who is running crontab.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
uses sprintf FORMAT instead of %d.
are equivalent to the -s option as specified in the SUS.
removes empty output files.
outputs version information and exit.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
outputs version information and exits.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
displays time described by STRING, not now.
is like --date once for each line of DATEFILE.
displays the last modification time of FILE.
outputs RFC2822-compliant date string.
sets time described by STRING.
is equivalent to the -u option as specified in the SUS.
outputs version information and exits.
is a keyword to the CONV= option causing alternate bytes to be swapped. The treatment of the odd character is implementation-dependent.
df is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences.
If the -k option is not specified, disk space is shown in unspecified units. Applications should specify -k.
If an argument is the absolute file name of a disk device node containing a mounted filesystem, df shows the space available on that filesystem rather than on the filesystem containing the device node (which is always the root filesystem).
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
includes filesystems having 0 blocks.
uses SIZE-byte blocks.
prints sizes in human-readable format (e.g., 1K, 234M, 2G).
prints sizes in human-readable format, but uses powers of 1000 (not 1024).
lists inode information instead of block usage.
limits listing to local filesystems.
is like --block-size=1048576
does not invoke sync before getting usage info. (default)
uses the POSIX output format.
invokes sync before getting usage info.
has implementation-dependent behavior.
is same as -P as specified in the SUS.
invokes sync before getting usage info.
limits listing to filesystems of type TYPE. (Different from behavior as specified in the SUS.)
prints filesystem type.
limits listing to filesystems not of type TYPE.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
treats all files as text and compares them line-by-line, even if they do not seem to be text.
ignores changes that just insert or delete blank lines.
reports only whether the files differ, not the details of the differences.
is equivalent to -C as specified in the SUS.
changes the algorithm to perhaps find a smaller set of changes; this makes diff slower (sometimes much slower).
makes merged if-then-else format output conditional on the preprocessor macro name.
is equivalent to -e as specified in the SUS.
when comparing directories, ignores files and subdirectories whose basenames match pattern.
when comparing directories, ignores files and subdirectories whose basenames match any pattern contained in file.
expands tabs to spaces in the output to preserve the alignment of tabs in the input files.
in context and unified format, shows some of the last preceding line that matches regexp for each hunk of differences.
makes output that looks vaguely like an ed script, but has changes in the order they appear in the file.
uses heuristics to speed handling of large files that have numerous scattered small changes.
does not discard the last lines lines of the common prefix and the first lines lines of the common suffix.
ignores changes in case; considers upper and lower case letters equivalent.
ignores changes that just insert or delete lines that match regexp.
makes merged if-then-else format output conditional on the preprocessor macro name.
ignores white space when comparing lines.
ignores changes in case; considers upper and lower case to be the same.
ignores changes that just insert or delete lines that match regexp.
ignores changes in amount of white space.
outputs a tab rather than a space before the text of a line in normal or context format. This causes the alignment of tabs in the line to look normal.
passes the output through pr to paginate it.
ignores changes in case; considers upper and lower case to be the same.
dmesg [ -c ] [ -n level ] [ -s bufsize ] |
clears the ring buffer contents after printing.
sets the level at which logging of messages is done to the console.
uses a buffer of bufsize to query the kernel ring buffer. This is 8196 by default (this matches the default kernel syslog buffer size in 2.0.33 and 2.1.103). If you have set the kernel buffer to larger than the default then this option can be used to view the entire buffer.
If the -k option is not specified, disk space is shown in unspecified units. Applications should specify -k.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
uses SIZE-byte blocks.
prints size in bytes.
produces a grand total.
dereferences PATHs when symbolic link.
prints sizes in human-readable format (e.g., 1K, 234M, 2G).
is equivalent to --block-size=1024.
counts sizes many times if hard-linked.
dereferences all symbolic links.
is equivalent to --block-size=1048576.
has implementation-dependent behavior.
does not include size of subdirectories.
excludes files that match any pattern in FILE.
excludes files that match PAT.
prints the total for a directory (or file, with --all) only if it is N or fewer levels below the command line argument; --max-depth=0 is the same as --summarize.
outputs version information and exits.
echo [STRING]... |
Unlike the behavior specified in the SUS, whether echo supports options is implementation defined. Applications should not run echo with a first argument starting with a hyphen, or with any arguments containing backslashes; they should use printf in those cases.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
is equivalent to -i.
removes variable from the environment.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
does not convert TABs after non-whitespace.
supplements behavior as specified in the SUS by allowing argument to specify the number of characters-apart tabs are (instead of 8).
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
The following are extra operands:
is same as STRING : REGEXP.
is substring of STRING, POS counted from 1.
is index in STRING where any CHARS is found, or 0.
is length of STRING.
interprets TOKEN as a string, even if it is a keyword like match or an operator like /.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
does not prepend filenames to output lines.
causes a checking printout of the parsed form of the magic file. This is usually used in conjunction with -m to debug a new magic file before installing it.
reads the names of the files to be examined from namefile (one per line) before the argument list. Either namefile or at least one filename argument must be present; to test the standard input, use `-' as a filename argument.
causes the file command to output mime type strings rather than the more traditional human-readable ones. Thus, it may say `text/plain; charset=us-ascii' rather than `ASCII text'. In order for this option to work, file changes the way it handles files recognized by the command itself (such as many of the text file types, directories, etc.), and makes use of an alternative `magic' file.
does not stop at the first match, keeps going.
specifies an alternate list of files containing magic numbers. This can be a single file, or a colon-separated list of files.
forces stdout to be flushed after checking each file. This is only useful if checking a list of files. It is intended to be used by programs that want filetype output from a pipe.
tries to look inside compressed files.
causes symlinks to be followed.
causes block or character special files (that are potentially problematic when processed by file) to be read in addition to the argument files ordinarily identified by stat(2). This is useful for determining the filesystem types of the data in raw disk partitions, which are block special files. This option also causes file to disregard the file size as reported by stat(2) since on some systems it reports a zero size for raw disk partitions.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
measures times (for -amin, -atime, -cmin, -ctime, -mmin, and -mtime) from the beginning of today rather than from 24 hours ago.
dereferences symbolic links. Implies -noleaf.
descends at most levels (a non-negative integer) levels of directories below the command line arguments. -maxdepth 0 means only apply the tests and actions to the command line arguments.
applies no tests or actions at levels less than levels (a non-negative integer). -mindepth 1 means process all files except the command line arguments.
is equivalent to -xdev as specified in the SUS.
does not optimize by assuming that directories contain 2 fewer subdirectories than their hard link count.
prints the find version number and exits.
displays files last accessed n minutes ago.
displays files last accessed more recently than file was modified. -anewer is affected by -follow only if -follow comes before -anewer on the command line.
displays files with status last changed n minutes ago.
displays files with status last changed more recently than file was modified. -cnewer is affected by -follow only if -follow comes before -cnewer on the command line.
displays files that are empty and are either regular or directory files.
is always false.
displays files on a filesystem of type type.
displays files with numeric group ID of n.
is like -lname, but the match is case-insensitive.
is like -name, but the match is case-insensitive.
displays files with inode number of n.
is like -path, but the match is case-insensitive.
is like -regex, but the match is case-insensitive.
displays files that are symbolic links whose contents match shell pattern pattern. The metacharacters do not treat / or . specially.
displays files with data last modified n minutes ago.
displays files with numeric user ID corresponding to no user.
displays files with numeric group ID corresponding to no group.
displays files with name matching shell pattern pattern.
displays files with any of the permission bits mode set.
displays files with names matching regular expression pattern. This is a match on the whole path, not a search.
is always true.
supplements types as specified in the SUS with the letters l and s (symbolic links and sockets, respectively).
displays files with numeric user ID of n.
displays files last accessed n days after status was last changed.
is equivalent to -type unless the file is a symbolic link. For symbolic links: if -follow has not been given, true if the file is a link to a file of type c; if -follow has been given, true if c is l. In other words, for symbolic links, -xtype checks the type of the file that -type does not check.
is true. Is like -ls but write to file like -fprint.
is true. Prints the full file name into file file. If file does not exist when find is run, it is created; if it does exist, it is truncated. The file names `/dev/stdout' and `/dev/stderr' are handled specially; they refer to the standard output and standard error output, respectively.
is true. Is like -print0 but write to file like -fprint.
is true. Like -printf but write to file like -fprint.
is true. Prints the full file name on the standard output, followed by a null character. This allows file names that contain newlines to be correctly interpreted by programs that process the find output.
is true. Prints format on the standard output, interpreting \ escapes and % directives. Field widths and precisions can be specified as with the printf C function. Unlike -print, -printf does not add a newline at the end of the string. The escapes and directives are:
alarm bell.
backspace.
stops printing from this format immediately and flushes the output.
form feed.
newline.
carriage return.
horizontal tab.
vertical tab.
literal backslash (\).
literal percent sign.
last file access time in the format returned by the C ctime function.
last file access time in the format specified by k, which is either @ or a directive for the C strftime function. The possible values for k are listed below; some of them might not be available on all systems, due to differences in strftime between systems.
seconds since Jan. 1, 1970, 00:00 GMT.
hour (00..23).
hour (01..12).
hour ( 0..23).
hour ( 1..12).
minute (00..59).
locale's AM or PM.
time, 12-hour (hh:mm:ss [AP]M).
second (00..61).
time, 24-hour (hh:mm:ss).
locale's time representation (H:M:S).
time zone (e.g., EDT), or nothing if no time zone is determinable.
locale's abbreviated weekday name (Sun..Sat).
locale's full weekday name, variable length (Sunday..Saturday).
locale's abbreviated month name (Jan..Dec).
locale's full month name, variable.
locale's date and time (Sat Nov 04 12:02:33 EST 1989).
day of month (01..31).
date (mm/dd/yy).
same as b.
day of year (001.366).
month (01..12).
week number of year with Sunday as first day of week (00..53).
day of week (0..6).
week number of year with Monday as first day of week (00..53).
locale's date representation (mm/dd/yy).
last two digits of year (00..99).
year (1970...).
file's size in 512-byte blocks (rounded up).
last file status change time in the format returned by the C ctime function.
last file status change time in the format specified by k, which is the same as for %A.
file's depth in the directory tree; 0 means the file is a command line argument.
file's name with any leading directories removed (only the last element).
type of the filesystem the file is on; this value can be used for -fstype.
file's group name, or numeric group ID if the group has no name.
file's numeric group ID.
leading directories of file's name (all but the last element).
mommand line argument under which file was found.
file's inode number (in decimal).
file's size in 1K blocks (rounded up).
object of symbolic link (empty string if file is not a symbolic link).
file's permission bits (in octal).
number of hard links to file.
file's name.
file's name with the name of the command line argument under which it was found removed.
file's size in bytes.
file's last modification time in the format returned by the C ctime function.
file's last modification time in the format specified by k, which is the same as for %A.
file's user name, or numeric user ID if the user has no name.
file's numeric user ID.
is true. Lists current file in ls -dils format on standard output. The block counts are of 1K blocks, unless the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT is set, in which case 512-byte blocks are used.
The following operators are supported in order of decreasing precedence and override what is specified in the SUS.
force precedence.
true if expr is false
same as ! expr.
and (implied); expr2 is not evaluated if expr1 is false.
same as expr1 expr2.
same as expr1 expr2.
or; expr2 is not evaluated if expr1 is true.
same as expr1 -o expr2.
list; both expr1 and expr2 are always evaluated. The value of expr1 is discarded; the value of the list is the value of expr2.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
shows all files specified on the command line. By default, only files that are accessed by at least one process are shown.
kills processes accessing the file. Unless changed with -signal, SIGKILL is sent. An fuser process never kills itself, but may kill other fuser processes. The effective user ID of the process executing fuser is set to its real user ID before attempting to kill.
asks the user for confirmation before killing a process. This option is silently ignored if -k is not present too.
lists all known signal names.
name specifies a file on a mounted file system or a block device that is mounted. All processes accessing files on that file system are listed. If a directory file is specified, it is automatically changed to name/. to use any file system that might be mounted on that directory.
selects a different name space. The name spaces file (file names, the default), udp (local UDP ports), and tcp (local TCP ports) are supported. For ports, either the port number or the symbolic name can be specified. If there is no ambiguity, the shortcut notation name/space (e.g. name/proto) can be used.
operates silently. -u and -v are ignored in this mode. -a must not be used with -s.
uses the specified signal instead of SIGKILL when killing processes. Signals can be specified either by name (e.g. -HUP) or by number (e.g. -1).
verbose mode.
displays version information.
resets all options and set the signal back to SIGKILL.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
creates C header file NAME containing symbol definitions.
does not use existing catalog, forces new output file.
writes output to file NAME.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
prints NUM lines of trailing context after matching lines.
processes a binary file as if it were text; this is equivalent to the --binary-files=text option.
prints NUM lines of leading context before matching lines.
prints NUM lines (default 2) of output context.
prints the byte offset within the input file before each line of output.
assumes that the file is of type TYPE if its first few bytes indicate it contains binary data. By default, TYPE is binary, and grep normally outputs either a one-line message saying that a binary file matches, or no message if there is no match. If TYPE is without-match, grep assumes that a binary file does not match; this is equivalent to the -I option. If TYPE is text, grep processes a binary file as if it were text; this is equivalent to the -a option. Warning: grep --binary-files=text might output binary garbage, which can have nasty side effects if the output is a terminal and if the terminal driver interprets some of it as commands.
suppresses normal output; instead, prints a count of matching lines for each input file. With the -v, --invert-match option (see below), counts non-matching lines.
processes the input file as a directory with ACTION. By default, ACTION is read, which means that directories are read just as if they were ordinary files. If ACTION is skip, directories are silently skipped. If ACTION is recurse, grep reads all files under each directory, recursively; this is equivalent to the -r option.
interprets PATTERN as a basic regular expression. (default)
prints the filename for each match.
suppresses the prefixing of filenames on output when multiple files are searched.
processes a binary file as if it did not contain matching data; this is equivalent to the --binary-files=without-match option.
equivalent to -i.
suppresses normal output; instead, prints the name of each input file from which no output would normally have been printed. The scanning will stop on the first match.
equivalent to -l.
uses the mmap(2) system call to read input, if possible, instead of the default read(2) system call. In some situations, --mmap yields better performance. However, --mmap can cause undefined behavior (including core dumps) if an input file shrinks while grep is operating, or if an I/O error occurs.
equivalent to -n.
equivalent to -q.
reads all files under each directory, recursively; this is equivalent to the -d recurse option.
equivalent to -s.
prints the version number of grep to standard error.
equivalent to -v.
selects only those lines containing matches that form whole words. The test is that the matching substring must either be at the beginning of the line, or preceded by a non-word constituent character. Similarly, it must be either at the end of the line or followed by a non-word constituent character. Word-constituent characters are letters, digits, and the underscore.
equivalent to -x.
outputs a zero byte (the ASCII NUL character) instead of the character that normally follows a file name.
groupadd [-g gid [-o]] group |
specifies the numerical value of the group's ID. This value must be unique, unless the -o option is used. The value must be non-negative.
groupdel group |
groupdel modifies the system account files, deleting all entries that refer to group. The named group must exist.
groupmod [-g gid [-o]] [-n group_name ] group |
specifies the numerical value of the group's ID. This value must be unique, unless the -o option is used. The value must be non-negative. Any files which the old group ID is the file group ID must have the file group ID changed manually.
changes the name of the group from group to group_name.
groups [user] |
groups displays the current group ID names or values. If the value does not have a corresponding entry in the group database, the value will be displayed as the numerical group value. The optional user parameter will display the groups for the named user.
gzip [ -acdfhlLnNrtvV19 ] [-S suffix] [ name ... ] |
gzip tries to reduce the size of the named files. Whenever possible, each file is replaced by one with the extension .gz, while keeping the same ownership modes, access and modification times. If no files are specified, or if a file name is "-", the standard input is compressed to the standard output. gzip will only attempt to compress regular files. In particular, it will ignore symbolic links.
When compressing, gzip uses the deflate algorithm specified in RFC1951 and stores the result in a file using the gzip file format specified in RFC1952.
does nothing on Linux systems.
writes output on standard output; keeps original files unchanged. If there are several input files, the output consists of a sequence of independently compressed members. To obtain better compression, concatenate all input files before compressing them.
decompresses.
forces compression or decompression even if the file has multiple links or the corresponding file already exists, or if the compressed data is read from or written to a terminal. If the input data is not in a format recognized by gzip, and if the option --stdout is also given, copy the input data without change to the standard ouput: let gzip behave as cat. If -f is not given, and when not running in the background, gzip prompts to verify whether an existing file should be overwritten.
lists the compressed size, uncompressed size, ration and uncompressed name for each compressed file. Gives the uncompressed size as -1 for files not in gzip format. Additionally displays method, crc and timestamp for the uncompress file when used in combination with --verbose.
The compression methods currently supported are deflate, compress, lzh (SCO compress -H) and pack. The crc is given as ffffffff for a file not in gzip format.
With --name, the uncompressed name, date and time are those stored within the compress file, if present.
With --verbose, the size totals and compression ratio for all files is also displayed, unless some sizes are unknown. With --quiet, the title and totals lines are not displayed.
displays the gzip license and quit.
does not save the original file name and time stamp by default when compressing. (The original name is always saved if the name had to be truncated.) When decompressing, do not restore the original file name if present (remove only the gzip suffix from the compressed file name) and do not restore the original time stamp if present (copy it from the compressed file). This option is the default when decompressing.
always saves the original file name and time stamp when compressing; this is the default. When decompressing, restore the original file name and time stamp if present. This option is useful on systems which have a limit on file name length or when the time stamp has been lost after a file transfer.
suppresses all warnings.
travels the directory structure recursively. If any of the file names specified on the command line are directories, gzip will descend into the directory and compress all the files it finds there (or decompress them in the case of gunzip).
uses suffix .suf instead of .gz.
checks the compressed file integrity.
displays the name and percentage reduction for each file compressed or decompressed.
displays the version number and compilation options, then quits.
regulates the speed of compression using the specified digit #, where -1 or --fast indicates the fastest compression method (less compression) and -9 or --best indicates the slowest compression method (best compression). The default compression level is -6 (that is, biased towards high compression at expense of speed).
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
prints first SIZE bytes. SIZE may have a multiplier suffix: b for 512, k for 1K, m for 1 Meg.
is equivalent to -n.
does not print headers giving file names.
prints headers giving file names.
hostname [-v] [-a] [--alias] [-d] [--domain] [-f] [--fqdn] [-i] [--ip-address] [--long] [-s] [--short] [-y] [--yp] [--nis] hostname [-v] [-F filename] [--file filename] [hostname] hostname [-v] [-h] [--help] [-V] [--version] |
hostname is used to either set or display the current host or domain name of the system. This name is used by many of the networking programs to identify the machine. The domain name is also used by NIS/YP.
When called without any arguments, the program displays the name of the system as returned by the gethostname(2) function.
When called with one argument or with the --file option, the commands set the host name or the NIS/YP domain name. Note, that only the super-user can change the names.
displays the alias name of the host (if used).
displays the name of the DNS domain.
reads the host name from the specified file. Comments (lines starting with a #) are ignored.
displays the FQDN (Fully Qualified Domain Name).
displays the IP address(es) of the host.
displays the short host name. This is the host name cut at the first dot.
prints version information on standard output and exits successfully.
tells what's going on.
displays the NIS domain name. If a parameter is given (or --file name) then root can also set a new NIS domain.
iconv -f encoding -t encoding [--list] [-o file] [--output file] [--verbose] inputfile |
The specification for "iconv" is as specified in the SUSv2 but with the following differences as listed below.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
lists known coded character sets (synonym for the -l option which is found in the SUSv3 but not yet specified here).
write output to specified output file (instead of stdin).
prints progress information.
install [OPTION]... SOURCE DEST (1st format) install [OPTION]... SOURCE... DIRECTORY (2nd format) install -d [OPTION]... DIRECTORY... (3rd format) |
In the first two formats, copy SOURCE to DEST or multiple SOURCE(s) to the existing DIRECTORY, while setting permission modes and owner/group. In the third format, create all components of the given DIRECTORY(ies).
makes a backup of each existing destination file.
is like --backup, but does not accept an argument.
treats all arguments as directory names; creates all components of the specified directories.
creates all leading components of DEST except the last, then copies SOURCE to DEST; useful in the 1st format.
sets group ownership, instead of process' current group.
sets permission mode (as in chmod), instead of rwxr-xr-x.
sets ownership (super-user only).
applies access/modification times of SOURCE files to corresponding destination files.
strips symbol tables, only for 1st and 2nd formats.
overrides the usual backup suffix.
prints the name of each directory as it is created.
/usr/lib/lsb/install_initd initd_file |
install_initd installs an init.d file that has been copied to the /etc/init.d location or symlink. In the postinstall script of a package, the program /usr/lib/lsb/install_initd configures a distribution's boot script system to call the init.d file of the package at an appropriate time. See also the Section called Installation and removal of init.d files in Chapter 22.
ipcrm [ shm | msg | sem ] id... |
ipcs [ -smq ] [ -tcp ] |
ipcs provides information on the ipc facilities for which the calling process has read access.
In some implementations of ipcs the -a option will print all information available. In other implementations the -a option will print all resource types. Therefore, applications must not use the -a option.
Some implements of ipcs implement more output formats than are specified here. These options are not consistent between differing implementations of ipcs. Therefore, only the -t -c and -p option flags may be used. At least one of the -t -c and -p options must be specified.
killall [-egiqvw] [-signal] name ... killall -l killall -V |
killall sends a signal to all processes running any of the specified commands. If no signal name is specified, SIGTERM is sent.
Signals can be specified either by name (e.g. -HUP) or by number (e.g. -1). Signal 0 (check if a process exists) can only be specified by number.
If the command name contains a slash (/), processes executing that particular file will be selected for killing, independent of their name.
killall returns a non-zero return code if no process has been killed for any of the listed commands. If at least one process has been killed for each command, killall returns zero.
A killall process never kills itself (but may kill other killall processes).
requires an exact match for very long names. If a command name is longer than 15 characters, the full name may be unavailable (i.e. it is swapped out). In this case, killall will kill everything that matches within the first 15 characters. With -e, such entries are skipped. killall prints a message for each skipped entry if -v is specified in addition to -e.
kills the process group to which the process belongs. The kill signal is only sent once per group, even if multiple processes belonging to the same process group were found.
asks interactively for confirmation before killing.
lists all known signal names.
does not complain if no processes were killed.
reports if the signal was successfully sent.
displays version information.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
makes a backup of each existing destination file.
treats destination that is a symlink to a directory as if it were a normal file.
prompts whether to remove destinations.
synonym for -s.
overrides the usual backup suffix.
moves all SOURCE arguments into directory DIR.
prints name of each file before linking.
outputs version information and exits.
The backup suffix is ~, unless set with --suffix or SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX. The version control method may be selected via the --backup option or through the VERSION_CONTROL environment variable. Here are the values:
never makes backups (even if --backup is given).
makes numbered backups.
numbered if numbered backups exist, simple otherwise
always makes simple backups.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
is equivalent to -f.
is equivalent to -i.
is equivalent to -c.
generates extra warnings about errors that are normally ignored.
suppresses all notifications and warnings, and reports only fatal errors.
lpr [-l] [-p] [-Pprinter] [-h] [-s] [-#copies] [-J name]
[-T title] [name ...] |
lpr uses a spooling daemon to print the named files when facilities become available. If no names appear, the standard input is assumed.
identifies binary data that is not to be filtered but sent as raw input to printer.
formats with "pr" before sending to printer.
sends output to the printer named printer instead of the default printer.
suppresses header page.
uses symbolic links.
specifies copies as the number of copies to print.
specifies name as the job name for the header page.
specifies title as the title used for "pr".
in addition to the SUS behavior of printing a slash for a directory, ls -p may display other characters for other file types.
lsb_release [OPTION]... |
The lsb_release command prints certain LSB (Linux Standard Base) and Distribution information.
With no option, same as -v.
displays version of LSB against which distribution is compliant.
displays string id of distributor.
displays single line text description of distribution.
displays release number of distribution.
displays codename according to distribution release.
displays all of the above information.
displays all of the above information in short output format.
displays a human-readable help message.
forces a m4_ prefix to all builtins.
Add directory to the end of the search path for includes.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
outputs version information and exits.
unbuffers output, ignores interrupts.
stops execution after first warning.
suppresses some warnings for builtins.
is equivalent to -P.
is equivalent to -I.
is equivalent to -D.
deletes builtin NAME.
is equivalent to -s.
suppresses all GNU extensions.
sets symbol lookup hash table size.
changes artificial nesting limit.
produces a frozen state on FILE at end.
reloads a frozen state from FILE at start.
sets debug level (no FLAGS implies 'aeq'). FLAGS is any of:
traces for all macro calls, not only 'ed.
shows actual arguments.
shows expansion.
quotes values as necessary, with a or e flag.
shows before collect, after collect and after call.
adds a unique macro call id, useful with c flag.
says current input file name.
says current input line number.
shows results of path searches.
shows changes in input files.
is shorthand for all of the above flags.
traces NAME when it will be defined.
restricts macro tracing size.
redirects debug and traces output.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
The GNU make command contains syntax extensions beyond those specified in the SUS. Use of these extensions is deprecated.
changes to directory dir before reading the makefiles or doing anything else. If multiple -C options are specified, each is interpreted relative to the previous one: -C / -C etc is equivalent to -C /etc. This is typically used with recursive invocations of make.
prints debugging information in addition to normal processing. The debugging information says which files are being considered for remaking, which filetimes are being compared and with what results, which files actually need to be remade, which implicit rules are considered and which are applied---everything interesting about how make decides what to do.
specifies a directory dir to search for included makefiles. If several -I options are used to specify several directories, the directories are searched in the order specified. Unlike the arguments to other flags of make, directories given with -I flags may come directly after the flag: -Idir is allowed, as well as -I dir. This syntax is allowed for compatibility with the C preprocessor's -I flag.
specifies the number of jobs (commands) to run simultaneously. If there is more than one -j option, the last one is effective. If the -j option is given without an argument, make will not limit the number of jobs that can run simultaneously.
specifies that no new jobs (commands) should be started if there are others jobs running and the load average is at least load (a floating-point number). With no argument, removes a previous load limit.
does not remake the file file even if it is older than its dependencies, and do not remake anything on account of changes in file. Essentially the file is treated as very old and its rules are ignored.
prints the version of the make program plus a copyright, a list of authors and a notice that there is no warranty.
prints a message containing the working directory before and after other processing. This may be use ful for tracking down errors from complicated nests of recursive make commands.
pretends that the target file has just been modified. When used with the -n flag, this shows you what would happen if you were to modify that file. Without -n, it is almost the same as running a touch command on the given file before running make, except that the modification time is changed only in the imagination of make.
man is as specified in the SUS. While additional features my be found in Linux versions of this command, the SUS specified interface is correctly and completely implemented.
md5sum [-b] [-c [file]] | [file...] |
uses binary mode.
checks md5sum of all files listed in file against the checksum listed in the same file. The actual format of that file is the same as output of md5sum. That is, each line in the file describes a file.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
prints a message for each created directory.
outputs version information and exits.
mknod [OPTION]... NAME TYPE [MAJOR MINOR] |
Create the special file NAME of the given TYPE.
MAJOR MINOR are forbidden for TYPE p, mandatory otherwise. TYPE may be:
creates a block (buffered) special file.
creates a character (unbuffered) special file.
creates a FIFO.
sets permission mode (as in chmod), not a=rw - umask.
outputs version information and exits.
mktemp [-q] [-u] template |
mktemp takes the given file name template and overwrites a portion of it to create a file name. This file name is unique and suitable for use by the application.
fails silently if an error occurs. This is useful if a script does not want error output to go to standard error.
operates in `unsafe' mode. The temp file will be unlinked before mktemp exits. This is slightly better than mktemp(3) but still introduces a race condition. Use of this option is not encouraged.
The more command need not respect the LINES and COLUMNS environment variables.
specifies an integer which is the screen size (in lines).
has implementation-dependent behavior.
has implementation-dependent behavior.
has implementation-dependent behavior.
Either (1) clear the whole screen and then display the text (instead of the usual scrolling behavior), or (2) provide the behavior specified by the SUS. In the latter case, the syntax is "-p command".
has implementation-dependent behavior.
starts at line number num.
specifies a string that will be searched for before each file is displayed.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
prompts user with the message "[Press space to continue, 'q' to quit.]" and will display "[Press 'h' for instructions.]" instead of ringing the bell when an illegal key is pressed.
prevents the typical behavior where more treats ^L (form feed) as a special character and pauses after any line that contains a form feed.
counts logical, rather than screen lines (i.e., long lines are not folded).
The +num and +/string options are deprecated in the SUSv2; however we must continue to specify them because util-linux-2.11f does not support the SUS replacement (-p command). The SUSv2 +command is more general than what we specify, but util-linux-2.11f appears to only support the more specific +num and +/string forms.
mount [-hV] mount -a [-fFnrsvw] [-t vfstype] mount [-fnrsvw] [-o options [,...]] device | dir mount [-fnrsvw] [-t vfstype] [-o options] device dir |
All files accessible in a UNIX system are arranged in one big tree, the file hierarchy, rooted at /. These files can be spread out over several devices. mount serves to attach the file system found on some device to the big file tree. Conversely, umount(8) will detach it again.
outputs version.
invokes verbose mode.
mounts all filesystems (of the given types) mentioned in fstab.
combines with -a. to fork off a new incarnation of mount for each device. This will do the mounts on different devices or different NFS servers in parallel.
causes everything to be done except for the actual system call; if it's not obvious, this `fakes' mounting the file system.
mounts without writing in /etc/mtab. This is necessary for example when /etc is on a read-only file system.
tolerates sloppy mount options rather than failing. This will ignore mount options not supported by a filesystem type. Not all filesystems support this option.
mounts the file system read-only. A synonym is -o ro.
mounts the file system read/write. (default) A synonym is -o rw.
mounts the partition that has the specified label.
mounts the partition that has the specified uuid. These two options require the file /proc/partitions to exist.
indicates a file system type of vfstype.
More than one type may be specified in a comma separated list. The list of file system types can be prefixed with no to specify the file system types on which no action should be taken.
options are specified with a -o flag followed by a comma-separated string of options. Some of these options are only useful when they appear in the /etc/fstab file. The following options apply to any file system that is being mounted:
does all I/O to the file system asynchronously.
updates inode access time for each access. (default)
is mountable with -a.
uses default options: rw, suid, dev, exec, auto, nouser, and async.
interprets character or block special devices on the file system.
permits execution of binaries.
does not update inode access times on this file system.
is only explicitly mountable.
does not interpret character or block special devices on the file system.
does not allow execution of any binaries on the mounted file system.
does not allow set-user-identifier or set-group-identifier bits to take effect.
forbids an ordinary (i.e., non-root) user to mount the file system. (default)
attempts to remount an already-mounted file system. This is commonly used to change the mount flags for a file system, especially to make a read-only file system writable.
mounts the file system read-only.
mounts the file system read-write.
allows set-user-identifier or set-group-identifier bits to take effect.
does all I/O to the file system synchronously.
allows an ordinary user to mount the file system. This option implies the options noexec, nosuid, and nodev (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line user,exec,dev,suid).
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
makes backup before removal.
overrides the usual backup suffix.
removes any trailing slashes from each SOURCE argument.
overrides the usual backup suffix.
moves all SOURCE arguments into DIRECTORY.
moves only older or brand new non-directories.
explains what is being done.
outputs version information and exits.
The backup suffix is ~, unless set with --suffix or SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX. The version control method may be selected via the --backup option or through the VERSION_CONTROL environment variable. Here are the values:
makes no backups (even if --backup is given).
makes numbered backups.
is numbered if numbered backups exist, simple otherwise.
makes simple backups.
newgrp [-] [group] |
newgrp changes the current group ID during a login session. If the optional - flag is given, the user's environment will be reinitialized as though the user had logged in, otherwise the current environment, including current working directory, remains unchanged.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
increments priority by ADJUST first.
displays this help and exits.
outputs version information and exits.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
displays this help and exits.
outputs version information and exits.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
displays this help and exits.
outputs version information and exits.
outputs BYTES bytes per output line.
accepts arguments in pre-POSIX form.
The LSB supports option intermixtures with the following pre-POSIX specifications:
is equivalent to -t a, selects named characters.
is equivalent to -t fF, selects floats.
is equivalent to -t x2, selects hexadecimal shorts.
is equivalent to -t d2, selects decimal shorts.
is equivalent to -t d4, selects decimal longs.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
displays this help and exits.
outputs version information and exits.
passwd [-x max] [-n min] [-w warn] [-i inact] name
passwd {-l|-u} name |
passwd changes passwords for user and group accounts. A normal user may only change the password for their own account, the super user may change the password for any account. passwd also changes password expiry dates and intervals. Applications may not assume the format of prompts and anticipated input for user interaction, because they are implementation-dependent.
sets the maximum number of days a password remains valid.
sets the minimum number of days before a password may be changed.
sets the number of days warning the user will receive before their password will expire.
disables an account after the password has been expired for the given number of days.
disables an account by changing the password to a value which matches no possible encrypted value.
re-enables an account by changing the password back to its previous value.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
displays this help and exits.
outputs version information and exits.
reads and write all files in binary mode, except for standard output and /dev/tty. This option has no effect on POSIX-compliant systems.
interprets the patch file as a unified context diff.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
backs up a file if the patch does not match the file exactly and if backups are not otherwise requested.
does not back up a file if the patch does not match the file exactly and if backups are not otherwise requested.
prefixes pref to a file name when generating its simple backup file name.
prints the results of applying the patches without actually changing any files.
removes output files that are empty after the patches have been applied. When patch removes a file, it also attempts to remove any empty ancestor directories.
skips patches whose headers do not say which file is to be patched; patches files even though they have the wrong version for the Prereq: line in the patch; assumes that patches are not reversed even if they look like they are.
sets the maximum fuzz factor. This option only applies to diffs that have context, and ignores up to that many lines in looking for places to install a hunk.
controls patch behavior when a file is under RCS or SCCS control and does not exist or is read-only and matches the default version. If num is positive, patch gets (or checks out) the file from the revision control system; if zero, patch ignores RCS and SCCS and does not get the file; and if negative, patch asks the user where to get the file.
works silently, unless an error occurs.
suppresses questions like -f, but makes some different assumptions: skips patches whose headers do not contain file names; skips patches for which the file has the wrong version for the Prereq: line in the patch; and assumes that patches are reversed if they look like they are.
sets the modification and access times of patched files from time stamps given in context diff headers, assuming that the context diff headers use local time.
prints out patch's revision header and patch level, and exits.
uses method to determine backup file names. The method can also be given by the PATCH_VERSION_CONTROL environment variable, which is overridden by this option.
outputs extra information about the work being done.
prefixes pref to the basename of a file name when generating its simple backup file name.
uses suffix as the simple backup suffix.
sets the modification and access times of patched files from time stamps given in context diff headers.
displays this help and exits.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
displays this help and exits.
outputs version information and exits.
pidof [-s] [-x] [-o omitpid..] program [program..] |
Return the process ID of a process which is running the program named on the command line.[43]
instructs the program to only return one pid.
causes the program to also return process id's of shells running the named scripts.
omits processes with specified process id.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
has implementation-dependent behavior.
uses hat notation (^G) and octal backslash notation.
merges full lines, turns off -W line truncation, no column alignment.
starts counting with NUMBER at 1st line of first page printed.
separates columns by an optional STRING, doesn't use -S "STRING", -S only: No separator used without -S.
omits page headers and trailers, eliminates any pagination by form feeds set in input files.
uses octal backslash notation.
sets page width to PAGE_WIDTH (72) characters always, truncates lines, except -J option is set, no interference with -S or -s.
displays this help and exits.
outputs version information and exits.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
displays this help and exits.
outputs version information and exits.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
displays this help and exits.
outputs version information and exits.
/usr/lib/lsb/remove_initd initd_file |
remove_initd processes the removal of the modifications made to a distribution's boot script system by the install_initd program. This cleanup is performed in the preuninstall script of a package; however, the package manager is still responsible for removing the /etc/init.d file. See also the Section called Installation and removal of init.d files in Chapter 22.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
explains what is being done.
displays this help and exits.
outputs version information and exits.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
ignores each failure that is solely because a directory is non-empty.
outputs a diagnostic for every directory processed.
displays this help and exits.
outputs version information and exits.
rsync [OPTION]... SRC [SRC]... [USER@]HOST:DEST rsync [OPTION]... [USER@]HOST:SRC DEST rsync [OPTION]... SRC [SRC]... DEST rsync [OPTION]... [USER@]HOST::SRC [DEST] rsync [OPTION]... SRC [SRC]... [USER@]HOST::DEST rsync [OPTION]... rsync://[USER@]HOST[:PORT]/SRC [DEST] |
rsync behaves in much the same way that rcp does, but has many more options and uses its remote-update protocol to greatly speedup file transfers when the destination file already exists.
The remote-update protocol allows rsync to transfer just the differences between two sets of files across the network link, using an efficient checksum-search algorithm described in the technical report that accompanies this package.
prints the rsync version number and exits.
increases the amount of information given during the transfer. By default, rsync works silently. A single -v gives information about what files are being transferred and a brief summary at the end. Two -v flags give information on what files are being skipped and slightly more information at the end.
decreases the amount of information given during the transfer, notably suppressing information messages from the remote server. This flag is useful when invoking rsync from cron.
turns off the skipping of files that are already the same length and have the same time-stamp.
forces the sender to checksum all files using a 128-bit MD4 checksum before transfer. The checksum is then explicitly checked on the receiver and any files of the same name which already exist and have the same checksum and size on the receiver are skipped. This option can be quite slow.
is a shortcut for specifying recursion and to preserve all attributes.
copies directories recursively. If not specified, rsync will not copy directories at all.
uses relative paths. This means that the full path names specified on the command line are sent to the server rather than just the last parts of the filenames.
renames preexisting destination files with a ~ extension as each file is transferred. You can control the backup suffix using the --suffix option.
combines with --backup to store all backups in the specified directory. This is very useful for incremental backups.
overrides the default backup suffix used with the -b option. The default is a ~.
skips any files for which the destination file already exists and has a date later than the source file.
recreates symbolic links on the remote system to be the same as the local system. Without this option, all symbolic links are skipped.
transfers the file referenced by a symbolic link, rather than recreating the link.
treats symbolic links that point outside the source tree like ordinary files. Absolute symlinks are also treated like ordinary files, and so are any symlinks in the source path itself when --relative is used.
ignores any symbolic links that point outside the destination tree. All absolute symlinks are also ignored.
recreates hard links on the remote system to be the same as the local system. Without this option hard links are treated like regular files.
does not use the incremental rsync algorithm and sends the whole file as-is instead. This may be useful when using rsync with a local machine.
updates the remote permissions to be the same as the local permissions.
updates the remote owner of the file to be the same as the local owner. This is only available to the super-user. Note that if the source system is a daemon using chroot, --numeric-ids is implied because the source system cannot get access to the usernames.
updates the remote group of the file to be the same as the local group. If the receiving system is not running as the super-user, only groups that the receiver is a member of will be preserved (by group name, not group id number).
transfers character and block device information to the remote system to recreate these devices. This option is only available to the super-user.
transfers modification times along with the files and updates them on the remote system.
does not perform any file transfers, but simply reports the actions it would have taken.
does not cross filesystem boundaries when recursing.
does not create any new files - only updates files that already exist on the destination.
does not delete more than NUM files or directories.
deletes any files on the receiving side that are not on the sending side. Files that are excluded from transfer are excluded from being deleted unless --delete-excluded is specified.
has no effect if directory recursion is not selected.
deletes any files on the receiving side that are excluded, in addition to deleting the files on the receiving side that are not on the sending side. (See --exclude.)
processes file deletions after transferring files, as opposed to the default behavior of deleting before the transfer to ensure that there is sufficient space on the receiving filesystem.
controls the block size used in the rsync algorithm. See the technical report for details.
specifies the remote shell program to use for communication between the local and remote copies of rsync.
You can also choose the remote shell program using the RSYNC_RSH environment variable.
specifies the path to the copy of rsync on the remote machine. Note that this is the full path to the binary, not just the directory that the binary is in.
selectively excludes certain files from the list of files to be transferred.
You may use as many --exclude options on the command line as you like to build up the list of files to exclude.
is like the --exclude option, but instead adds all exclude patterns listed in the file FILE to the exclude list. Blank lines in FILE and lines starting with “;“ or “#“ are ignored.
does not exclude the specified pattern of filenames. This is useful as it allows you to build up quite complex exclude/include rules.
specifies a list of include patterns from a file.
instructs rsync to use DIR as a scratch directory when creating temporary copies of the files transferred on the receiving side. The default behavior is to create the temporary files in the receiving directory.
compresses any data from the source file(s) that it sends to the destination machine.
transfers numeric group and user ids rather than using user and group names and mapping them at both ends.
By default rsync will use the user name and group name to determine what ownership to give files. The special uid 0 and the special group 0 are never mapped via user/group names even if --numeric-ids is not specified.
sets a maximum IO timeout in seconds. If no data is transferred for the specified time, rsync will exit. The default is 0, which means no timeout.
specifies an alternate TCP port number to use rather than the default port 873. This only has effect when using rsync to connect to a remote rsync daemon.
specifies whether rsync will use blocking IO when launching a remote shell transport. You may find this is needed for some remote shells that can“t handle the default non-blocking IO.
keeps any partially-transferred file in the event of an incomplete transfer (causing a subsequent transfer of the file remainder to process more rapidly) as opposed to the default behavior of rsync where an incomplete file is deleted.
prints information showing the progress of the transfer.
is equivalent to --partial --progress.
allows you to provide a password in a file for accessing a remote rsync server. Note that this option is only useful when accessing a rsync server using the built in transport, not when using a remote shell as the transport. The file must not be world readable. It should contain just the password as a single line.
specifies a maximum transfer rate in kilobytes per second. A value of zero specifies no limit.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
prints out the version of sed that is being run and a copyright notice, then exits.
is equivalent to -n.
is equivalent to -e.
is equivalent to -f.
sendmail [flags] [address ...] |
To deliver electronic mail (email), applications shall support the interface provided by /usr/sbin/sendmail (described here). This interface shall be the default delivery method for applications.
This program sends an email message to one or more recipients, routing the message as necessary. This program is not intended as a user interface routine.
With no flags, sendmail reads its standard input up to an end-of-file or a line consisting only of a single dot and sends a copy of the message found there to all of the addresses listed. It determines the network(s) to use based on the syntax and contents of the addresses.
It is recommended that applications use as few flags as necessary, none if possible.
Some agents allow aliasing on the local system to be prevented by preceding the address with a backslash.
The format of messages must be as defined in RFC 2822.
reads mail from standard input and delivers to the recipient addresses. This is the default mode of operation.
lists information about messages currently in the input mail queue.
uses the SMTP protocol as described in RFC 2821; reads SMTP commands on standard input and writes SMTP responses on standard output.
Note that RFC 2821 specifies \r\n (CR-LF) be used at the end of each line, but UNIX pipes almost always use \n (LF) instead. To deal with this, agents will accept both \r\n and \n at the end of each line. When accepting \r\n, the \r before the \n is silently discarded.
explicitly sets the full name of the sender for incoming mail unless the message already contains a From: message header.
If the user running sendmail is not sufficiently trusted, then the actual sender may be indicated in the message, depending on the behavior of the agent.
explicitly sets the envelope sender address for incoming mail. If there is no From: header, the address specified in the From: header will also be set.
If the user running sendmail is not sufficiently trusted, then the actual sender will be indicated in the message.
ignores dots alone on lines by themselves in incoming messages. This option is ignored when -bs is used.
delivers any mail in background, if supported; otherwise ignored.
delivers any mail in foreground, if supported; otherwise ignored.
mails errors back to the sender. (default)
writes errors to the standard error output.
does not send notification of errors to the sender. This only works for mail delivered locally.
is equivalent to -i.
indicates that the sender of a message should receive a copy of the message if the sender appears in an alias expansion. Ignored if aliases are not supported.
reads the message to obtain recipients from the To:, Cc:, and Bcc: headers in the message instead of from the command arguments. If a Bcc: header is present, it is removed from the message unless there is no To: or Cc: header, in which case a Bcc: header with no data is created, in accordance with RFC 2822.
If there are any arguments, they specify addresses to which the message is not to be delivered. That is, the argument addresses are removed from the recipients list obtained from the headers. Note: some agents implement this behavior in reverse, adding addresses instead of removing them. Others may disallow addresses in argument list. Therefore, applications should not put addresses in the argument list if -t is used.
This option is sometimes ignored when not in -bm mode (the default).
successful completion on all addresses. This does not indicate successful delivery.
there was an error.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
The use of -i together with -bs is LSB-deprecated.
writes errors to the sender's terminal using the write(1) command, if he is logged in. Otherwise, mails errors back to the sender. If not supported, reports errors in the same manner as -oem.
is more verbose. Additional -v options may make the software increasingly verbose.
This page is believed to reflect functionality provided by smail, exim and other implementations, not just the sendmail implementation.
/sbin/shutdown [-t sec] [-arkhcfF] time [warning-message] |
shutdown brings the system down in a secure way. All logged-in users are notified that the system is going down, and login(1) is blocked. It is possible to shut the system down immediately or after a specified delay. All processes are first notified that the system is going down by the signal SIGTERM. If neither the -h or the -r argument is used, then the default behavior is to take the system to runlevel one where administrative tasks can be run.
uses /etc/shutdown.allow.
tells init(8) to wait sec seconds between sending processes the warning and the kill signal, before changing to another runlevel.
doesn't really shutdown; only sends the warning messages to everybody.
reboots after shutdown.
halts after shutdown. Powering off after halting is implementation-dependent.
skips fsck on reboot.
forces fsck on reboot.
cancels an already running shutdown. With this option, it is of course not possible to give the time argument, but you can enter a explanatory message on the command line that will be sent to all users.
specifies when to shut down.
The time argument can have different formats. First, it can be an absolute time in the format hh:mm, in which hh is the hour (1 or 2 digits) and mm is the minute of the hour (in two digits). Second, it can be in the format +m, in which m is the number of minutes to wait. The word now is an alias for +0.
If shutdown is called with a delay, it creates the advisory file /etc/nologin which causes programs such as login(1) to not allow new user logins. shutdown only removes this file if it is stopped before it can signal init (i.e. it is cancelled or something goes wrong). Otherwise it is the responsibility of the system shutdown or startup scripts to remove this file so that users can login.
specifies message to send all users.
sleep [OPTION]... NUMBER[SUFFIX] |
The specification for sleep is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
The operand to sleep in the SUS is the number of seconds to sleep for. As an extension, the number may be followed by s to keep seconds, m for minutes, h for hours or d for days.
displays help and exits.
outputs version information and exits.
has implementation-dependent behavior. (Rationale: the SUSv2 -z option is supported in neither the SUSv3 nor existing Linux implementations).
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
compares according to general numerical value, implies -b.
compares (unknown) < JAN < ... < DEC, imply -b.
stabilizes sort by disabling last resort comparison.
uses DIRECTORY for temporary files, not $TMPDIR or /tmp.
outputs version information and exits.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
is equivalent to -b.
puts at most SIZE bytes of lines per output file.
is equivalent to -l.
prints a diagnostic to standard error.
outputs version information and exits.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
treats the original objfile as a file with the object code format bfdname, and rewrites it in the same format.
treats the original objfile as a file with the object code format bfdname.
replaces objfile with a file in the output format bfdname.
removes the named section from the file. This option may be given more than once. Note that using this option inappropriately may make the object file unusable.
removes all symbols.
removes debugging symbols only.
strips all symbols that are not needed for relocation processing.
removes symbol symbolname from the source file. This option may be given more than once, and may be combined with other strip options.
puts the stripped output in file, rather than replacing the existing file. When this argument is used, only one objfile argument may be specified.
preserves the access and modification dates of the file.
removes non-global symbols.
removes compiler-generated local symbols. (These usually start with `L' or `.'.)
copies only symbol symbolname from the source file. This option may be given more than once.
does not copy symbol symbolname from the source file. This option may be given more than once, and may be combined with strip options other than -K.
lists all object files modified. In the case of archives, lists all members of the archive.
shows the version number for strip and exits.
su [OPTS] [-] [username [ARGS]] |
su is used to become another user during a login session. Invoked without a username, su defaults to becoming the super user. The optional argument - may be used to provide an environment similar to what the user would expect had the user logged in directly.
The user will be prompted for a password, if appropriate. Invalid passwords will produce an error message. All attempts, both valid and invalid, are logged to detect abuses of the system. Applications may not assume the format of prompts and anticipated input for user interaction, because they are implementation-dependent.
An optional command can be executed. This is done by the shell specified in /etc/passwd for the target user unless the -s or -m options are used. Any arguments supplied after the username will be passed to the invoked shell (shell must support the -c command line option in order for a command to be passed to it).
The current environment is passed to the new shell. The value of $PATH is reset to /bin:/usr/bin for normal users, or /sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin for the super user. This may be changed with the ENV_PATH and ENV_SUPATH definitions in /etc/login.defs. When using the -m or -p options, the user's environment is not changed.
A subsystem login is indicated by the presense of a "*" as the first character of the login shell. The given home directory will be used as the root of a new filesystem which the user is actually logged into.
makes this a login shell.
passes command to the invoked shell. It is passed directly to the invoked shell (using the shell's -c option), so its syntax is whatever that shell will accept.
does not reset environment variables, and keeps the same shell if it is present in /etc/shells.
uses shell instead of the default in /etc/passwd. The shell specified must be present in /etc/shells.
The sum command is deprecated and is expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should use cksum or md5sum instead.
sum is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
uses System V sum algorithm, uses 512 bytes blocks.
outputs version information and exits.
sync [OPTION] |
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
displays help and exits.
outputs version information and exits.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
tries to open a file even if it is inaccessible when tail starts or if it becomes inaccessible later; useful only with -f.
outputs the last N bytes.
is equivalent to -f.
is equivalent to -n.
performs open/fstat of a file specified by name (if there have been N consecutive iterations for which the size has remained the same) to determine if that file name is still associated with the same device/inode-number pair as before.
if a file has been specified by name, controls how long tail follows the descriptor of a file that continues growing at a rapid pace even after it is deleted or renamed. After detecting N consecutive size changes for a file, open/fstat the file to determine if that file name is still associated with the same device/inode-number pair as before.
terminates after process ID PID dies (only may be specified if -f is).
does not outputs headers giving file names.
sleeps S seconds between iterations (only may be specified if -f is).
outputs headers giving file names.
supports b, k and m as suffixes (referring to multipliers 512, 1024 and 1048576, respectively), as opposed to the c or l suffixes as stated in the SUS.
appends tar files to an archive.
is equivalent to -c.
finds differences between archive and file system.
deletes from the archive. (Not for use on mag tapes!)
is equivalent to -r.
is equivalent to -t.
is equivalent to -u.
extracts files from an archive.
does not change access times on dumped files.
is equivalent to -b.
reblocks as we read; for reading 4.2BSD pipes.
changes to directory DIR.
prints directory names while reading the archive.
uses archive file or device F. The default is "-", meaning stdin/stdout.
specifies that archive file is local even if has a colon.
runs script at end of each tape; implies -M.
creates/lists/extracts old GNU-format incremental backup.
creates/lists/extracts new GNU-format incremental backup.
doesn't dump symlinks; dumps the files they point to.
ignores blocks of zeros in archive that normally mean EOF.
filters archive through bzip2; used to decompress .bz2 files.
doesn't exit with non-zero status on unreadable files.
keeps existing files; doesn't overwrite them from archive.
begins at file F in the archive.
stays in local file system when creating an archive.
changes tapes after writing N*1024 bytes.
is equivalent to -m.
creates/lists/extracts multi-volume archive.
stores only files newer than DATE.
writes a V7 format archive, rather than ANSI format. Note that for -o the behavior is different than what is specified in the SUSv2.
extracts files to standard output.
extracts all protection information.
does not strip leading /s from file names.
is equivalent to -p -s.
shows record number within archive with each message.
removes files after adding them to the archive.
sorts list of names to extract to match archive.
creates extracted files with the same ownership.
handles sparse files efficiently.
gets names to extract or create from file F.
causes -T to read null-terminated names; disables -C.
prints total bytes written with --create.
is equivalent to -v.
creates archive with volume name NAME.
prints tar program version number.
asks for confirmation for every action.
attempts to verify the archive after writing it.
excludes file FILE.
excludes files listed in FILE.
filters the archive through compress.
filters the archive through gzip.
filters the archive through PROG (which must accept -d)
blocks the output of compression program for tapes.
specifies drive and density.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
is equivalent to -a.
is equivalent to -i.
outputs version information and exits.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
FILE exists and is owned by the effective group ID.
FILE exists and has its sticky bit set.
FILE exists and is a symbolic link.
FILE exists and is owned by the effective user ID.
FILE exists and is a socket.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
writes the resource use statistics to FILE instead of to the standard error stream. By default, this overwrites the file, destroying the file's previous contents.
appends the resource use information to the output file instead of overwriting it.
uses FORMAT as the format string that controls the output of time. See "Formatting the Output" below more information.
is equivalent to -p.
displays each available piece of information on the program's resource use on its own line, with an English description of its meaning.
prints the version number of time and exits.
The format string FORMAT controls the contents of the time output. The format string can be set using the -f or --format, -v or --verbose, or -p or --portability options. If they are not given, but the TIME environment variable is set, its value is used as the format string. Otherwise, a built-in default format is used.
The default format is:
%Uuser %Ssystem %Eelapsed %PCPU (%Xtext+%Ddata %Mmax)k
%Iinputs+%Ooutputs (%Fmajor+%Rminor)pagefaults %Wswaps
The format string usually consists of resource specifiers interspersed with plain text. A percent sign (%) in the format string causes the following character to be interpreted as a resource specifier, which is similar to the formatting characters in the printf(3) function.
A backslash (\) introduces a backslash escape, which is translated into a single printing character upon output. \t outputs a tab character, \n outputs a newline, and \\ outputs a backslash. A backslash followed by any other character outputs a question mark (?) followed by a backslash, to indicate that an invalid backslash escape was given.
Other text in the format string is copied verbatim to the output. time always prints a newline after printing the resource use information, so normally format strings do not end with a newline character (or 0).
There are many resource specifications. Not all resources are measured by all versions of UNIX, so some of the values might be reported as zero. Any character following a percent sign that is not listed in the table below causes a question mark (`?') to be output, followed by that character, to indicate that an invalid resource listed in the table below causes a question mark (`?') to be output, followed by that character, to indicate that an invalid resource specifier was given.
The resource specifiers, which are a superset of those recognized by the tcsh(1) builtin `time' command, are:
literal `%'.
name and command line arguments of the command being timed.
average size of the processs unshared data area, in units of 1024 bytes.
elapsed real (wall clock) time used by the process, in [hours:]minutes:seconds.
number of major, or I/O-requiring, page faults that occurred while the process was running. These are faults where the page has actually migrated out of primary memory.
number of file system inputs by the process.
average total (data+stack+text) memory use of the process, in units of 1024 bytes.
maximum resident set size of the process during its lifetime, in units of 1024 bytes.
number of file system outputs by the process.
percentage of the CPU that this job got. This is just user + system times divided by the total running time.
number of minor, or recoverable, page faults. These are pages that are not valid (so they fault) but which have not yet been claimed by other virtual pages. Thus the data in the page is still valid but the system tables must be updated.
total number of CPU-seconds used by the system on behalf of the process (in kernel mode), in seconds.
total number of CPU-seconds that the process used directly (in user mode), in seconds.
number of times the process was swapped out of main memory.
average amount of shared text in the process, in units of 1024 bytes.
system's page size, in bytes. This is a per-system constant, but varies between systems.
number of times the process was context-switched involuntarily (because the time slice expired).
elapsed real (wall clock) time used by the process, in seconds.
number of signals delivered to the process.
average unshared stack size of the process, in units of 1024 bytes.
number of socket messages received by the process.
number of socket messages sent by the process.
average resident set size of the process, in units of 1024 bytes.
number of times that the program was context-switched voluntarily, for instance while waiting for an I/O operation to complete.
exit status of the command.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
is equivalent to -c.
parses STRING and uses it instead of current time.
is equivalent to -r.
sets time given by WORD: access atime use (same as -a) modify mtime (same as -m).
outputs version information and exits.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
is equivalent to -c.
is equivalent to -d.
is equivalent to -s.
first truncates SET1 to length of SET2.
outputs version information and exits.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
is equivalent to -s.
is equivalent to -d.
is equivalent to -s.
outputs version information and exits.
umount [-hV] umount -a [-nrv] [-t vfstype] umount [-nrv] device | dir [...] |
umount detaches the file system(s) mentioned from the file hierarchy. A file system is specified by giving the directory where it has been mounted.
print version and exits.
invokes verbose mode.
unmounts without writing in /etc/mtab.
tries to remount read-only if unmounting fails.
unmounts all of the file systems described in /etc/mtab except for the proc filesystem.
indicates that the actions should only be taken on file systems of the specified type. More than one type may be specified in a comma separated list. The list of file system types can be prefixed with no to specify the file system types on which no action should be taken.
forces unmount (in case of an unreachable NFS system).
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
is equivalent to -a.
is equivalent to -m.
is equivalent to -n.
is equivalent to -r.
prints the host processor type.
is equivalent to -s.
outputs version information and exits.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
is equivalent to -t NUMBER.
is equivalent to -t LIST.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
is equivalent to -c.
is equivalent to -d.
prints all duplicate lines.
is equivalent to -f fields.
ignores differences in case when comparing.
is equivalent to -s.
is equivalent to -u.
compares no more than N characters in lines.
outputs version information and exits.
useradd [-c comment] [-d home_dir]
[-g initial_group] [-G group[,...]]
[-m [-k skeleton_dir]] [-p passwd] [-r]
[-s shell] [-u uid [ -o]] login
useradd -D [-g default_group] [-b default_home]
[-s default_shell] |
When invoked without the -D option, useradd creates a new user account using the values specified on the command line and the default values from the system. The new user account will be entered into the system files as needed, the home directory will be created, and initial files copied, depending on the command line options.
When invoked with the -D option, useradd will either display the current default values, or update the default values from the command line. If no options are specified, useradd displays the current default values.
specifies the new user's password file comment field value.
creates the new user using home_dir as the value for the user's login directory. The default is to append the login name to default_home and use that as the login directory name.
specifies the group name or number of the user's initial login group. The group name must exist. A group number must refer to an already existing group. If -g is not specified, the implementation will follow the normal user default for that system. This may create a new group or choose a default group that normal users are placed in. Applications which require control of the groups into which a user is placed should specify -g.
specifies a list of supplementary groups which the user is also a member of. Each group is separated from the next by a comma, with no intervening whitespace. The groups are subject to the same restrictions as the group given with the -g option. The default is for the user to belong only to the initial group.
specifies the user's home directory will be created if it does not exist. The files contained in skeleton_dir will be copied to the home directory if the -k option is used, otherwise the files contained in /etc/skel will be used instead. Any directories contained in skeleton_dir or /etc/skel will be created in the user's home directory as well. The -k option is only valid in conjunction with the -m option. The default is to not create the directory and to not copy any files.
is the encrypted password, as returned by crypt(3). The default is to disable the account.
creates a system account, that is, a user with a UID in the range reserved for system account users. If there is not a UID free in the reserved range the command will fail.
specifies the name of the user's login shell. The default is to leave this field blank, which causes the system to select the default login shell.
specifies the numerical value of the user's ID. This value must be unique, unless the -o option is used. The value must be non-negative. The default is the smallest ID value greater than 499 which is not yet used.
specifies the initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The user's name will be affixed to the end of default_home to create the new directory name if the -d option is not used when creating a new account.
specifies the group name or ID for a new user's initial group. The named group must exist, and a numerical group ID must have an existing entry.
specifies the name of the new user's login shell. The named program will be used for all future new user accounts.
specifies the new user's password file comment field value.
The -D option will typically be used by system administration packages. Most applications should not change defaults which will affect other applications and users.
userdel [-r] login |
Delete the user account named login. If there is also a group named login, this command may delete the group as well, or may leave it alone.
removes files in the user's home directory along with the home directory itself. Files located in other file system will have to be searched for and deleted manually.
usermod [-c comment] [-d home_dir [ -m]]
[-g initial_group] [-G group[,...]]
[-l login_name] [-p passwd]
[-s shell] [-u uid [ -o]] login |
specifies the new value of the user's password file comment field.
specifies the user's new login directory. If the -m option is given the contents of the current home directory will be moved to the new home directory, which is created if it does not already exist.
specifies the group name or number of the user's new initial login group. The group name must exist. A group number must refer to an already existing group.
specifies a list of supplementary groups which the user is also a member of. Each group is separated from the next by a comma, with no intervening whitespace. The groups are subject to the same restrictions as the group given with the -g option. If the user is currently a member of a group which is not listed, the user will be removed from the group.
changes the name of the user from login to login_name. Nothing else is changed. In particular, the user's home directory name should probably be changed to reflect the new login name.
is the encrypted password, as returned by crypt(3).
specifies the name of the user's new login shell. Setting this field to blank causes the system to select the default login shell.
specifies the numerical value of the user's ID. This value must be unique, unless the -o option is used. The value must be non-negative. Any files which the user owns and which are located in the directory tree rooted at the user's home directory will have the file user ID changed automatically. Files outside of the user's home directory must be altered manually.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
is equivalent to -c.
is equivalent to -l.
prints the length of the longest line.
is equivalent to -w.
outputs version information and exits.
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
terminates input filenames by a null character instead of by whitespace, and the quotes and backslash are not special (every character is taken literally). Disables the end of file string, which is treated like any other argument. Useful when arguments might contain white space, quote marks, or backslashes. The GNU find -print0 option produces input suitable for this mode.
is equivalent to -e.
has implementation-dependent behavior.
uses FORMAT as the format string that controls the output of time.
has implementation-dependent behavior.
is equivalent to -l.
has implementation-dependent behavior.
is equivalent to -n.
is equivalent to -p.
does not run this command if the standard input does not contain any nonblanks. Normally, the command is run once even if there is no input.
is equivalent to -s.
is equivalent to -t.
Prints the version number of xargs and exits.
is equivalent to -x.
runs up to max-procs processes at a time; the default is 1. If max-procs is 0, xargs will run as many processes as possible at a time. Use the -n option with -P; otherwise chances are that only one exec will be done.
The shell is POSIX-1003.2 with the following exceptions.
When the shell searches for a command name in the PATH and finds a shell script, POSIX specifies that it shall pass the command name as argv[0] and in the child shell script, $0 shall be set from argv[0] (POSIX Standard, section 3.9.1.1, line 779-784).
However, for an LSB shell, the system may implement either this behavior or $0 may be set to an absolute pathname of the shell script. [46]
When PATH is used to locate a file for the dot utility, and a matching file is on the PATH but is not readable, the behavior is undefined (unlike POSIX which apparently requires the shell to continue searching through the rest of the PATH, POSIX Standard, section 3.14.4, line 1493-1498).
Among the many shells existing at the time of evaluation, the two most compliant were Bash and Pdksh.
At the time of evaluation, Bash was found mostly compliant with the POSIX-1003.2 standard, and its maintainer demonstrated interest in bringing the shell to full compliance. Bash already enjoys wide use among shell users, and is even included in many distributions as the default shell. Further, the abundance of documentation found both on the Internet and in the bookstore makes Bash an easy shell to use.
Of course, shell scripts must avoid using bash extensions if they want to run on any LSB system.
The two exceptions to POSIX (concerning . and non-readable files, and argv[0]) in this section are to accommodate bash. The need for exceptions should be reviewed if bash changes or POSIX changes to remove the conflict. Future versions of this standard may also consider exceptions for pdksh or other almost-compliant shells, if they seem to be warranted.
A "user name" is a string that is used to identify a user. A "login name" is a user name that is associated with a system login. A "user id" is a non negative integer, which can be contained in an object of type uid_t, that is used to identify a system user.
When the identity of a user is associated with a process, a user ID value is referred to as a real user ID, or an effective user ID. [POSIX 1003.1-1996]
A "group name" is a string that is used to identify a set of users. A "group id" is a non negative integer, which can be contained in a object of type gid_t, that is used to identify a group of system users. Each system user is a member of at least one group. When the identity of a group is associated with a process, a group ID value is referred to as a real group ID, or an effective group ID. [POSIX 1003.1-1996]
The format of the User and Group databases is not specified. Programs may only read these databases using the provided API. Changes to these databases should be made using the provided commands.
Below is a table of required mnemonic user and group names. This specification makes no attempt to numerically assign uid or gid numbers. The exception is the uid and gid for "root" which are equal to 0.
Table 17-1. Required User & Group Names
| User | Group | Comments |
| root | root | Administrative user with no restrictions |
| bin | bin | Legacy UID/GID[a] |
| daemon | daemon | Legacy UID/GID[b] |
| Notes: a. The 'bin' UID/GID is included for compatibility with legacy applications. New applications should no longer use the 'bin' UID/GID. b. The 'daemon' UID/GID was used as an unprivileged UID/GID for daemons to execute under in order to limit their access to the system. Generally daemons should now run under individual UID/GIDs in order to further partition daemons from one another. | ||
Below is a table of optional mnemonic user and group names. This specification makes no attempt to numerically assign uid or gid numbers. If the username exists on a system, then they should be in the suggested corresponding group. These user and group names are for use by distributions, not by applications.
Table 17-2. Optional User & Group Names
| User | Group | Comments |
| adm | adm | Administrative special privileges |
| lp | lp | Printer special privileges |
| sync | sync | Login to sync the system |
| shutdown | shutdown | Login to shutdown the system |
| halt | halt | Login to halt the system |
| Mail special privileges | ||
| news | news | News special privileges |
| uucp | uucp | UUCP special privileges |
| operator | root | Operator special privileges |
| man | man | Man special privileges |
| nobody | nobody | Used by NFS |
The differences in numeric values of the uids and gids between systems on a network can be reconciled via NIS, rdist(1), rsync(1), or ugidd(8). Only a minimum working set of "user names" and their corresponding "user groups" are required. Applications cannot assume non system user or group names will be defined.
Applications cannot assume any policy for the default umask or the default directory permissions a user may have. Applications should enforce user only file permissions on private files such as mailboxes. The location of the users home directory is also not defined by policy other than the recommendations of the FHS and must be obtained by the *pwnam(3) calls.
The system UIDs from 0 to 99 should be statically allocated by the system. These static assignments should be defined by a common registry.
The system UIDs from 100 to 499 should be reserved for dynamically allocation by system administrators and post install scripts using useradd(1).
The purpose of specifying optional users and groups is to reduce the potential for name conflicts between applications and distributions.
An LSB conforming implementation must adhere to the FHS 2.2.
An LSB conforming application is recommended to follow the FHS 2.2. If it does not follow the FHS 2.2 it should include documentation of the differences.
The FHS allows many components or subsystems to be optional. An application must check for the existence of an optional component before using it, and should behave in a reasonable manner if the optional component is not present.
The FHS requirement to locate the operating system kernel in either / or /boot does not apply if the operating system kernel does not exist as a file in the filesystem.
The FHS specifies certain behaviors for a variety of commands if they are present (for example, ping or python). However, LSB applications must not rely on any commands beyond those specified by the LSB. The mere existence of a command must not be used as an indication that the command behaves in any particular way.
The following device nodes must exist under /dev. Other devices may also exist in /dev.
All data written to this device is discarded. A read from this device will return an EOF condition.
This device is a source of zeroed out data. All data written to this device is discarded. A read from this device will return as many bytes containing the value zero as was requested.
This device is a synonym for the controlling terminal of a process. Once this device is opened, all reads and writes will behave as if the actual controlling terminal device had been opened.
In this Chapter "System" means an "LSB conforming implementation" and "application" means an "LSB conforming (third party vendor) application".
The system must grant to the application read and execute permissions needed to use all system interfaces (ABIs) mentioned in the LSB document and included standards.
The application should not depend on having directory write permission outside /tmp, /var/tmp, invoking user's home directory and /var/opt/package, (where package is the name of the application package).
The application should not depend on owning these directories.
For these directories the application should be able to work with directory write permissions restricted by the "sticky bit". (Which prevents the application from removing files owned by another user. This is classically done with /tmp, to prevent accidental deletion of "foreign" files.)
The application should not depend on file write permission on files not owned by the user it runs under with the exception of its personal inbox /var/mail/username
The application should not depend on having read permission to every file and directory.
The application should not depend on the suid/sgid permissions of a file not packaged with the application. Instead, the distribution is responsible for assuming that all system commands have the required permissions and work correctly.
Rationale: Let us make security officers happy. Let's give them the freedom to take sgid/suid perms away, as long as they do not break the system's functionality.
"Normal" applications should not depend on running as a privileged user.
Special applications that have a reason to run under a privileged user, should outline these reasons clearly in their documentation, if they are not obvious as in the case of a backup/restore program. Users of the application should be informed, that "this application demands security privileges, which could interfere with system security".
The application should not contain binary-only software that requires being run as root, as this makes security auditing harder or even impossible.
The application should not change permissions of files and directories that do not belong to its own package. To do so without a warning notice in the documentation is regarded as unfriendly act.
Applications that expect to be runnable from removable media should not depend on logging in as a privileged user, and should be prepared to deal with a restrictive environment. Examples of such restrictions could be default mount options that disable set-user/group-ID attributes, disabling block or character-special files on the medium, or remapping the user/group IDs of files away from 0. [47]
If the installation of an application requires the execution of programs with superuser privileges, such programs should also be supplied in a human-readable form.
Without this, the local system administrator would have to blindly trust a piece of software, particularly its security.
This section specifies behaviors in which there is optional behavior in one of the standards on which the LSB relies, and where the LSB requires a specific behavior. [48]
The fcntl() function shall detect EDEADLK, as described as optional behavior in the SUS.
The fcntl() function shall treat the "cmd" value -1 as invalid.
The "whence" value -1 shall be an invalid value for the lseek(), fseek() and fcntl() functions.
The value "-5" shall be an invalid signal number.
The opendir() function shall detect EMFILE and ENFILE, as described as optional behavior in the SUS.
The readdir() and closedir() functions shall detect EBADF, as described as optional behavior in the SUS.
If the sigaddset() or sigdelset() functions are passed an invalid signal number, they shall return with EINVAL. Implementations are only required to enforce this requirement for signal numbers which are specified to be invalid by this specification (such as the -5 mentioned above).
The START and STOP termios characters shall be changeable, as described as optional behavior in the "General Terminal Interface" section of the SUS.
The mode value "-1" to the access() function shall be treated as invalid.
A value of -1 shall be an invalid "_PC_..." value for pathconf().
A value of -1 shall be an invalid "_SC..." value for sysconf().
The link() function shall require access to the existing file in order to succeed, as described as optional behavior in the SUS.
Calling unlink() on a directory shall fail. Calling link() specifying a directory as the first argument shall fail. See also unlink>.
The link() function shall not work across file systems, and shall return with EXDEV as described as optional behavior in the SUS.
The nl_item value "-1" shall be invalid for nl_langinfo.
The value -1 shall be an invalid "_CS_..." value for confstr().
The value "z" shall be an invalid mode argument to popen().
Applications may either install a message catalog in the MO format as specified by the info page in version 0.10.40 of the gettext source package, or the application may execute the msgfmt command during it's installation to compile the message catalog. In either case, the resulting output must be located in the package's private area under /opt, and the application may use bindtextdomain() to specify this location.
Packages may not touch the configuration file /etc/crontab, nor may they modify the files in /var/spool/cron/crontabs.
If a package wants to install a job that has to be executed via cron, it shall place a file with the name of the package in one of the following directories:
/etc/cron.daily /etc/cron.weekly /etc/cron.monthly |
As these directory names say, the files within them are executed on a daily, weekly, or monthly basis, respectively.
If a certain job has to be executed more frequently than daily, the package shall install a file /etc/cron.d/package-name tagged as configuration file. This file uses the same syntax as /etc/crontab and is processed by cron automatically.
It is recommended that files installed in any of these directories be scripts (shell scripts, Perl scripts, etc.) so that they may be modified by the local system administrator. In addition, they must be registered as configuration file.
The scripts in these directories have to check, if all necessary programs are installed before they try to execute them. Otherwise, problems will arise when a package was removed (but not purged), since the configuration files are kept on the system in this situation.
To avoid namespace conflicts in the /etc/cron.* directories, the filenames used by LSB-compliant packages in /etc/cron.daily, /etc/cron.weekly, /etc/cron.monthly, or /etc/cron.d must come from a managed namespace. These filenames may be assigned using one of the following methods:
Assigned namespace. This namespace consists of names which only use the character set [a-z0-9]. In order to avoid conflicts these cron script names must be reserved through the Linux Assigned Names and Numbers Authority (LANANA). Information about the LANANA may be found at www.lanana.org.
Commonly used names shall be reserved in advance; developers for projects should be encouraged reserve names from LANA, so that each distribution can use the same name, and to avoid conflicts with other projects.
Hierarchical namespace. This namespace consists of scripts names which look like this: [hier1]-[hier2]-...-[name], where name is again taken the character set [a-z0-9], and where there may be one or more [hier-n] components. [hier1] may either be an LSB provider name assigned by the LANANA, or it may be owners' DNS name in lower case, with at least one '.'. I.e., "debian.org", "staroffice.sun.com", etc. The LSB provider name assigned by LANANA must only consist of the ASCII characters [a-z0-9].
Reserved namespace. This namespace consists of script names which begin with the character '_', and is reserved for distribution use only. This namespace should be used for core packages only, and in general use of this namespace is highly discouraged.
Init files provided by LSB applications shall accept one argument, saying what to do:
| start | start the service |
| stop | stop the service |
| restart | stop and restart the service if the service is already running, otherwise start the service |
| reload | cause the configuration of the service to be reloaded without actually stopping and restarting the service |
| force-reload | cause the configuration to be reloaded if the service supports this, otherwise restart the service |
| status | print the current status of the service |
The start, stop, restart, force-reload, and status commands must be supported by all init files; the reload option is optional. Other init script actions may be defined by the init script.
Init files must ensure that they will behave sensibly if invoked with start when the service is already running, or with stop when it isn't, and that they don't kill unfortunately-named user processes. The best way to achieve this is to use the init-script functions provided by /lib/lsb/init-functions.
If a service reloads its configuration automatically (as in the case of cron, for example), the reload option of the init file must behave as if the configuration has been reloaded successfully.
These executable files must not fail obscurely when the configuration files remain but the package has been removed, as the default in [the packaging system] is to leave configuration files on the system after the package has been removed. Only when it is executed with the [purge] option will [the packaging system] remove configuration files. Therefore, you should include a test statement at the top of the file, like this:
test -f program-executed-later-in-file || exit 5 |
If the status command is given, the init script will return the following exit status codes.
| 0 | program is running or service is OK |
| 1 | program is dead and /var/run pid file exists |
| 2 | program is dead and /var/lock lock file exists |
| 3 | program is stopped |
| 4 | program or service status is unknown |
| 5-99 | reserved for future LSB use |
| 100-149 | reserved for distribution use |
| 150-199 | reserved for application use |
| 200-254 | reserved |
In the case of init script commands other than "status" (i.e., "start", "stop", "restart", "reload", and "force-reload"), the init script must return an exit status of zero if the action described by the argument has been successful. Otherwise, the exit status shall be non-zero, as defined below. In addition to straightforward success, the following situations are also to be considered successful:
restarting a service (instead of reloading it) with the "force-reload" argument
running "start" on a service already running
running "stop" on a service already stopped or not running
running "restart" on a service already stopped or not running
In case of an error, while processing any init script action except for "status", the init script must print an error message and return one of the following non-zero exit status codes.
| 1 | generic or unspecified error (current practice) |
| 2 | invalid or excess argument(s) |
| 3 | unimplemented feature (for example, "reload") |
| 4 | user had insufficient privilege |
| 5 | program is not installed |
| 6 | program is not configured |
| 7 | program is not running |
| 8-99 | reserved for future LSB use |
| 100-149 | reserved for distribution use |
| 150-199 | reserved for application use |
| 200-254 | reserved |
All error messages must be printed on standard error. All status messages must be printed on standard output. (This does not prevent scripts from calling the logging functions such as log_failure_msg).
Since init files may be run manually by a system administrator with non-standard environment variable values for PATH, USER, LOGNAME, etc. init files must not depend on the values of these environment variables. They should set them to some known/default values if they are needed.
LSB applications which need to execute script(s) at bootup and/or shutdown may provide one or more init.d files. These files are installed by the install_initd program described below, which copies it into a standard directory and makes whatever other adjustments (creation of symlinks, creation of entries in a database, etc.) are necessary so that the script can be run at boot-time. [50]
In the init.d file, information about the shell script shall be delimited by the lines "### BEGIN INIT INFO" and "### END INIT INFO". These delimiter lines may containg trailing whitespace, which shall be ignored. Inside this block there shall be lines of the form "# {keyword}: [arg1] [arg2] ...". (All lines inside this block start with a hash ('#') character in the first column, so that shell treats them as comments.) The following keywords, with their arguments are defined in this specification:
# Provides: boot_facility_1 [ boot_facility_2 ...] # Required-Start: boot_facility_1 [ boot_facility_2 ...] # Required-Stop: boot_facility_1 [ boot_facility_2 ...] # Default-Start: run_level_1 [ run_level_2 ...] # Default-Stop: run_level_1 [ run_level_2 ...] # Short-Description: short_description # Description: multiline_description |
Additional keywords may be defined in future LSB specifications. Distributions may define local extensions by using the prefix "X-[distribution name]" --- for example, "X-RedHat-foobardecl", or "X-Debian-xyzzydecl".
An init.d shell script may declare using the "Required-Start: " header that it must not be run until certain boot facilities are provided. This information is used by the installation tool or the boot-time boot-script execution facility to assure that init scripts are run in the correct order. When an init script is run with a "start" argument, the boot facility or facilities specified in the "Provides" header shall be considered present, and hence init scripts which require those boot facilities would then be eligble to be run. When an init script is run with a "stop" argument, the boot facilities specified in the "Provides" header are considered no longer present. There are naming conventions for boot facilities and system facilities, as described in a following section.
Similarly, the "Required-Stop:" header defines which facilities must still be available during the shutdown of that service. Hence, the init script system should avoid stopping shell scripts which provide those facilities until this shell script is stopped.
The "Default-Start" and "Default-Stop" headers define which run levels should by default run the script with a start or stop argument, respectively, to start or stop the services controlled by the init script.
The "Short-Description" and "Description" header fields are used to provide text which describes the actions of the init script. The "short_description" shall be a relatively short, pithy description of the init script, where as the "multiline_description" can be a much longer piece of text that may span mulitple lines. In a multiline description, each continuation line must begin with a '#' followed by tab character or a '#' followed by at least two space characters. The multiline description is terminated by the first line that does not match this criteria.
The comment conventions described in this session are only required for use by LSB-compliant applications; system init scripts as provided by LSB-compliant run-time environments are not required to use the scheme outlined here. [51]
An init.d file is installed by copying it into /etc/init.d (which may be a symlink to another location). This can be done by the package installer. During the package's postinstall script, the program "/usr/lib/lsb/install_initd" configures the distribution's boot script system to call the package's init.d file at the appropriate time.
The install_initd program takes a single argument, the pathanme to the /etc/init.d file. For example:
/usr/lib/lsb/install_initd /etc/init.d/example.com-coffeed |
When a software package is removed, the package's preuninstall script shall call /usr/lib/lsb/remove_initd and pass the pathname to the /etc/init.d file. The package manager is still responsible for removing the /etc/init.d file; the remove_initd program is provided in case the distribution needs to clean up any other modifications in the distribution's boot script system that might have been made by the install_initd program. For example:
/usr/lib/lsb/remove_initd /etc/init.d/example.com-coffeed |
There should be a tool available to the user (e.g., RedHat's chkconfig) which can be used by the system administrator to easily manipulate at which init levels a particular init.d script is started or stopped. This specification currently does not specify such an interface, however.
The following run levels are specified for use by the "Default-Start:" and "Default-Stop:" specifiers as defined by the section Comment conventions for init scripts>. Many LSB run-time environments commonly use these run level definitions, and in the absence of other considerations, providers of run-time environments are strongly encouraged to follow this convention to provide consistency for system administrators who need to work with multiple distributions. However, it is not required that LSB-compliant run-time environments use these run levels; the distribution-provided install_initd script may map the run levels specified below to whatever distribution-specified run levels are most appropriate.
| 0 | halt |
| 1 | single user mode |
| 2 | multiuser with no network services exported |
| 3 | normal/full multiuser |
| 4 | reserved for local use, default is normal/full multiuser |
| 5 | multiuser with xdm or equivalent |
| 6 | reboot |
Boot facilities are used to indicate dependencies in init scripts, as defined in a previous section. Facility names that begin with a dollar sign ('$') are system facility names, defined by the LSB, and MUST be provided by distributions. LSB applications must not provide system facilities. This document defines the following system facility names:
| $local_fs | all local filesystems are mounted |
| $network | low level networking (ethernet card; may imply PCMCIA running) |
| $named | daemons which may provide hostname resolution (if present) are running |
| $portmap | daemons providing SunRPC/ONCRPC portmapping service[52] (if present) are running |
| $remote_fs | all remote filesystems are mounted[53]. |
| $syslog | system logger is operational |
| $time | the system time has been set [54] |
Other (non-system) facilities may be defined by other LSB applications. These facilities shall be named using the same conventions defined for naming init.d script names. Commonly, the facility provided by an LSB application init.d script will have the same name as the name assigned to the init.d script.
Since the init.d scripts must live in a single directory, they must come from a single namespace. Three means of assigning names from this namespace are available:
Assigned namespace. This namespace consists of names which only use the character set [a-z0-9]. This space is desirable for scripts which system administrators may often wish to run manually: e.g., "/etc/init.d/named restart" In order to avoid conflicts these init.d names must be reserved through the Linux Assigned Names and Numbers Authority (LANANA). Information about the LANANA may be found at www.lanana.org.
Commonly used names shall be reserved in advance; developers for projects should be encouraged to reserve names from LANANA, so that each distribution can use the same name, and to avoid conflicts with other projects.
Hierarchical namespace. This namespace consists of scripts names which look like this: [hier1]-[hier2]-...-[name], where name is again taken the character set [a-z0-9], and where there may be one or more [hier-n] components. [hier1] may either be an LSB provider name assigned by the LANANA, or it may be owners' DNS name in lower case, with at least one '.' (e.g., "debian.org", "staroffice.sun.com"). The LSB provider name assigned by LANANA must only consist of the ASCII characters [a-z0-9].
Reserved namespace. This namespace consists of script names which begin with the character '_', and is reserved for distribution use only. This namespace should be used for core packages only, and in general use of this namespace is highly discouraged.
In general, if a package or some system function is likely to be used on multiple systems, the package developers or the distribution SHOULD get a registered name through LANANA, and distributions should strive to use the same name whenever possible. For applications which may not be "core" or may not be commonly installed, the hierarchical namespace may be more appropriate. An advantage to the hierarchical namespace is that there is no need to consult with the LANANA before obtaining an assigned name.
Short names are highly desirable, since many system administrators like to use them to manually start and stop services. Given this, they should be standardized on a per-package basis. This is the rationale behind having a LANANA organization to assign these names. The LANANA may be called upon to handle other namespace issues, such as package/prerequisites naming (which is essential to making prerequisites to work correctly).
This specification shall pre-define the following script names as being reserved to the LANANA. They reflect names which are commonly in use today by distributions to start up various system programs/daemons. The behavior of these scripts are not specified here, and not all distributions may use all of these script names. [55]
autofs
apmd
atd
crond
dhclient
dhcpcd
gpm
exim
halt
hotplug
identd
inet
httpd
kudzu
klogd
lpd
mcserv
named
nfs
nfslock
pcmcia
portmap
postfix
random
routed
rstatd
rusersd
rwhod
sendmail
samba
smb
snmpd
sshd
syslog
xfs
xntpd
ypbind
Each LSB-compliant init.d script must source the file /lib/lsb/init-functions. This file must cause the following shell script commands to be defined. This can be done either by adding a directory to the PATH variable which defines these commands, or by defining sh aliases. While the distribution-provided aliases may choose to use bash extensions (at the distribution's option), the LSB init.d files themselves should only depend in /bin/sh features as defined by POSIX.2.
| start_daemon [-f] [-n nicelevel] pathname [args] | This runs the specified program as a daemon. start_daemon will check to see if there is a program named "daemon" already running. If so, it will not start another copy of the daemon unless the -f option is given. The -n option specifies a nice level. See nice(1). |
| killproc basename [signal] | This stops the specified program. The program is found using the algorithm given by pidofproc. If a signal is specified, the program is sent that signal. Otherwise, a SIGTERM followed by a SIGKILL after some number of seconds is sent. |
| pidofproc basename | This function returns one or more pid(s) for a particular daemon. If an entry is found in /var/run/basename.pid, then that value is returned. Compliant implementations of the LSB may attempt other mechanisms for determining the pid(s), although this is not required (and not recommended, since a user can trick startup scripts by creating processes that appear to be system programs in the process list thus creating a potential security exposure). Hence, LSB-complaint applications who wish to use the pidofproc function in their init scripts must store the pid in /var/run/basename.pid. |
| log_success_msg "message" | This requests the distribution to print a success message. The message should be relatively short; no more than 60 characters is highly desirable. |
| log_failure_msg "message" | This requests the distribution to print a failure message. The message should be relatively short; no more than 60 characters is highly desirable. |
| log_warning_msg "message" | This requests the distribution to print a warning message. The message should be relatively short; no more than 60 characters is highly desirable. |
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
| X11R6.4 Xlib - C library |
Table A-1. libX11 Function Interfaces
| XActivateScreenSaver[25] | XIfEvent[25] | XcmsCIELabQueryMinL[25] |
| XAddConnectionWatch[25] | XImageByteOrder[25] | XcmsCIELabToCIEXYZ[25] |
| XAddExtension[25] | XInitExtension[25] | XcmsCIELabWhiteShiftColors[25] |
| XAddHost[25] | XInitImage[25] | XcmsCIELuvClipL[25] |
| XAddHosts[25] | XInitThreads[25] | XcmsCIELuvClipLuv[25] |
| XAddPixel[25] | XInsertModifiermapEntry[25] | XcmsCIELuvClipuv[25] |
| XAddToExtensionList[25] | XInstallColormap[25] | XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC[25] |
| XAddToSaveSet[25] | XInternAtom[25] | XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxL[25] |
| XAllPlanes[25] | XInternAtoms[25] | XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxLC[25] |
| XAllocClassHint[25] | XInternalConnectionNumbers[25] | XcmsCIELuvQueryMinL[25] |
| XAllocColor[25] | XIntersectRegion[25] | XcmsCIELuvToCIEuvY[25] |
| XAllocColorCells[25] | XKeycodeToKeysym[25] | XcmsCIELuvWhiteShiftColors[25] |
| XAllocColorPlanes[25] | XKeysymToKeycode[25] | XcmsCIEXYZToCIELab[25] |
| XAllocIconSize[25] | XKeysymToString[25] | XcmsCIEXYZToCIEuvY[25] |
| XAllocNamedColor[25] | XKillClient[25] | XcmsCIEXYZToCIExyY[25] |
| XAllocSizeHints[25] | XLastKnownRequestProcessed[25] | XcmsCIEXYZToRGBi[25] |
| XAllocStandardColormap[25] | XListDepths[25] | XcmsCIEuvYToCIELuv[25] |
| XAllocWMHints[25] | XListExtensions[25] | XcmsCIEuvYToCIEXYZ[25] |
| XAllowEvents[25] | XListFonts[25] | XcmsCIEuvYToTekHVC[25] |
| XAutoRepeatOff[25] | XListFontsWithInfo[25] | XcmsCIExyYToCIEXYZ[25] |
| XAutoRepeatOn[25] | XListHosts[25] | XcmsClientWhitePointOfCCC[25] |
| XBaseFontNameListOfFontSet[25] | XListInstalledColormaps[25] | XcmsConvertColors[25] |
| XBell[25] | XListPixmapFormats[25] | XcmsCreateCCC[25] |
| XBitmapBitOrder[25] | XListProperties[25] | XcmsDefaultCCC[25] |
| XBitmapPad[25] | XLoadFont[25] | XcmsDisplayOfCCC[25] |
| XBitmapUnit[25] | XLoadQueryFont[25] | XcmsFormatOfPrefix[25] |
| XBlackPixel[25] | XLocaleOfFontSet[25] | XcmsFreeCCC[25] |
| XBlackPixelOfScreen[25] | XLocaleOfIM[25] | XcmsLookupColor[25] |
| XCellsOfScreen[25] | XLocaleOfOM[25] | XcmsPrefixOfFormat[25] |
| XChangeActivePointerGrab[25] | XLockDisplay[25] | XcmsQueryBlack[25] |
| XChangeGC[25] | XLookupColor[25] | XcmsQueryBlue[25] |
| XChangeKeyboardControl[25] | XLookupKeysym[25] | XcmsQueryColor[25] |
| XChangeKeyboardMapping[25] | XLookupString[25] | XcmsQueryColors[25] |
| XChangePointerControl[25] | XLowerWindow[25] | XcmsQueryGreen[25] |
| XChangeProperty[25] | XMapRaised[25] | XcmsQueryRed[25] |
| XChangeSaveSet[25] | XMapSubwindows[25] | XcmsQueryWhite[25] |
| XChangeWindowAttributes[25] | XMapWindow[25] | XcmsRGBToRGBi[25] |
| XCheckIfEvent[25] | XMaskEvent[25] | XcmsRGBiToCIEXYZ[25] |
| XCheckMaskEvent[25] | XMatchVisualInfo[25] | XcmsRGBiToRGB[25] |
| XCheckTypedEvent[25] | XMaxCmapsOfScreen[25] | XcmsScreenNumberOfCCC[25] |
| XCheckTypedWindowEvent[25] | XMaxRequestSize[25] | XcmsScreenWhitePointOfCCC[25] |
| XCheckWindowEvent[25] | XMinCmapsOfScreen[25] | XcmsSetCCCOfColormap[25] |
| XCirculateSubwindows[25] | XMoveResizeWindow[25] | XcmsSetCompressionProc[25] |
| XCirculateSubwindowsDown[25] | XMoveWindow[25] | XcmsSetWhiteAdjustProc[25] |
| XCirculateSubwindowsUp[25] | XNewModifiermap[25] | XcmsSetWhitePoint[25] |
| XClearArea[25] | XNextEvent[25] | XcmsStoreColor[25] |
| XClearWindow[25] | XNextRequest[25] | XcmsStoreColors[25] |
| XClipBox[25] | XNoOp[25] | XcmsTekHVCClipC[25] |
| XCloseDisplay[25] | XOMOfOC[25] | XcmsTekHVCClipV[25] |
| XCloseIM[25] | XOffsetRegion[25] | XcmsTekHVCClipVC[25] |
| XCloseOM[25] | XOpenDisplay[25] | XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC[25] |
| XConfigureWindow[25] | XOpenIM[25] | XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxV[25] |
| XConnectionNumber[25] | XOpenOM[25] | XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVC[25] |
| XContextDependentDrawing[25] | XParseColor[25] | XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVSamples[25] |
| XContextualDrawing[25] | XParseGeometry[25] | XcmsTekHVCQueryMinV[25] |
| XConvertCase[25] | XPeekEvent[25] | XcmsTekHVCToCIEuvY[25] |
| XConvertSelection[25] | XPeekIfEvent[25] | XcmsTekHVCWhiteShiftColors[25] |
| XCopyArea[25] | XPending[25] | XcmsVisualOfCCC[25] |
| XCopyColormapAndFree[25] | XPlanesOfScreen[25] | XkbAllocClientMap[25] |
| XCopyGC[25] | XPointInRegion[25] | XkbAllocCompatMap[25] |
| XCopyPlane[25] | XPolygonRegion[25] | XkbAllocControls[25] |
| XCreateBitmapFromData[25] | XProcessInternalConnection[25] | XkbAllocGeomColors[25] |
| XCreateColormap[25] | XProtocolRevision[25] | XkbAllocGeomDoodads[25] |
| XCreateFontCursor[25] | XProtocolVersion[25] | XkbAllocGeomKeyAliases[25] |
| XCreateFontSet[25] | XPutBackEvent[25] | XkbAllocGeomKeys[25] |
| XCreateGC[25] | XPutImage[25] | XkbAllocGeomOutlines[25] |
| XCreateGlyphCursor[25] | XPutPixel[25] | XkbAllocGeomOverlayKeys[25] |
| XCreateIC[25] | XQLength[25] | XkbAllocGeomOverlayRows[25] |
| XCreateImage[25] | XQueryBestCursor[25] | XkbAllocGeomOverlays[25] |
| XCreateOC[25] | XQueryBestSize[25] | XkbAllocGeomPoints[25] |
| XCreatePixmap[25] | XQueryBestStipple[25] | XkbAllocGeomProps[25] |
| XCreatePixmapCursor[25] | XQueryBestTile[25] | XkbAllocGeomRows[25] |
| XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData[25] | XQueryColor[25] | XkbAllocGeomSectionDoodads[25] |
| XCreateRegion[25] | XQueryColors[25] | XkbAllocGeomSections[25] |
| XCreateSimpleWindow[25] | XQueryExtension[25] | XkbAllocGeomShapes[25] |
| XCreateWindow[25] | XQueryFont[25] | XkbAllocGeometry[25] |
| XDefaultColormap[25] | XQueryKeymap[25] | XkbAllocIndicatorMaps[25] |
| XDefaultColormapOfScreen[25] | XQueryPointer[25] | XkbAllocKeyboard[25] |
| XDefaultDepth[25] | XQueryTextExtents[25] | XkbAllocNames[25] |
| XDefaultDepthOfScreen[25] | XQueryTextExtents16[25] | XkbAllocServerMap[25] |
| XDefaultGC[25] | XQueryTree[25] | XkbApplyCompatMapToKey[25] |
| XDefaultGCOfScreen[25] | XRaiseWindow[25] | XkbBell[25] |
| XDefaultRootWindow[25] | XReadBitmapFile[25] | XkbBellEvent[25] |
| XDefaultScreen[25] | XReadBitmapFileData[25] | XkbChangeEnabledControls[25] |
| XDefaultScreenOfDisplay[25] | XRebindKeysym[25] | XkbChangeMap[25] |
| XDefaultString[25] | XRecolorCursor[25] | XkbChangeNames[25] |
| XDefaultVisual[25] | XReconfigureWMWindow[25] | XkbChangeTypesOfKey[25] |
| XDefaultVisualOfScreen[25] | XRectInRegion[25] | XkbComputeEffectiveMap[25] |
| XDefineCursor[25] | XRefreshKeyboardMapping[25] | XkbComputeRowBounds[25] |
| XDeleteContext[25] | XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback[25] | XkbComputeSectionBounds[25] |
| XDeleteModifiermapEntry[25] | XRemoveConnectionWatch[25] | XkbComputeShapeBounds[25] |
| XDeleteProperty[25] | XRemoveFromSaveSet[25] | XkbComputeShapeTop[25] |
| XDestroyIC[25] | XRemoveHost[25] | XkbCopyKeyType[25] |
| XDestroyImage[25] | XRemoveHosts[25] | XkbCopyKeyTypes[25] |
| XDestroyOC[25] | XReparentWindow[25] | XkbFindOverlayForKey[25] |
| XDestroyRegion[25] | XResetScreenSaver[25] | XkbForceBell[25] |
| XDestroySubwindows[25] | XResizeWindow[25] | XkbFreeClientMap[25] |
| XDestroyWindow[25] | XResourceManagerString[25] | XkbFreeCompatMap[25] |
| XDirectionalDependentDrawing[25] | XRestackWindows[25] | XkbFreeComponentList[25] |
| XDisableAccessControl[25] | XRootWindow[25] | XkbFreeControls[25] |
| XDisplayCells[25] | XRootWindowOfScreen[25] | XkbFreeGeomColors[25] |
| XDisplayHeight[25] | XRotateBuffers[25] | XkbFreeGeomDoodads[25] |
| XDisplayHeightMM[25] | XRotateWindowProperties[25] | XkbFreeGeomKeyAliases[25] |
| XDisplayKeycodes[25] | XSaveContext[25] | XkbFreeGeomKeys[25] |
| XDisplayMotionBufferSize[25] | XScreenCount[25] | XkbFreeGeomOutlines[25] |
| XDisplayName[25] | XScreenNumberOfScreen[25] | XkbFreeGeomOverlayKeys[25] |
| XDisplayOfIM[25] | XScreenOfDisplay[25] | XkbFreeGeomOverlayRows[25] |
| XDisplayOfOM[25] | XScreenResourceString[25] | XkbFreeGeomOverlays[25] |
| XDisplayOfScreen[25] | XSelectInput[25] | XkbFreeGeomPoints[25] |
| XDisplayPlanes[25] | XSendEvent[25] | XkbFreeGeomProperties[25] |
| XDisplayString[25] | XServerVendor[25] | XkbFreeGeomRows[25] |
| XDisplayWidth[25] | XSetAccessControl[25] | XkbFreeGeomSections[25] |
| XDisplayWidthMM[25] | XSetAfterFunction[25] | XkbFreeGeomShapes[25] |
| XDoesBackingStore[25] | XSetArcMode[25] | XkbFreeGeometry[25] |
| XDoesSaveUnders[25] | XSetAuthorization[25] | XkbFreeIndicatorMaps[25] |
| XDrawArc[25] | XSetBackground[25] | XkbFreeKeyboard[25] |
| XDrawArcs[25] | XSetClassHint[25] | XkbFreeNames[25] |
| XDrawImageString[25] | XSetClipMask[25] | XkbFreeServerMap[25] |
| XDrawImageString16[25] | XSetClipOrigin[25] | XkbGetAutoRepeatRate[25] |
| XDrawLine[25] | XSetClipRectangles[25] | XkbGetCompatMap[25] |
| XDrawLines[25] | XSetCloseDownMode[25] | XkbGetControls[25] |
| XDrawPoint[25] | XSetCommand[25] | XkbGetGeometry[25] |
| XDrawPoints[25] | XSetDashes[25] | XkbGetIndicatorMap[25] |
| XDrawRectangle[25] | XSetErrorHandler[25] | XkbGetIndicatorState[25] |
| XDrawRectangles[25] | XSetFillRule[25] | XkbGetKeyActions[25] |
| XDrawSegments[25] | XSetFillStyle[25] | XkbGetKeyBehaviors[25] |
| XDrawString[25] | XSetFont[25] | XkbGetKeyExplicitComponents[25] |
| XDrawString16[25] | XSetFontPath[25] | XkbGetKeyModifierMap[25] |
| XDrawText[25] | XSetForeground[25] | XkbGetKeySyms[25] |
| XDrawText16[25] | XSetFunction[25] | XkbGetKeyTypes[25] |
| XEHeadOfExtensionList[25] | XSetGraphicsExposures[25] | XkbGetKeyboard[25] |
| XESetBeforeFlush[25] | XSetICFocus[25] | XkbGetKeyboardByName[25] |
| XESetCloseDisplay[25] | XSetICValues[25] | XkbGetMap[25] |
| XESetCopyGC[25] | XSetIMValues[25] | XkbGetMapChanges[25] |
| XESetCreateFont[25] | XSetIOErrorHandler[25] | XkbGetNamedGeometry[25] |
| XESetCreateGC[25] | XSetIconName[25] | XkbGetNamedIndicator[25] |
| XESetError[25] | XSetIconSizes[25] | XkbGetNames[25] |
| XESetErrorString[25] | XSetInputFocus[25] | XkbGetState[25] |
| XESetEventToWire[25] | XSetLineAttributes[25] | XkbGetUpdatedMap[25] |
| XESetFlushGC[25] | XSetLocaleModifiers[25] | XkbGetVirtualMods[25] |
| XESetFreeFont[25] | XSetModifierMapping[25] | XkbGetXlibControls[25] |
| XESetFreeGC[25] | XSetNormalHints[25] | XkbIgnoreExtension[25] |
| XESetPrintErrorValues[25] | XSetOCValues[25] | XkbInitCanonicalKeyTypes[25] |
| XESetWireToError[25] | XSetOMValues[25] | XkbKeyTypesForCoreSymbols[25] |
| XESetWireToEvent[25] | XSetPlaneMask[25] | XkbKeycodeToKeysym[25] |
| XEmptyRegion[25] | XSetPointerMapping[25] | XkbKeysymToModifiers[25] |
| XEnableAccessControl[25] | XSetRGBColormaps[25] | XkbLatchGroup[25] |
| XEqualRegion[25] | XSetRegion[25] | XkbLatchModifiers[25] |
| XEventMaskOfScreen[25] | XSetScreenSaver[25] | XkbLibraryVersion[25] |
| XEventsQueued[25] | XSetSelectionOwner[25] | XkbListComponents[25] |
| XExtendedMaxRequestSize[25] | XSetSizeHints[25] | XkbLockGroup[25] |
| XExtentsOfFontSet[25] | XSetStandardColormap[25] | XkbLockModifiers[25] |
| XFetchBuffer[25] | XSetStandardProperties[25] | XkbLookupKeyBinding[25] |
| XFetchBytes[25] | XSetState[25] | XkbLookupKeySym[25] |
| XFetchName[25] | XSetStipple[25] | XkbNoteControlsChanges[25] |
| XFillArc[25] | XSetSubwindowMode[25] | XkbNoteMapChanges[25] |
| XFillArcs[25] | XSetTSOrigin[25] | XkbNoteNameChanges[25] |
| XFillPolygon[25] | XSetTextProperty[25] | XkbOpenDisplay[25] |
| XFillRectangle[25] | XSetTile[25] | XkbQueryExtension[25] |
| XFillRectangles[25] | XSetTransientForHint[25] | XkbRefreshKeyboardMapping[25] |
| XFilterEvent[25] | XSetWMClientMachine[25] | XkbResizeKeyActions[25] |
| XFindContext[25] | XSetWMColormapWindows[25] | XkbResizeKeySyms[25] |
| XFindOnExtensionList[25] | XSetWMHints[25] | XkbResizeKeyType[25] |
| XFlush[25] | XSetWMIconName[25] | XkbSelectEventDetails[25] |
| XFlushGC[25] | XSetWMName[25] | XkbSelectEvents[25] |
| XFontsOfFontSet[25] | XSetWMNormalHints[25] | XkbSetAtomFuncs[25] |
| XForceScreenSaver[25] | XSetWMProperties[25] | XkbSetAutoRepeatRate[25] |
| XFree[25] | XSetWMProtocols[25] | XkbSetAutoResetControls[25] |
| XFreeColormap[25] | XSetWMSizeHints[25] | XkbSetCompatMap[25] |
| XFreeColors[25] | XSetWindowBackground[25] | XkbSetControls[25] |
| XFreeCursor[25] | XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap[25] | XkbSetDebuggingFlags[25] |
| XFreeExtensionList[25] | XSetWindowBorder[25] | XkbSetDetectableAutoRepeat[25] |
| XFreeFont[25] | XSetWindowBorderPixmap[25] | XkbSetGeometry[25] |
| XFreeFontInfo[25] | XSetWindowBorderWidth[25] | XkbSetIgnoreLockMods[25] |
| XFreeFontNames[25] | XSetWindowColormap[25] | XkbSetIndicatorMap[25] |
| XFreeFontPath[25] | XSetZoomHints[25] | XkbSetMap[25] |
| XFreeFontSet[25] | XShrinkRegion[25] | XkbSetNamedIndicator[25] |
| XFreeGC[25] | XStoreBuffer[25] | XkbSetNames[25] |
| XFreeModifiermap[25] | XStoreBytes[25] | XkbSetServerInternalMods[25] |
| XFreePixmap[25] | XStoreColor[25] | XkbSetXlibControls[25] |
| XFreeStringList[25] | XStoreColors[25] | XkbToControl[25] |
| XGContextFromGC[25] | XStoreName[25] | XkbTranslateKeyCode[25] |
| XGeometry[25] | XStoreNamedColor[25] | XkbTranslateKeySym[25] |
| XGetAtomName[25] | XStringListToTextProperty[25] | XkbUpdateMapFromCore[25] |
| XGetAtomNames[25] | XStringToKeysym[25] | XkbUseExtension[25] |
| XGetClassHint[25] | XSubImage[25] | XkbVirtualModsToReal[25] |
| XGetCommand[25] | XSubtractRegion[25] | XmbDrawImageString[25] |
| XGetDefault[25] | XSupportsLocale[25] | XmbDrawString[25] |
| XGetErrorDatabaseText[25] | XSync[25] | XmbDrawText[25] |
| XGetErrorText[25] | XSynchronize[25] | XmbLookupString[25] |
| XGetFontPath[25] | XTextExtents[25] | XmbResetIC[25] |
| XGetFontProperty[25] | XTextExtents16[25] | XmbSetWMProperties[25] |
| XGetGCValues[25] | XTextPropertyToStringList[25] | XmbTextEscapement[25] |
| XGetGeometry[25] | XTextWidth[25] | XmbTextExtents[25] |
| XGetICValues[25] | XTextWidth16[25] | XmbTextListToTextProperty[25] |
| XGetIMValues[25] | XTranslateCoordinates[25] | XmbTextPerCharExtents[25] |
| XGetIconName[25] | XUndefineCursor[25] | XmbTextPropertyToTextList[25] |
| XGetIconSizes[25] | XUngrabButton[25] | XrmCombineDatabase[25] |
| XGetImage[25] | XUngrabKey[25] | XrmCombineFileDatabase[25] |
| XGetInputFocus[25] | XUngrabKeyboard[25] | XrmDestroyDatabase[25] |
| XGetKeyboardControl[25] | XUngrabPointer[25] | XrmEnumerateDatabase[25] |
| XGetKeyboardMapping[25] | XUngrabServer[25] | XrmGetDatabase[25] |
| XGetModifierMapping[25] | XUninstallColormap[25] | XrmGetFileDatabase[25] |
| XGetMotionEvents[25] | XUnionRectWithRegion[25] | XrmGetResource[25] |
| XGetNormalHints[25] | XUnionRegion[25] | XrmGetStringDatabase[25] |
| XGetOCValues[25] | XUnloadFont[25] | XrmInitialize[25] |
| XGetOMValues[25] | XUnlockDisplay[25] | XrmLocaleOfDatabase[25] |
| XGetPixel[25] | XUnmapSubwindows[25] | XrmMergeDatabases[25] |
| XGetPointerControl[25] | XUnmapWindow[25] | XrmParseCommand[25] |
| XGetPointerMapping[25] | XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback[25] | XrmPermStringToQuark[25] |
| XGetRGBColormaps[25] | XUnsetICFocus[25] | XrmPutFileDatabase[25] |
| XGetScreenSaver[25] | XVaCreateNestedList[25] | XrmPutLineResource[25] |
| XGetSelectionOwner[25] | XVendorRelease[25] | XrmPutResource[25] |
| XGetSizeHints[25] | XVisualIDFromVisual[25] | XrmPutStringResource[25] |
| XGetStandardColormap[25] | XWMGeometry[25] | XrmQGetResource[25] |
| XGetSubImage[25] | XWarpPointer[25] | XrmQGetSearchList[25] |
| XGetTextProperty[25] | XWhitePixel[25] | XrmQGetSearchResource[25] |
| XGetTransientForHint[25] | XWhitePixelOfScreen[25] | XrmQPutResource[25] |
| XGetVisualInfo[25] | XWidthMMOfScreen[25] | XrmQPutStringResource[25] |
| XGetWMClientMachine[25] | XWidthOfScreen[25] | XrmQuarkToString[25] |
| XGetWMColormapWindows[25] | XWindowEvent[25] | XrmSetDatabase[25] |
| XGetWMHints[25] | XWithdrawWindow[25] | XrmStringToBindingQuarkList[25] |
| XGetWMIconName[25] | XWriteBitmapFile[25] | XrmStringToQuark[25] |
| XGetWMName[25] | XXorRegion[25] | XrmStringToQuarkList[25] |
| XGetWMNormalHints[25] | XauDisposeAuth[25] | XrmUniqueQuark[25] |
| XGetWMProtocols[25] | XauFileName[25] | Xutf8TextListToTextProperty |
| XGetWMSizeHints[25] | XauGetBestAuthByAddr[25] | Xutf8TextPropertyToTextList |
| XGetWindowAttributes[25] | XauReadAuth[25] | XwcDrawImageString[25] |
| XGetWindowProperty[25] | XcmsAddColorSpace[25] | XwcDrawString[25] |
| XGetZoomHints[25] | XcmsAddFunctionSet[25] | XwcDrawText[25] |
| XGrabButton[25] | XcmsAllocColor[25] | XwcFreeStringList[25] |
| XGrabKey[25] | XcmsAllocNamedColor[25] | XwcLookupString[25] |
| XGrabKeyboard[25] | XcmsCCCOfColormap[25] | XwcResetIC[25] |
| XGrabPointer[25] | XcmsCIELabClipL[25] | XwcTextEscapement[25] |
| XGrabServer[25] | XcmsCIELabClipLab[25] | XwcTextExtents[25] |
| XHeightMMOfScreen[25] | XcmsCIELabClipab[25] | XwcTextListToTextProperty[25] |
| XHeightOfScreen[25] | XcmsCIELabQueryMaxC[25] | XwcTextPerCharExtents[25] |
| XIMOfIC[25] | XcmsCIELabQueryMaxL[25] | XwcTextPropertyToTextList[25] |
| XIconifyWindow[25] | XcmsCIELabQueryMaxLC[25] |
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
| Linux Standard Base |
| X11R6.4 X Toolkit Intrinsics |
Table A-2. libXt Function Interfaces
| XtAddActions[35] | XtCvtStringToInitialState[35] | XtOwnSelectionIncremental[35] |
| XtAddCallback[35] | XtCvtStringToInt[35] | XtParent[35] |
| XtAddCallbacks[35] | XtCvtStringToPixel[35] | XtParseAcceleratorTable[35] |
| XtAddConverter[35] | XtCvtStringToRestartStyle[35] | XtParseTranslationTable[35] |
| XtAddEventHandler[35] | XtCvtStringToShort[35] | XtPeekEvent[35] |
| XtAddExposureToRegion[35] | XtCvtStringToTranslationTable[35] | XtPending[35] |
| XtAddGrab[35] | XtCvtStringToUnsignedChar[35] | XtPopdown[35] |
| XtAddInput[35] | XtCvtStringToVisual[35] | XtPopup[35] |
| XtAddRawEventHandler[35] | XtDatabase[35] | XtPopupSpringLoaded[35] |
| XtAddSignal[35] | XtDestroyApplicationContext[35] | XtProcessEvent[35] |
| XtAddTimeOut[35] | XtDestroyGC[35] | XtProcessLock[35] |
| XtAddWorkProc[35] | XtDestroyWidget[35] | XtProcessUnlock[35] |
| XtAllocateGC[35] | XtDirectConvert[35] | XtQueryGeometry[35] |
| XtAppAddActionHook[35] | XtDisownSelection[35] | XtRealizeWidget[35] |
| XtAppAddActions[35] | XtDispatchEvent[35] | XtRealloc[35] |
| XtAppAddBlockHook[35] | XtDispatchEventToWidget[35] | XtRegisterCaseConverter[35] |
| XtAppAddConverter[35] | XtDisplay[35] | XtRegisterDrawable[35] |
| XtAppAddInput[35] | XtDisplayInitialize[35] | XtRegisterExtensionSelector[35] |
| XtAppAddSignal[35] | XtDisplayOfObject[35] | XtRegisterGrabAction[35] |
| XtAppAddTimeOut[35] | XtDisplayStringConversionWarning[35] | XtReleaseGC[35] |
| XtAppAddWorkProc[35] | XtDisplayToApplicationContext[35] | XtReleasePropertyAtom[35] |
| XtAppCreateShell[35] | XtError[35] | XtRemoveActionHook[35] |
| XtAppError[35] | XtErrorMsg[35] | XtRemoveAllCallbacks[35] |
| XtAppErrorMsg[35] | XtFindFile[35] | XtRemoveBlockHook[35] |
| XtAppGetErrorDatabase[35] | XtFree[35] | XtRemoveCallback[35] |
| XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText[35] | XtGetActionKeysym[35] | XtRemoveCallbacks[35] |
| XtAppGetExitFlag[35] | XtGetActionList[35] | XtRemoveEventHandler[35] |
| XtAppGetSelectionTimeout[35] | XtGetApplicationNameAndClass[35] | XtRemoveEventTypeHandler[35] |
| XtAppInitialize[35] | XtGetApplicationResources[35] | XtRemoveGrab[35] |
| XtAppLock[35] | XtGetClassExtension[35] | XtRemoveInput[35] |
| XtAppMainLoop[35] | XtGetConstraintResourceList[35] | XtRemoveRawEventHandler[35] |
| XtAppNextEvent[35] | XtGetDisplays[35] | XtRemoveSignal[35] |
| XtAppPeekEvent[35] | XtGetErrorDatabase[35] | XtRemoveTimeOut[35] |
| XtAppPending[35] | XtGetErrorDatabaseText[35] | XtRemoveWorkProc[35] |
| XtAppProcessEvent[35] | XtGetGC[35] | XtReservePropertyAtom[35] |
| XtAppReleaseCacheRefs[35] | XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget[35] | XtResizeWidget[35] |
| XtAppSetErrorHandler[35] | XtGetKeysymTable[35] | XtResizeWindow[35] |
| XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler[35] | XtGetMultiClickTime[35] | XtResolvePathname[35] |
| XtAppSetExitFlag[35] | XtGetResourceList[35] | XtScreen[35] |
| XtAppSetFallbackResources[35] | XtGetSelectionParameters[35] | XtScreenDatabase[35] |
| XtAppSetSelectionTimeout[35] | XtGetSelectionRequest[35] | XtScreenOfObject[35] |
| XtAppSetTypeConverter[35] | XtGetSelectionTimeout[35] | XtSendSelectionRequest[35] |
| XtAppSetWarningHandler[35] | XtGetSelectionValue[35] | XtSessionGetToken[35] |
| XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler[35] | XtGetSelectionValueIncremental[35] | XtSessionReturnToken[35] |
| XtAppUnlock[35] | XtGetSelectionValues[35] | XtSetErrorHandler[35] |
| XtAppWarning[35] | XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental[35] | XtSetErrorMsgHandler[35] |
| XtAppWarningMsg[35] | XtGetSubresources[35] | XtSetEventDispatcher[35] |
| XtAugmentTranslations[35] | XtGetSubvalues[35] | XtSetKeyTranslator[35] |
| XtBuildEventMask[35] | XtGetValues[35] | XtSetKeyboardFocus[35] |
| XtCallAcceptFocus[35] | XtGrabButton[35] | XtSetLanguageProc[35] |
| XtCallActionProc[35] | XtGrabKey[35] | XtSetMappedWhenManaged[35] |
| XtCallCallbackList[35] | XtGrabKeyboard[35] | XtSetMultiClickTime[35] |
| XtCallCallbacks[35] | XtGrabPointer[35] | XtSetSelectionParameters[35] |
| XtCallConverter[35] | XtHasCallbacks[35] | XtSetSelectionTimeout[35] |
| XtCallbackExclusive[35] | XtHooksOfDisplay[35] | XtSetSensitive[35] |
| XtCallbackNone[35] | XtInitialize[35] | XtSetSubvalues[35] |
| XtCallbackNonexclusive[35] | XtInitializeWidgetClass[35] | XtSetTypeConverter[35] |
| XtCallbackPopdown[35] | XtInsertEventHandler[35] | XtSetValues[35] |
| XtCallbackReleaseCacheRef[35] | XtInsertEventTypeHandler[35] | XtSetWMColormapWindows[35] |
| XtCallbackReleaseCacheRefList[35] | XtInsertRawEventHandler[35] | XtSetWarningHandler[35] |
| XtCalloc[35] | XtInstallAccelerators[35] | XtSetWarningMsgHandler[35] |
| XtCancelSelectionRequest[35] | XtInstallAllAccelerators[35] | XtStringConversionWarning[35] |
| XtChangeManagedSet[35] | XtIsApplicationShell[35] | XtSuperclass[35] |
| XtClass[35] | XtIsComposite[35] | XtToolkitInitialize[35] |
| XtCloseDisplay[35] | XtIsConstraint[35] | XtToolkitThreadInitialize[35] |
| XtConfigureWidget[35] | XtIsManaged[35] | XtTranslateCoords[35] |
| XtConvert[35] | XtIsObject[35] | XtTranslateKey[35] |
| XtConvertAndStore[35] | XtIsOverrideShell[35] | XtTranslateKeycode[35] |
| XtConvertCase[35] | XtIsRealized[35] | XtUngrabButton[35] |
| XtCreateApplicationContext[35] | XtIsRectObj[35] | XtUngrabKey[35] |
| XtCreateApplicationShell[35] | XtIsSensitive[35] | XtUngrabKeyboard[35] |
| XtCreateManagedWidget[35] | XtIsSessionShell[35] | XtUngrabPointer[35] |
| XtCreatePopupShell[35] | XtIsShell[35] | XtUninstallTranslations[35] |
| XtCreateSelectionRequest[35] | XtIsSubclass[35] | XtUnmanageChild[35] |
| XtCreateWidget[35] | XtIsTopLevelShell[35] | XtUnmanageChildren[35] |
| XtCreateWindow[35] | XtIsTransientShell[35] | XtUnmapWidget[35] |
| XtCvtColorToPixel[35] | XtIsVendorShell[35] | XtUnrealizeWidget[35] |
| XtCvtIntToBool[35] | XtIsWMShell[35] | XtUnregisterDrawable[35] |
| XtCvtIntToBoolean[35] | XtIsWidget[35] | XtVaAppCreateShell[35] |
| XtCvtIntToColor[35] | XtKeysymToKeycodeList[35] | XtVaAppInitialize[35] |
| XtCvtIntToFloat[35] | XtLastEventProcessed[35] | XtVaCreateArgsList[35] |
| XtCvtIntToFont[35] | XtLastTimestampProcessed[35] | XtVaCreateManagedWidget[35] |
| XtCvtIntToPixel[35] | XtMainLoop[35] | XtVaCreatePopupShell[35] |
| XtCvtIntToPixmap[35] | XtMakeGeometryRequest[35] | XtVaCreateWidget[35] |
| XtCvtIntToShort[35] | XtMakeResizeRequest[35] | XtVaGetApplicationResources[35] |
| XtCvtIntToUnsignedChar[35] | XtMalloc[35] | XtVaGetSubresources[35] |
| XtCvtStringToAcceleratorTable[35] | XtManageChild[35] | XtVaGetSubvalues[35] |
| XtCvtStringToAtom[35] | XtManageChildren[35] | XtVaGetValues[35] |
| XtCvtStringToBool[35] | XtMapWidget[35] | XtVaOpenApplication[35] |
| XtCvtStringToBoolean[35] | XtMenuPopupAction[35] | XtVaSetSubvalues[35] |
| XtCvtStringToCommandArgArray[35] | XtMergeArgLists[35] | XtVaSetValues[35] |
| XtCvtStringToCursor[35] | XtMoveWidget[35] | XtWarning[35] |
| XtCvtStringToDimension[35] | XtName[35] | XtWarningMsg[35] |
| XtCvtStringToDirectoryString[35] | XtNameToWidget[35] | XtWidgetToApplicationContext[35] |
| XtCvtStringToDisplay[35] | XtNewString[35] | XtWindow[35] |
| XtCvtStringToFile[35] | XtNextEvent[35] | XtWindowOfObject[35] |
| XtCvtStringToFloat[35] | XtNoticeSignal[35] | XtWindowToWidget[35] |
| XtCvtStringToFont[35] | XtOpenApplication[35] | _XtCheckSubclassFlag[35] |
| XtCvtStringToFontSet[35] | XtOpenDisplay[35] | _XtCopyFromArg[34] |
| XtCvtStringToFontStruct[35] | XtOverrideTranslations[35] | _XtInherit[34] |
| XtCvtStringToGravity[35] | XtOwnSelection[35] | _XtIsSubclassOf[34] |
Table A-3. libXt Data Interfaces
| XtCXtToolkitError[35] | objectClass[35] | topLevelShellClassRec[35] |
| XtShellStrings[35] | objectClassRec[35] | topLevelShellWidgetClass[35] |
| XtStrings[35] | overrideShellClassRec[35] | transientShellClassRec[35] |
| _XtInheritTranslations[34] | overrideShellWidgetClass[35] | transientShellWidgetClass[35] |
| applicationShellWidgetClass[35] | rectObjClass[35] | widgetClass[35] |
| compositeClassRec[35] | rectObjClassRec[35] | widgetClassRec[35] |
| compositeWidgetClass[35] | sessionShellClassRec[35] | wmShellClassRec[35] |
| constraintClassRec[35] | sessionShellWidgetClass[35] | wmShellWidgetClass[35] |
| constraintWidgetClass[35] | shellClassRec[35] | |
| coreWidgetClass[35] | shellWidgetClass[35] |
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
| ISO/IEC 9899: 1999, Programming Languages --C |
| CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606) |
Table A-4. libm Function Interfaces
| acos(GLIBC_2.0)[16] | csinh(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | llroundf(GLIBC_2.0)[15] |
| acosf(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | csinhf(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | llroundl(GLIBC_2.0)[15] |
| acosh(GLIBC_2.0)[16] | csinhl(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | log(GLIBC_2.0)[16] |
| acoshf(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | csinl(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | log10(GLIBC_2.0)[16] |
| acoshl(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | csqrt(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | log1p(GLIBC_2.0)[16] |
| acosl(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | csqrtf(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | logb(GLIBC_2.0)[16] |
| asin(GLIBC_2.0)[16] | csqrtl(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | lrint(GLIBC_2.0)[15] |
| asinf(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | ctan(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | lrintf(GLIBC_2.0)[15] |
| asinh(GLIBC_2.0)[16] | ctanf(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | lrintl(GLIBC_2.0)[15] |
| asinhf(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | ctanh(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | lround(GLIBC_2.0)[15] |
| asinhl(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | ctanhf(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | lroundf(GLIBC_2.0)[15] |
| asinl(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | ctanhl(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | lroundl(GLIBC_2.0)[15] |
| atan(GLIBC_2.0)[16] | ctanl(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | matherr(GLIBC_2.0)[15] |
| atan2(GLIBC_2.0)[16] | dremf(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | modf(GLIBC_2.0)[16] |
| atan2f(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | dreml(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | modff(GLIBC_2.0)[15] |
| atan2l(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | erf(GLIBC_2.0)[16] | modfl(GLIBC_2.0)[15] |
| atanf(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | erfc(GLIBC_2.0)[16] | nan(GLIBC_2.0)[15] |
| atanh(GLIBC_2.0)[16] | erfcf(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | nanf(GLIBC_2.0)[15] |
| atanhf(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | erfcl(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | nanl(GLIBC_2.0)[15] |
| atanhl(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | erff(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | nearbyint(GLIBC_2.0)[15] |
| atanl(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | erfl(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | nearbyintf(GLIBC_2.0)[15] |
| cabs(GLIBC_2.1)[16] | exp(GLIBC_2.1)[16] | nearbyintl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| cabsf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | expm1(GLIBC_2.1)[16] | nextafter(GLIBC_2.1)[16] |
| cabsl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | fabs(GLIBC_2.1)[16] | nextafterf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| cacos(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | fabsf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | nextafterl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| cacosf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | fabsl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | nexttoward(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| cacosh(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | fdim(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | nexttowardf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| cacoshf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | fdimf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | nexttowardl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| cacoshl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | fdiml(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | pow(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| cacosl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | feclearexcept(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | pow10(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| carg(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | fegetenv(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | pow10f(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| cargf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | fegetexceptflag(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | pow10l(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| cargl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | fegetround(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | powf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| casin(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | feholdexcept(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | powl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| casinf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | feraiseexcept(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | remainder(GLIBC_2.1)[16] |
| casinh(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | fesetenv(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | remainderf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| casinhf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | fesetexceptflag(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | remainderl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| casinhl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | fesetround(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | remquo(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| casinl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | fetestexcept(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | remquof(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| catan(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | feupdateenv(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | remquol(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| catanf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | finite(GLIBC_2.1)[16] | rint(GLIBC_2.1)[16] |
| catanh(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | finitef(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | rintf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| catanhf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | finitel(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | rintl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| catanhl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | floor(GLIBC_2.1)[16] | round(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| catanl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | floorf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | roundf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| cbrt(GLIBC_2.0)[16] | floorl(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | roundl(GLIBC_2.0)[15] |
| cbrtf(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | fma(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | scalb(GLIBC_2.0)[16] |
| cbrtl(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | fmaf(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | scalbf(GLIBC_2.0)[15] |
| ccos(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | fmal(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | scalbl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| ccosf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | fmax(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | scalbln(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| ccosh(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | fmaxf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | scalblnf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| ccoshf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | fmaxl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | scalblnl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| ccoshl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | fmin(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | scalbn(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| ccosl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | fminf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | scalbnf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| ceil(GLIBC_2.0)[16] | fminl(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | scalbnl(GLIBC_2.0)[15] |
| ceilf(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | fmod(GLIBC_2.0)[16] | significand(GLIBC_2.0)[15] |
| ceill(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | fmodf(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | significandf(GLIBC_2.0)[15] |
| cexp(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | fmodl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | significandl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| cexpf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | frexp(GLIBC_2.1)[16] | sin(GLIBC_2.1)[16] |
| cexpl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | frexpf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | sincos(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| cimag(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | frexpl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | sincosf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| cimagf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | gamma(GLIBC_2.1)[16] | sincosl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| cimagl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | gammaf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | sinf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| clog(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | gammal(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | sinh(GLIBC_2.1)[16] |
| clog10(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | hypot(GLIBC_2.1)[16] | sinhf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| clog10f(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | hypotf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | sinhl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| clog10l(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | hypotl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | sinl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| clogf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | ilogb(GLIBC_2.1)[16] | sqrt(GLIBC_2.1)[16] |
| clogl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | ilogbf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | sqrtf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| conj(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | ilogbl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | sqrtl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| conjf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | j0(GLIBC_2.1)[16] | tan(GLIBC_2.1)[16] |
| conjl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | j0f(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | tanf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| copysign(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | j0l(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | tanh(GLIBC_2.0)[16] |
| copysignf(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | j1(GLIBC_2.0)[16] | tanhf(GLIBC_2.0)[15] |
| copysignl(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | j1f(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | tanhl(GLIBC_2.0)[15] |
| cos(GLIBC_2.0)[16] | j1l(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | tanl(GLIBC_2.0)[15] |
| cosf(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | jn(GLIBC_2.0)[16] | tgamma(GLIBC_2.0)[15] |
| cosh(GLIBC_2.0)[16] | jnf(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | tgammaf(GLIBC_2.0)[15] |
| coshf(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | jnl(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | tgammal(GLIBC_2.0)[15] |
| coshl(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | ldexp(GLIBC_2.0)[16] | trunc(GLIBC_2.0)[15] |
| cosl(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | ldexpf(GLIBC_2.0)[15] | truncf(GLIBC_2.0)[15] |
| cpow(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | ldexpl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | truncl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| cpowf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | lgamma(GLIBC_2.1)[16] | y0(GLIBC_2.1)[16] |
| cpowl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | lgamma_r(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | y0f(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| cproj(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | lgammaf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | y0l(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| cprojf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | lgammaf_r(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | y1(GLIBC_2.1)[16] |
| cprojl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | lgammal(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | y1f(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| creal(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | lgammal_r(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | y1l(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| crealf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | llrint(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | yn(GLIBC_2.1)[16] |
| creall(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | llrintf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | ynf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| csin(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | llrintl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | ynl(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
| csinf(GLIBC_2.1)[15] | llround(GLIBC_2.1)[15] |
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
| OpenGL® Application Binary Interface for Linux |
Table A-6. libGL Function Interfaces
| glAccum[36] | glGetSeparableFilter[36] | glRasterPos4i[36] |
| glActiveTextureARB[36] | glGetString[36] | glRasterPos4iv[36] |
| glAlphaFunc[36] | glGetTexEnvfv[36] | glRasterPos4s[36] |
| glAreTexturesResident[36] | glGetTexEnviv[36] | glRasterPos4sv[36] |
| glArrayElement[36] | glGetTexGendv[36] | glReadBuffer[36] |
| glBegin[36] | glGetTexGenfv[36] | glReadPixels[36] |
| glBindTexture[36] | glGetTexGeniv[36] | glRectd[36] |
| glBitmap[36] | glGetTexImage[36] | glRectdv[36] |
| glBlendColor[36] | glGetTexLevelParameterfv[36] | glRectf[36] |
| glBlendColorEXT[36] | glGetTexLevelParameteriv[36] | glRectfv[36] |
| glBlendEquation[36] | glGetTexParameterfv[36] | glRecti[36] |
| glBlendEquationEXT[36] | glGetTexParameteriv[36] | glRectiv[36] |
| glBlendFunc[36] | glHint[36] | glRects[36] |
| glCallList[36] | glHistogram[36] | glRectsv[36] |
| glCallLists[36] | glIndexMask[36] | glRenderMode[36] |
| glClear[36] | glIndexPointer[36] | glResetHistogram[36] |
| glClearAccum[36] | glIndexd[36] | glResetMinmax[36] |
| glClearColor[36] | glIndexdv[36] | glRotated[36] |
| glClearDepth[36] | glIndexf[36] | glRotatef[36] |
| glClearIndex[36] | glIndexfv[36] | glScaled[36] |
| glClearStencil[36] | glIndexi[36] | glScalef[36] |
| glClientActiveTextureARB[36] | glIndexiv[36] | glScissor[36] |
| glClipPlane[36] | glIndexs[36] | glSelectBuffer[36] |
| glColor3b[36] | glIndexsv[36] | glSeparableFilter2D[36] |
| glColor3bv[36] | glIndexub[36] | glShadeModel[36] |
| glColor3d[36] | glIndexubv[36] | glStencilFunc[36] |
| glColor3dv[36] | glInitNames[36] | glStencilMask[36] |
| glColor3f[36] | glInterleavedArrays[36] | glStencilOp[36] |
| glColor3fv[36] | glIsEnabled[36] | glTexCoord1d[36] |
| glColor3i[36] | glIsList[36] | glTexCoord1dv[36] |
| glColor3iv[36] | glIsTexture[36] | glTexCoord1f[36] |
| glColor3s[36] | glLightModelf[36] | glTexCoord1fv[36] |
| glColor3sv[36] | glLightModelfv[36] | glTexCoord1i[36] |
| glColor3ub[36] | glLightModeli[36] | glTexCoord1iv[36] |
| glColor3ubv[36] | glLightModeliv[36] | glTexCoord1s[36] |
| glColor3ui[36] | glLightf[36] | glTexCoord1sv[36] |
| glColor3uiv[36] | glLightfv[36] | glTexCoord2d[36] |
| glColor3us[36] | glLighti[36] | glTexCoord2dv[36] |
| glColor3usv[36] | glLightiv[36] | glTexCoord2f[36] |
| glColor4b[36] | glLineStipple[36] | glTexCoord2fv[36] |
| glColor4bv[36] | glLineWidth[36] | glTexCoord2i[36] |
| glColor4d[36] | glListBase[36] | glTexCoord2iv[36] |
| glColor4dv[36] | glLoadIdentity[36] | glTexCoord2s[36] |
| glColor4f[36] | glLoadMatrixd[36] | glTexCoord2sv[36] |
| glColor4fv[36] | glLoadMatrixf[36] | glTexCoord3d[36] |
| glColor4i[36] | glLoadName[36] | glTexCoord3dv[36] |
| glColor4iv[36] | glLogicOp[36] | glTexCoord3f[36] |
| glColor4s[36] | glMap1d[36] | glTexCoord3fv[36] |
| glColor4sv[36] | glMap1f[36] | glTexCoord3i[36] |
| glColor4ub[36] | glMap2d[36] | glTexCoord3iv[36] |
| glColor4ubv[36] | glMap2f[36] | glTexCoord3s[36] |
| glColor4ui[36] | glMapGrid1d[36] | glTexCoord3sv[36] |
| glColor4uiv[36] | glMapGrid1f[36] | glTexCoord4d[36] |
| glColor4us[36] | glMapGrid2d[36] | glTexCoord4dv[36] |
| glColor4usv[36] | glMapGrid2f[36] | glTexCoord4f[36] |
| glColorMask[36] | glMaterialf[36] | glTexCoord4fv[36] |
| glColorMaterial[36] | glMaterialfv[36] | glTexCoord4i[36] |
| glColorPointer[36] | glMateriali[36] | glTexCoord4iv[36] |
| glColorSubTable[36] | glMaterialiv[36] | glTexCoord4s[36] |
| glColorTable[36] | glMatrixMode[36] | glTexCoord4sv[36] |
| glColorTableParameterfv[36] | glMinmax[36] | glTexCoordPointer[36] |
| glColorTableParameteriv[36] | glMultMatrixd[36] | glTexEnvf[36] |
| glConvolutionFilter1D[36] | glMultMatrixf[36] | glTexEnvfv[36] |
| glConvolutionFilter2D[36] | glMultiTexCoord1dARB[36] | glTexEnvi[36] |
| glConvolutionParameterf[36] | glMultiTexCoord1dvARB[36] | glTexEnviv[36] |
| glConvolutionParameterfv[36] | glMultiTexCoord1fARB[36] | glTexGend[36] |
| glConvolutionParameteri[36] | glMultiTexCoord1fvARB[36] | glTexGendv[36] |
| glConvolutionParameteriv[36] | glMultiTexCoord1iARB[36] | glTexGenf[36] |
| glCopyColorSubTable[36] | glMultiTexCoord1ivARB[36] | glTexGenfv[36] |
| glCopyColorTable[36] | glMultiTexCoord1sARB[36] | glTexGeni[36] |
| glCopyConvolutionFilter1D[36] | glMultiTexCoord1svARB[36] | glTexGeniv[36] |
| glCopyConvolutionFilter2D[36] | glMultiTexCoord2dARB[36] | glTexImage1D[36] |
| glCopyPixels[36] | glMultiTexCoord2dvARB[36] | glTexImage2D[36] |
| glCopyTexImage1D[36] | glMultiTexCoord2fARB[36] | glTexImage3D[36] |
| glCopyTexImage2D[36] | glMultiTexCoord2fvARB[36] | glTexParameterf[36] |
| glCopyTexSubImage1D[36] | glMultiTexCoord2iARB[36] | glTexParameterfv[36] |
| glCopyTexSubImage2D[36] | glMultiTexCoord2ivARB[36] | glTexParameteri[36] |
| glCopyTexSubImage3D[36] | glMultiTexCoord2sARB[36] | glTexParameteriv[36] |
| glCullFace[36] | glMultiTexCoord2svARB[36] | glTexSubImage1D[36] |
| glDeleteLists[36] | glMultiTexCoord3dARB[36] | glTexSubImage2D[36] |
| glDeleteTextures[36] | glMultiTexCoord3dvARB[36] | glTexSubImage3D[36] |
| glDepthFunc[36] | glMultiTexCoord3fARB[36] | glTranslated[36] |
| glDepthMask[36] | glMultiTexCoord3fvARB[36] | glTranslatef[36] |
| glDepthRange[36] | glMultiTexCoord3iARB[36] | glVertex2d[36] |
| glDisable[36] | glMultiTexCoord3ivARB[36] | glVertex2dv[36] |
| glDisableClientState[36] | glMultiTexCoord3sARB[36] | glVertex2f[36] |
| glDrawArrays[36] | glMultiTexCoord3svARB[36] | glVertex2fv[36] |
| glDrawBuffer[36] | glMultiTexCoord4dARB[36] | glVertex2i[36] |
| glDrawElements[36] | glMultiTexCoord4dvARB[36] | glVertex2iv[36] |
| glDrawPixels[36] | glMultiTexCoord4fARB[36] | glVertex2s[36] |
| glDrawRangeElements[36] | glMultiTexCoord4fvARB[36] | glVertex2sv[36] |
| glEdgeFlag[36] | glMultiTexCoord4iARB[36] | glVertex3d[36] |
| glEdgeFlagPointer[36] | glMultiTexCoord4ivARB[36] | glVertex3dv[36] |
| glEdgeFlagv[36] | glMultiTexCoord4sARB[36] | glVertex3f[36] |
| glEnable[36] | glMultiTexCoord4svARB[36] | glVertex3fv[36] |
| glEnableClientState[36] | glNewList[36] | glVertex3i[36] |
| glEnd[36] | glNormal3b[36] | glVertex3iv[36] |
| glEndList[36] | glNormal3bv[36] | glVertex3s[36] |
| glEvalCoord1d[36] | glNormal3d[36] | glVertex3sv[36] |
| glEvalCoord1dv[36] | glNormal3dv[36] | glVertex4d[36] |
| glEvalCoord1f[36] | glNormal3f[36] | glVertex4dv[36] |
| glEvalCoord1fv[36] | glNormal3fv[36] | glVertex4f[36] |
| glEvalCoord2d[36] | glNormal3i[36] | glVertex4fv[36] |
| glEvalCoord2dv[36] | glNormal3iv[36] | glVertex4i[36] |
| glEvalCoord2f[36] | glNormal3s[36] | glVertex4iv[36] |
| glEvalCoord2fv[36] | glNormal3sv[36] | glVertex4s[36] |
| glEvalMesh1[36] | glNormalPointer[36] | glVertex4sv[36] |
| glEvalMesh2[36] | glOrtho[36] | glVertexPointer[36] |
| glEvalPoint1[36] | glPassThrough[36] | glViewport[36] |
| glEvalPoint2[36] | glPixelMapfv[36] | glXChooseFBConfig[36] |
| glFeedbackBuffer[36] | glPixelMapuiv[36] | glXChooseVisual[36] |
| glFinish[36] | glPixelMapusv[36] | glXCopyContext[36] |
| glFlush[36] | glPixelStoref[36] | glXCreateContext[36] |
| glFogf[36] | glPixelStorei[36] | glXCreateGLXPixmap[36] |
| glFogfv[36] | glPixelTransferf[36] | glXCreateNewContext[36] |
| glFogi[36] | glPixelTransferi[36] | glXCreatePbuffer[36] |
| glFogiv[36] | glPixelZoom[36] | glXCreatePixmap[36] |
| glFrontFace[36] | glPointParameterfvEXT[36] | glXCreateWindow[36] |
| glFrustum[36] | glPointSize[36] | glXDestroyContext[36] |
| glGenLists[36] | glPolygonMode[36] | glXDestroyGLXPixmap[36] |
| glGenTextures[36] | glPolygonOffset[36] | glXDestroyPbuffer[36] |
| glGetBooleanv[36] | glPolygonStipple[36] | glXDestroyPixmap[36] |
| glGetClipPlane[36] | glPopAttrib[36] | glXDestroyWindow[36] |
| glGetColorTable[36] | glPopClientAttrib[36] | glXFreeContextEXT[36] |
| glGetColorTableParameterfv[36] | glPopMatrix[36] | glXGetClientString[36] |
| glGetColorTableParameteriv[36] | glPopName[36] | glXGetConfig[36] |
| glGetConvolutionFilter[36] | glPrioritizeTextures[36] | glXGetContextIDEXT[36] |
| glGetConvolutionParameterfv[36] | glPushAttrib[36] | glXGetCurrentContext[36] |
| glGetConvolutionParameteriv[36] | glPushClientAttrib[36] | glXGetCurrentDisplay[36] |
| glGetDoublev[36] | glPushMatrix[36] | glXGetCurrentDrawable[36] |
| glGetError[36] | glPushName[36] | glXGetCurrentReadDrawable[36] |
| glGetFloatv[36] | glRasterPos2d[36] | glXGetFBConfigAttrib[36] |
| glGetHistogram[36] | glRasterPos2dv[36] | glXGetSelectedEvent[36] |
| glGetHistogramParameterfv[36] | glRasterPos2f[36] | glXGetVisualFromFBConfig[36] |
| glGetHistogramParameteriv[36] | glRasterPos2fv[36] | glXImportContextEXT[36] |
| glGetIntegerv[36] | glRasterPos2i[36] | glXIsDirect[36] |
| glGetLightfv[36] | glRasterPos2iv[36] | glXMakeContextCurrent[36] |
| glGetLightiv[36] | glRasterPos2s[36] | glXMakeCurrent[36] |
| glGetMapdv[36] | glRasterPos2sv[36] | glXQueryContext[36] |
| glGetMapfv[36] | glRasterPos3d[36] | glXQueryContextInfoEXT[36] |
| glGetMapiv[36] | glRasterPos3dv[36] | glXQueryDrawable[36] |
| glGetMaterialfv[36] | glRasterPos3f[36] | glXQueryExtension[36] |
| glGetMaterialiv[36] | glRasterPos3fv[36] | glXQueryExtensionsString[36] |
| glGetMinmax[36] | glRasterPos3i[36] | glXQueryServerString[36] |
| glGetMinmaxParameterfv[36] | glRasterPos3iv[36] | glXQueryVersion[36] |
| glGetMinmaxParameteriv[36] | glRasterPos3s[36] | glXSelectEvent[36] |
| glGetPixelMapfv[36] | glRasterPos3sv[36] | glXSwapBuffers[36] |
| glGetPixelMapuiv[36] | glRasterPos4d[36] | glXUseXFont[36] |
| glGetPixelMapusv[36] | glRasterPos4dv[36] | glXWaitGL[36] |
| glGetPointerv[36] | glRasterPos4f[36] | glXWaitX[36] |
| glGetPolygonStipple[36] | glRasterPos4fv[36] |
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
| Double Buffer Extension Library |
| X Display Power Management Signaling (DPMS) Extension, Library Specification |
| Security Extension Specification, Version 7.1 |
| X Nonrectangular Window Shape Extension Library Version 1.0 |
| MIT-SHM--The MIT Shared Memory Extension |
| X Synchronization Extension Library |
Table A-7. libXext Function Interfaces
| DPMSCapable[27] | XShmCreateImage[30] | XSyncQueryExtension[31] |
| DPMSDisable[27] | XShmCreatePixmap[30] | XSyncSetCounter[31] |
| DPMSEnable[27] | XShmDetach[30] | XSyncSetPriority[31] |
| DPMSForceLevel[27] | XShmGetEventBase[30] | XSyncValueAdd[31] |
| DPMSGetTimeouts[27] | XShmGetImage[30] | XSyncValueEqual[31] |
| DPMSGetVersion[27] | XShmPixmapFormat[30] | XSyncValueGreaterOrEqual[31] |
| DPMSInfo[27] | XShmPutImage[30] | XSyncValueGreaterThan[31] |
| DPMSQueryExtension[27] | XShmQueryExtension[30] | XSyncValueHigh32[31] |
| DPMSSetTimeouts[27] | XShmQueryVersion[30] | XSyncValueIsNegative[31] |
| XSecurityAllocXauth[28] | XSyncAwait[31] | XSyncValueIsPositive[31] |
| XSecurityFreeXauth[28] | XSyncChangeAlarm[31] | XSyncValueIsZero[31] |
| XSecurityGenerateAuthorization[28] | XSyncChangeCounter[31] | XSyncValueLessOrEqual[31] |
| XSecurityQueryExtension[28] | XSyncCreateAlarm[31] | XSyncValueLessThan[31] |
| XSecurityRevokeAuthorization[28] | XSyncCreateCounter[31] | XSyncValueLow32[31] |
| XShapeCombineMask[29] | XSyncDestroyAlarm[31] | XSyncValueSubtract[31] |
| XShapeCombineRectangles[29] | XSyncDestroyCounter[31] | XdbeAllocateBackBufferName[26] |
| XShapeCombineRegion[29] | XSyncFreeSystemCounterList[31] | XdbeBeginIdiom[26] |
| XShapeCombineShape[29] | XSyncGetPriority[31] | XdbeDeallocateBackBufferName[26] |
| XShapeGetRectangles[29] | XSyncInitialize[31] | XdbeEndIdiom[26] |
| XShapeInputSelected[29] | XSyncIntToValue[31] | XdbeFreeVisualInfo[26] |
| XShapeOffsetShape[29] | XSyncIntsToValue[31] | XdbeGetBackBufferAttributes[26] |
| XShapeQueryExtension[29] | XSyncListSystemCounters[31] | XdbeGetVisualInfo[26] |
| XShapeQueryExtents[29] | XSyncMaxValue[31] | XdbeQueryExtension[26] |
| XShapeQueryVersion[29] | XSyncMinValue[31] | XdbeSwapBuffers[26] |
| XShapeSelectInput[29] | XSyncQueryAlarm[31] | |
| XShmAttach[30] | XSyncQueryCounter[31] |
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
| X11R6.4 X Inter-Client Exchange (ICE) Protocol |
Table A-8. libICE Function Interfaces
| IceAcceptConnection[33] | IceGetConnectionContext[33] | IceProtocolVersion[33] |
| IceAddConnectionWatch[33] | IceGetInBufSize[33] | IceReadAuthFileEntry[33] |
| IceAllocScratch[33] | IceGetListenConnectionNumber[33] | IceRegisterForProtocolReply[33] |
| IceAppLockConn[33] | IceGetListenConnectionString[33] | IceRegisterForProtocolSetup[33] |
| IceAppUnlockConn[33] | IceGetOutBufSize[33] | IceRelease[33] |
| IceAuthFileName[33] | IceInitThreads[33] | IceRemoveConnectionWatch[33] |
| IceCheckShutdownNegotiation[33] | IceLastReceivedSequenceNumber[33] | IceSetErrorHandler[33] |
| IceCloseConnection[33] | IceLastSentSequenceNumber[33] | IceSetHostBasedAuthProc[33] |
| IceComposeNetworkIdList[33] | IceListenForConnections[33] | IceSetIOErrorHandler[33] |
| IceConnectionNumber[33] | IceListenForWellKnownConnections[33] | IceSetPaAuthData[33] |
| IceConnectionStatus[33] | IceLockAuthFile[33] | IceSetShutdownNegotiation[33] |
| IceConnectionString[33] | IceOpenConnection[33] | IceSwapping[33] |
| IceFlush[33] | IcePing[33] | IceUnlockAuthFile[33] |
| IceFreeAuthFileEntry[33] | IceProcessMessages[33] | IceVendor[33] |
| IceFreeListenObjs[33] | IceProtocolRevision[33] | IceWriteAuthFileEntry[33] |
| IceGenerateMagicCookie[33] | IceProtocolSetup[33] | |
| IceGetAuthFileEntry[33] | IceProtocolShutdown[33] |
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
| X11R6.4 X Session Management Library |
Table A-9. libSM Function Interfaces
| SmFreeProperty[32] | SmcRelease[32] | SmsInitialize[32] |
| SmFreeReasons[32] | SmcRequestSaveYourself[32] | SmsInteract[32] |
| SmcClientID[32] | SmcRequestSaveYourselfPhase2[32] | SmsProtocolRevision[32] |
| SmcCloseConnection[32] | SmcSaveYourselfDone[32] | SmsProtocolVersion[32] |
| SmcDeleteProperties[32] | SmcSetErrorHandler[32] | SmsRegisterClientReply[32] |
| SmcGetIceConnection[32] | SmcSetProperties[32] | SmsReturnProperties[32] |
| SmcGetProperties[32] | SmcVendor[32] | SmsSaveComplete[32] |
| SmcInteractDone[32] | SmsCleanUp[32] | SmsSaveYourself[32] |
| SmcInteractRequest[32] | SmsClientHostName[32] | SmsSaveYourselfPhase2[32] |
| SmcModifyCallbacks[32] | SmsClientID[32] | SmsSetErrorHandler[32] |
| SmcOpenConnection[32] | SmsDie[32] | SmsShutdownCancelled[32] |
| SmcProtocolRevision[32] | SmsGenerateClientID[32] | |
| SmcProtocolVersion[32] | SmsGetIceConnection[32] |
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
| Linux Standard Base |
| CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606) |
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
| CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606) |
Table A-11. libcrypt Function Interfaces
| crypt(GLIBC_2.0)[21] | encrypt(GLIBC_2.0)[21] | setkey(GLIBC_2.0)[21] |
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
| zlib 1.1.3 Manual |
Table A-12. libz Function Interfaces
| adler32[22] | gzdopen[22] | gztell[22] |
| compress[22] | gzeof[22] | gzwrite[22] |
| compress2[22] | gzerror[22] | inflate[22] |
| crc32[22] | gzflush[22] | inflateEnd[22] |
| deflate[22] | gzgetc[22] | inflateInit2_[22] |
| deflateCopy[22] | gzgets[22] | inflateInit_[22] |
| deflateEnd[22] | gzopen[22] | inflateReset[22] |
| deflateInit2_[22] | gzprintf[22] | inflateSetDictionary[22] |
| deflateInit_[22] | gzputc[22] | inflateSync[22] |
| deflateParams[22] | gzputs[22] | inflateSyncPoint[22] |
| deflateReset[22] | gzread[22] | uncompress[22] |
| deflateSetDictionary[22] | gzrewind[22] | zError[22] |
| get_crc_table[22] | gzseek[22] | |
| gzclose[22] | gzsetparams[22] |
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
| CAE Specification, May 1996, X/Open Curses, Issue 4, Version 2 (ISBN: 1-85912-171-3, C610), plus Corrigendum U018 |
Table A-13. libncurses Function Interfaces
| addch[23] | mvcur[23] | slk_noutrefresh[23] |
| addchnstr[23] | mvdelch[23] | slk_refresh[23] |
| addchstr[23] | mvderwin[23] | slk_restore[23] |
| addnstr[23] | mvgetch[23] | slk_set[23] |
| addstr[23] | mvgetnstr[23] | slk_touch[23] |
| attr_get[23] | mvgetstr[23] | standend[23] |
| attr_off[23] | mvhline[23] | standout[23] |
| attr_on[23] | mvinch[23] | start_color[23] |
| attr_set[23] | mvinchnstr[23] | subpad[23] |
| attroff[23] | mvinchstr[23] | subwin[23] |
| attron[23] | mvinnstr[23] | syncok[23] |
| attrset[23] | mvinsch[23] | termattrs[23] |
| baudrate[23] | mvinsnstr[23] | termname[23] |
| beep[23] | mvinsstr[23] | tgetent[23] |
| bkgd[23] | mvinstr[23] | tgetflag[23] |
| bkgdset[23] | mvprintw[23] | tgetnum[23] |
| border[23] | mvscanw[23] | tgetstr[23] |
| box[23] | mvvline[23] | tgoto[23] |
| can_change_color[23] | mvwaddch[23] | tigetflag[23] |
| cbreak[23] | mvwaddchnstr[23] | tigetnum[23] |
| chgat[23] | mvwaddchstr[23] | tigetstr[23] |
| clear[23] | mvwaddnstr[23] | timeout[23] |
| clearok[23] | mvwaddstr[23] | tparm[23] |
| clrtobot[23] | mvwchgat[23] | tputs[23] |
| clrtoeol[23] | mvwdelch[23] | typeahead[23] |
| color_content[23] | mvwgetch[23] | ungetch[23] |
| color_set[23] | mvwgetnstr[23] | untouchwin[23] |
| copywin[23] | mvwgetstr[23] | use_env[23] |
| curs_set[23] | mvwhline[23] | vidattr[23] |
| def_prog_mode[23] | mvwin[23] | vidputs[23] |
| def_shell_mode[23] | mvwinch[23] | vline[23] |
| delay_output[23] | mvwinchnstr[23] | vw_printw[23] |
| delch[23] | mvwinchstr[23] | vw_scanw[23] |
| deleteln[23] | mvwinnstr[23] | vwprintw[23] |
| delscreen[23] | mvwinsch[23] | vwscanw[23] |
| delwin[23] | mvwinsnstr[23] | waddch[23] |
| derwin[23] | mvwinsstr[23] | waddchnstr[23] |
| doupdate[23] | mvwinstr[23] | waddchstr[23] |
| dupwin[23] | mvwprintw[23] | waddnstr[23] |
| echo[23] | mvwscanw[23] | waddstr[23] |
| echochar[23] | mvwvline[23] | wattr_get[23] |
| endwin[23] | napms[23] | wattr_off[23] |
| erase[23] | newpad[23] | wattr_on[23] |
| erasechar[23] | newterm[23] | wattr_set[23] |
| filter[23] | newwin[23] | wattroff[23] |
| flash[23] | nl[23] | wattron[23] |
| flushinp[23] | nocbreak[23] | wattrset[23] |
| getbkgd[23] | nodelay[23] | wbkgd[23] |
| getch[23] | noecho[23] | wbkgdset[23] |
| getnstr[23] | nonl[23] | wborder[23] |
| getstr[23] | noqiflush[23] | wchgat[23] |
| getwin[23] | noraw[23] | wclear[23] |
| halfdelay[23] | notimeout[23] | wclrtobot[23] |
| has_colors[23] | overlay[23] | wclrtoeol[23] |
| has_ic[23] | overwrite[23] | wcolor_set[23] |
| has_il[23] | pair_content[23] | wcursyncup[23] |
| hline[23] | pechochar[23] | wdelch[23] |
| idcok[23] | pnoutrefresh[23] | wdeleteln[23] |
| idlok[23] | prefresh[23] | wechochar[23] |
| immedok[23] | printw[23] | werase[23] |
| inch[23] | putp[23] | wgetch[23] |
| inchnstr[23] | putwin[23] | wgetnstr[23] |
| inchstr[23] | qiflush[23] | wgetstr[23] |
| init_color[23] | raw[23] | whline[23] |
| init_pair[23] | redrawwin[23] | winch[23] |
| initscr[23] | refresh[23] | winchnstr[23] |
| innstr[23] | reset_prog_mode[23] | winchstr[23] |
| insch[23] | reset_shell_mode[23] | winnstr[23] |
| insdelln[23] | resetty[23] | winsch[23] |
| insertln[23] | ripoffline[23] | winsdelln[23] |
| insnstr[23] | savetty[23] | winsertln[23] |
| insstr[23] | scanw[23] | winsnstr[23] |
| instr[23] | scr_dump[23] | winsstr[23] |
| intrflush[23] | scr_init[23] | winstr[23] |
| is_linetouched[23] | scr_restore[23] | wmove[23] |
| is_wintouched[23] | scr_set[23] | wnoutrefresh[23] |
| isendwin[23] | scrl[23] | wprintw[23] |
| keyname[23] | scroll[23] | wredrawln[23] |
| keypad[23] | scrollok[23] | wrefresh[23] |
| killchar[23] | set_term[23] | wscanw[23] |
| leaveok[23] | setscrreg[23] | wscrl[23] |
| longname[23] | setupterm[23] | wsetscrreg[23] |
| meta[23] | slk_attr_set[23] | wstandend[23] |
| move[23] | slk_attroff[23] | wstandout[23] |
| mvaddch[23] | slk_attron[23] | wsyncdown[23] |
| mvaddchnstr[23] | slk_attrset[23] | wsyncup[23] |
| mvaddchstr[23] | slk_clear[23] | wtimeout[23] |
| mvaddnstr[23] | slk_color[23] | wtouchln[23] |
| mvaddstr[23] | slk_init[23] | wvline[23] |
| mvchgat[23] | slk_label[23] |
Table A-14. libncurses Data Interfaces
| COLS[23] | curscr[23] | |
| LINES[23] | stdscr[23] |
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
| Linux Standard Base |
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
| ISO/IEC 9899: 1999, Programming Languages --C |
| Large File Support |
| LI18NUX 2000 Globalization Specification, Version 1.0 with Amendment 4 |
| Linux Standard Base |
| IEEE Std POSIX.1-1996 [ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996] |
| CAE Specification, February 1997, Networking Services (XNS), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-165-9, C523) |
| CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606) |
| System V Interface Definition, Issue 3 (ISBN 0201566524) |
| System V Interface Definition,Fourth Edition |
Table A-16. libc Function Interfaces
| _Exit(GLIBC_2.1.1)[2] | getservbyport(GLIBC_2.1.1)[7] | shmctl(GLIBC_2.1.1)[8] |
| _IO_feof(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | getservent(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | shmdt(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| _IO_getc(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | getsid(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | shmget(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| _IO_putc(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | getsockname(GLIBC_2.0)[7] | shutdown(GLIBC_2.0)[7] |
| _IO_puts(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | getsockopt(GLIBC_2.0)[7] | sigaction(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| __assert_fail(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | getsubopt(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | sigaddset(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| __ctype_get_mb_cur_max(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | gettext(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | sigaltstack(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| __cxa_atexit(GLIBC_2.1.3)[5] | gettimeofday(GLIBC_2.1.3)[8] | sigandset(GLIBC_2.1.3)[5] |
| __dcgettext(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | getuid(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | sigblock(GLIBC_2.0)[5] |
| __errno_location(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | getutent(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | sigdelset(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| __fpending(GLIBC_2.2)[5] | getutent_r(GLIBC_2.2)[5] | sigemptyset(GLIBC_2.2)[8] |
| __fxstat(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | getutxent(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | sigfillset(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| __fxstat64(GLIBC_2.2)[5] | getutxid(GLIBC_2.2)[8] | siggetmask(GLIBC_2.2)[5] |
| __getpagesize(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | getutxline(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | sighold(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| __getpgid(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | getw(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | sigignore(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| __h_errno_location[5] | getwc()[2] | siginterrupt()[8] |
| __libc_current_sigrtmax(GLIBC_2.1)[5] | getwchar(GLIBC_2.1)[8] | sigisemptyset(GLIBC_2.1)[5] |
| __libc_current_sigrtmin(GLIBC_2.1)[5] | getwd(GLIBC_2.1)[8] | sigismember(GLIBC_2.1)[8] |
| __libc_start_main(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | glob(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | siglongjmp(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| __lxstat(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | glob64(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | signal(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| __lxstat64(GLIBC_2.2)[5] | globfree(GLIBC_2.2)[8] | sigorset(GLIBC_2.2)[5] |
| __mempcpy(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | globfree64(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | sigpause(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| __rawmemchr(GLIBC_2.1)[5] | gmtime(GLIBC_2.1)[8] | sigpending(GLIBC_2.1)[8] |
| __sigsetjmp(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | gmtime_r(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | sigprocmask(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| __stpcpy(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | grantpt(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | sigqueue(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| __strdup(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | hcreate(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | sigrelse(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| __strtod_internal(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | hdestroy(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | sigreturn(GLIBC_2.0)[5] |
| __strtof_internal(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | hsearch(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | sigset(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| __strtok_r(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | htonl(GLIBC_2.0)[7] | sigstack(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| __strtol_internal(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | htons(GLIBC_2.0)[7] | sigsuspend(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| __strtold_internal(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | iconv(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | sigtimedwait(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| __strtoll_internal(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | iconv_close(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | sigwait(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| __strtoul_internal(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | iconv_open(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | sigwaitinfo(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| __strtoull_internal(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | imaxabs(GLIBC_2.0)[2] | sleep(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| __sysconf(GLIBC_2.2)[5] | imaxdiv(GLIBC_2.2)[2] | snprintf(GLIBC_2.2)[8] |
| __sysv_signal(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | index(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | socket(GLIBC_2.0)[7] |
| __wcstod_internal(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | inet_addr(GLIBC_2.0)[7] | socketpair(GLIBC_2.0)[7] |
| __wcstof_internal(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | inet_aton(GLIBC_2.0)[7] | sprintf(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| __wcstol_internal(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | inet_ntoa(GLIBC_2.0)[7] | srand(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| __wcstold_internal(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | initgroups(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | srand48(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| __wcstoul_internal(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | initstate(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | srandom(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| __xmknod(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | insque(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | sscanf(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| __xstat(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | ioctl(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | statfs(GLIBC_2.0)[5] |
| __xstat64(GLIBC_2.2)[5] | isalnum(GLIBC_2.2)[8] | statvfs(GLIBC_2.2)[8] |
| _exit(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | isalpha(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | step(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| _longjmp(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | isascii(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | stime(GLIBC_2.0)[5] |
| _obstack_begin(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | isatty(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | stpcpy(GLIBC_2.0)[5] |
| _obstack_newchunk(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | isblank(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | stpncpy(GLIBC_2.0)[5] |
| _setjmp(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | iscntrl(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | strcasecmp(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| _tolower(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | isdigit(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | strcasestr(GLIBC_2.0)[5] |
| _toupper(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | isgraph(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | strcat(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| a64l(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | isinf(GLIBC_2.0)[2] | strchr(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| abort(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | isinfl(GLIBC_2.0)[2] | strcmp(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| abs(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | islower(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | strcoll(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| accept(GLIBC_2.0)[7] | isnan(GLIBC_2.0)[2] | strcpy(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| access(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | isnanf(GLIBC_2.0)[2] | strcspn(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| acct(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | isnanl(GLIBC_2.0)[2] | strdup(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| adjtime(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | isprint(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | strerror(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| adjtimex(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | ispunct(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | strerror_r(GLIBC_2.0)[5] |
| advance(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | isspace(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | strfmon(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| alarm(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | isupper(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | strfry(GLIBC_2.0)[5] |
| alphasort(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | iswalnum(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | strftime(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| alphasort64(GLIBC_2.1)[5] | iswalpha(GLIBC_2.1)[8] | strlen(GLIBC_2.1)[8] |
| asctime(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | iswblank(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | strncasecmp(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| asctime_r(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | iswcntrl(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | strncat(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| atexit(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | iswctype(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | strncmp(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| atof(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | iswdigit(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | strncpy(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| atoi(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | iswgraph(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | strndup(GLIBC_2.0)[5] |
| atol(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | iswlower(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | strnlen(GLIBC_2.0)[5] |
| authnone_create(GLIBC_2.0)[10] | iswprint(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | strpbrk(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| basename(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | iswpunct(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | strptime(GLIBC_2.0)[5] |
| bcmp(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | iswspace(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | strrchr(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| bcopy(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | iswupper(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | strsep(GLIBC_2.0)[5] |
| bind(GLIBC_2.0)[7] | iswxdigit(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | strsignal(GLIBC_2.0)[5] |
| bind_textdomain_codeset[4] | isxdigit()[8] | strspn()[8] |
| bindresvport(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | jrand48(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | strstr(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| bindtextdomain(GLIBC_2.0)[4] | key_decryptsession(GLIBC_2.0)[9] | strtod(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| brk(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | kill(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | strtof(GLIBC_2.0)[2] |
| bsd_signal(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | killpg(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | strtoimax(GLIBC_2.0)[2] |
| bsearch(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | l64a(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | strtok(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| btowc(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | labs(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | strtok_r(GLIBC_2.0)[5] |
| bzero(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | lchown(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | strtol(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| calloc(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | lcong48(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | strtold(GLIBC_2.0)[2] |
| catclose(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | ldiv(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | strtoll(GLIBC_2.0)[2] |
| catgets(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | lfind(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | strtoq(GLIBC_2.0)[5] |
| catopen(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | link(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | strtoul(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| cfgetispeed(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | listen(GLIBC_2.0)[7] | strtoull(GLIBC_2.0)[2] |
| cfgetospeed(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | llabs(GLIBC_2.0)[2] | strtoumax(GLIBC_2.0)[2] |
| cfmakeraw(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | lldiv(GLIBC_2.0)[2] | strtouq(GLIBC_2.0)[5] |
| cfsetispeed(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | localeconv(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | strverscmp(GLIBC_2.0)[5] |
| cfsetospeed(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | localtime(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | strxfrm(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| cfsetspeed(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | localtime_r(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | svc_getreqset(GLIBC_2.0)[9] |
| chdir(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | lockf(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | svcerr_auth(GLIBC_2.0)[9] |
| chmod(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | lockf64(GLIBC_2.0)[3] | svcerr_decode(GLIBC_2.0)[9] |
| chown(GLIBC_2.1)[8] | longjmp(GLIBC_2.1)[8] | svcerr_noproc(GLIBC_2.1)[9] |
| chroot(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | lrand48(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | svcerr_noprog(GLIBC_2.0)[9] |
| clearerr(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | lsearch(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | svcerr_progvers(GLIBC_2.0)[9] |
| clnt_create(GLIBC_2.0)[10] | lseek(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | svcerr_systemerr(GLIBC_2.0)[9] |
| clnt_pcreateerror(GLIBC_2.0)[10] | lseek64(GLIBC_2.0)[3] | svcerr_weakauth(GLIBC_2.0)[9] |
| clnt_perrno(GLIBC_2.0)[10] | makecontext(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | swab(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| clnt_perror(GLIBC_2.0)[10] | malloc(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | swapcontext(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| clnt_spcreateerror(GLIBC_2.0)[10] | mblen(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | swprintf(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| clnt_sperrno(GLIBC_2.0)[10] | mbrlen(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | swscanf(GLIBC_2.0)[2] |
| clnt_sperror(GLIBC_2.0)[10] | mbrtowc(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | symlink(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| clock(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | mbsinit(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | sync(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| close(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | mbsnrtowcs(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | sysconf(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| closedir(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | mbsrtowcs(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | syslog(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| closelog(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | mbstowcs(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | system(GLIBC_2.0)[5] |
| confstr(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | mbtowc(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | tcdrain(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| connect(GLIBC_2.0)[7] | memccpy(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | tcflow(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| creat(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | memchr(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | tcflush(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| creat64(GLIBC_2.1)[3] | memcmp(GLIBC_2.1)[8] | tcgetattr(GLIBC_2.1)[8] |
| ctermid(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | memcpy(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | tcgetpgrp(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| ctime(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | memmem(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | tcgetsid(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| ctime_r(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | memmove(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | tcsendbreak(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| cuserid(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | memrchr(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | tcsetattr(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| daemon(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | memset(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | tcsetpgrp(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| dcgettext(GLIBC_2.0)[4] | mkdir(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | telldir(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| dcngettext[4] | mkfifo()[8] | tempnam()[8] |
| dgettext[4] | mkstemp()[8] | textdomain()[4] |
| difftime(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | mkstemp64(GLIBC_2.0)[3] | tfind(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| dirname(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | mktemp(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | time(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| div(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | mktime(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | times(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| dngettext[4] | mlock()[8] | tmpfile()[8] |
| drand48(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | mlockall(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | tmpfile64(GLIBC_2.0)[3] |
| dup(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | mmap(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | tmpnam(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| dup2(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | mmap64(GLIBC_2.0)[3] | toascii(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| ecvt(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | mprotect(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | tolower(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| endgrent(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | mrand48(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | toupper(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| endhostent(GLIBC_2.0)[7] | msgctl(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | towctrans(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| endnetent(GLIBC_2.0)[7] | msgget(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | towlower(GLIBC_2.0)[2] |
| endprotoent(GLIBC_2.0)[7] | msgrcv(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | towupper(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| endpwent(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | msgsnd(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | truncate(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| endservent(GLIBC_2.0)[7] | msync(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | truncate64(GLIBC_2.0)[3] |
| endutent(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | munlock(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | tsearch(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| endutxent(GLIBC_2.1)[8] | munlockall(GLIBC_2.1)[8] | ttyname(GLIBC_2.1)[8] |
| erand48(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | munmap(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | ttyname_r(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| err(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | nanosleep(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | twalk(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| error(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | nftw(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | tzset(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| errx(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | nftw64(GLIBC_2.0)[3] | ualarm(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| execl(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | nice(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | ulimit(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| execle(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | nl_langinfo(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | umask(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| execlp(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | nrand48(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | uname(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| execv(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | ntohl(GLIBC_2.0)[7] | ungetc(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| execve(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | ntohs(GLIBC_2.0)[7] | ungetwc(GLIBC_2.0)[2] |
| execvp(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | obstack_free(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | unlink(GLIBC_2.0)[5] |
| exit(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | open(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | unlockpt(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| fchdir(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | open64(GLIBC_2.0)[3] | unsetenv[5] |
| fchmod(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | opendir(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | usleep(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| fchown(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | openlog(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | utime(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| fclose(GLIBC_2.1)[8] | pathconf(GLIBC_2.1)[8] | utimes(GLIBC_2.1)[8] |
| fcntl(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | pause(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | vasprintf(GLIBC_2.0)[5] |
| fcvt(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | pclose(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | vdprintf(GLIBC_2.0)[5] |
| fdatasync(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | perror(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | verrx(GLIBC_2.0)[5] |
| fdopen(GLIBC_2.1)[8] | pipe(GLIBC_2.1)[8] | vfork(GLIBC_2.1)[8] |
| feof(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | poll(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | vfprintf(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| ferror(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | popen(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | vfwprintf(GLIBC_2.0)[2] |
| fflush(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | posix_memalign(GLIBC_2.0)[6] | vfwscanf(GLIBC_2.0)[2] |
| fflush_unlocked(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | pread(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | vprintf(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| ffs(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | pread64(GLIBC_2.0)[3] | vsnprintf(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| fgetc(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | printf(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | vsprintf(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| fgetpos(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | psignal(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | vswprintf(GLIBC_2.0)[2] |
| fgetpos64(GLIBC_2.1)[3] | ptsname(GLIBC_2.1)[8] | vswscanf(GLIBC_2.1)[2] |
| fgets(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | putc(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | vsyslog[5] |
| fgetwc(GLIBC_2.2)[8] | putc_unlocked(GLIBC_2.2)[8] | vwprintf(GLIBC_2.2)[2] |
| fgetwc_unlocked(GLIBC_2.2)[8] | putchar(GLIBC_2.2)[8] | vwscanf(GLIBC_2.2)[2] |
| fgetws(GLIBC_2.2)[2] | putchar_unlocked(GLIBC_2.2)[8] | wait(GLIBC_2.2)[8] |
| fileno(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | putenv(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | wait3(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| flock(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | puts(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | wait4(GLIBC_2.0)[5] |
| flockfile(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | pututxline(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | waitid(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| fmtmsg(GLIBC_2.1)[8] | putw(GLIBC_2.1)[8] | waitpid(GLIBC_2.1)[8] |
| fnmatch(GLIBC_2.2.3)[8] | putwc(GLIBC_2.2.3)[2] | warn(GLIBC_2.2.3)[5] |
| fopen(GLIBC_2.1)[8] | putwchar(GLIBC_2.1)[2] | warnx(GLIBC_2.1)[5] |
| fopen64(GLIBC_2.1)[3] | pwrite(GLIBC_2.1)[8] | wcpcpy(GLIBC_2.1)[5] |
| fork(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | pwrite64(GLIBC_2.0)[3] | wcpncpy(GLIBC_2.0)[5] |
| fpathconf(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | qsort(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | wcrtomb(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| fprintf(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | raise(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | wcscasecmp(GLIBC_2.0)[5] |
| fputc(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | rand(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | wcscat(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| fputs(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | rand_r(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | wcschr(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| fputwc(GLIBC_2.2)[2] | random(GLIBC_2.2)[8] | wcscmp(GLIBC_2.2)[8] |
| fputws(GLIBC_2.2)[2] | random_r(GLIBC_2.2)[5] | wcscoll(GLIBC_2.2)[8] |
| fread(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | re_comp(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | wcscpy(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| free(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | re_exec(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | wcscspn(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| freopen(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | read(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | wcsdup(GLIBC_2.0)[5] |
| freopen64(GLIBC_2.1)[3] | readdir(GLIBC_2.1)[8] | wcsftime(GLIBC_2.1)[2] |
| fscanf(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | readdir64(GLIBC_2.0)[3] | wcslen(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| fseek(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | readdir_r[8] | wcsncasecmp(GLIBC_2.0)[5] |
| fseeko(GLIBC_2.1)[8] | readlink(GLIBC_2.1)[8] | wcsncat(GLIBC_2.1)[8] |
| fseeko64(GLIBC_2.1)[3] | readv(GLIBC_2.1)[8] | wcsncmp(GLIBC_2.1)[8] |
| fsetpos(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | realloc(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | wcsncpy(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| fsetpos64(GLIBC_2.1)[3] | realpath(GLIBC_2.1)[8] | wcsnlen(GLIBC_2.1)[5] |
| fstatfs(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | recv(GLIBC_2.0)[7] | wcsnrtombs(GLIBC_2.0)[5] |
| fstatfs64(GLIBC_2.1)[3] | recvfrom(GLIBC_2.1)[7] | wcspbrk(GLIBC_2.1)[2] |
| fstatvfs(GLIBC_2.1)[8] | recvmsg(GLIBC_2.1)[7] | wcsrchr(GLIBC_2.1)[8] |
| fstatvfs64(GLIBC_2.1)[3] | regcomp(GLIBC_2.1)[8] | wcsrtombs(GLIBC_2.1)[8] |
| fsync(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | regerror(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | wcsspn(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| ftell(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | regexec(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | wcsstr(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| ftello(GLIBC_2.1)[8] | regfree(GLIBC_2.1)[8] | wcstod(GLIBC_2.1)[8] |
| ftello64(GLIBC_2.1)[3] | remove(GLIBC_2.1)[8] | wcstof(GLIBC_2.1)[2] |
| ftime(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | remque(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | wcstoimax(GLIBC_2.0)[2] |
| ftok(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | rename(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | wcstok(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| ftruncate(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | rewind(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | wcstol(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| ftruncate64(GLIBC_2.1)[3] | rewinddir(GLIBC_2.1)[8] | wcstold(GLIBC_2.1)[2] |
| ftrylockfile(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | rindex(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | wcstoll(GLIBC_2.0)[2] |
| ftw(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | rmdir(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | wcstombs(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| ftw64(GLIBC_2.1)[3] | sbrk(GLIBC_2.1)[8] | wcstoq(GLIBC_2.1)[5] |
| funlockfile(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | scanf(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | wcstoul(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| fwide(GLIBC_2.2)[2] | sched_get_priority_max(GLIBC_2.2)[8] | wcstoull(GLIBC_2.2)[2] |
| fwprintf(GLIBC_2.2)[5] | sched_get_priority_min(GLIBC_2.2)[8] | wcstoumax(GLIBC_2.2)[2] |
| fwrite(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | sched_getparam(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | wcstouq(GLIBC_2.0)[5] |
| fwscanf(GLIBC_2.2)[2] | sched_getscheduler(GLIBC_2.2)[8] | wcswcs(GLIBC_2.2)[8] |
| gcvt(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | sched_rr_get_interval(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | wcswidth(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| getc(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | sched_setparam(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | wcsxfrm(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| getc_unlocked(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | sched_setscheduler(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | wctob(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| getchar(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | sched_yield(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | wctomb(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| getchar_unlocked(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | seed48(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | wctrans(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| getcontext(GLIBC_2.1)[8] | seekdir(GLIBC_2.1)[8] | wctype(GLIBC_2.1)[8] |
| getcwd(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | select(GLIBC_2.0)[7] | wcwidth(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| getdate(GLIBC_2.1)[8] | semctl(GLIBC_2.1)[8] | wmemchr(GLIBC_2.1)[8] |
| getdomainname(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | semget(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | wmemcmp(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| getegid(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | semop(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | wmemcpy(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| getenv(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | send(GLIBC_2.0)[7] | wmemmove(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| geteuid(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | sendmsg(GLIBC_2.0)[7] | wmemset(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| getgid(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | sendto(GLIBC_2.0)[7] | wordexp(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| getgrent(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | setbuf(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | wordfree(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| getgrgid(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | setbuffer(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | wprintf(GLIBC_2.0)[2] |
| getgrnam(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | setcontext(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | write(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| getgroups(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | setdomainname[5] | writev(GLIBC_2.0)[8] |
| gethostbyaddr(GLIBC_2.0)[7] | setegid(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | wscanf(GLIBC_2.0)[2] |
| gethostbyname(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | setenv[5] | xdr_accepted_reply(GLIBC_2.0)[9] |
| gethostbyname_r(GLIBC_2.1.2)[5] | seteuid(GLIBC_2.1.2)[5] | xdr_array(GLIBC_2.1.2)[9] |
| gethostid(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | setgid(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | xdr_bool(GLIBC_2.0)[9] |
| gethostname(GLIBC_2.0)[7] | setgrent(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | xdr_bytes(GLIBC_2.0)[9] |
| getitimer(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | setgroups(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | xdr_callhdr(GLIBC_2.0)[9] |
| getloadavg(GLIBC_2.2)[5] | sethostent(GLIBC_2.2)[7] | xdr_callmsg(GLIBC_2.2)[9] |
| getlogin(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | sethostid(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | xdr_char(GLIBC_2.0)[9] |
| getnetbyaddr(GLIBC_2.0)[7] | sethostname(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | xdr_double(GLIBC_2.0)[9] |
| getopt(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | setitimer(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | xdr_enum(GLIBC_2.0)[9] |
| getopt_long(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | setlocale(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | xdr_float(GLIBC_2.0)[9] |
| getopt_long_only(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | setlogmask(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | xdr_free(GLIBC_2.0)[9] |
| getpagesize(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | setmntent(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | xdr_int(GLIBC_2.0)[9] |
| getpeername(GLIBC_2.0)[7] | setnetent(GLIBC_2.0)[7] | xdr_long(GLIBC_2.0)[9] |
| getpgid(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | setpgid(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | xdr_opaque(GLIBC_2.0)[9] |
| getpgrp(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | setpgrp(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | xdr_opaque_auth(GLIBC_2.0)[9] |
| getpid(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | setpriority(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | xdr_pointer(GLIBC_2.0)[9] |
| getppid(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | setprotoent(GLIBC_2.0)[7] | xdr_reference(GLIBC_2.0)[9] |
| getpriority(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | setpwent(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | xdr_rejected_reply(GLIBC_2.0)[9] |
| getprotobyname(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | setregid(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | xdr_replymsg(GLIBC_2.0)[9] |
| getprotobynumber(GLIBC_2.0)[7] | setreuid(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | xdr_short(GLIBC_2.0)[9] |
| getprotoent(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | setrlimit(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | xdr_string(GLIBC_2.0)[9] |
| getpwent(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | setrlimit64[3] | xdr_u_char(GLIBC_2.0)[9] |
| getpwnam(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | setservent(GLIBC_2.0)[7] | xdr_u_long(GLIBC_2.0)[9] |
| getpwnam_r(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | setsid(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | xdr_u_short(GLIBC_2.0)[9] |
| getpwuid(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | setsockopt(GLIBC_2.0)[7] | xdr_union(GLIBC_2.0)[9] |
| getpwuid_r(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | setstate(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | xdr_vector(GLIBC_2.0)[9] |
| getrlimit(GLIBC_2.2)[8] | setuid(GLIBC_2.2)[8] | xdr_void(GLIBC_2.2)[9] |
| getrlimit64(GLIBC_2.1)[3] | setutent(GLIBC_2.1)[5] | xdr_wrapstring(GLIBC_2.1)[9] |
| getrusage(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | setutxent(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | xdrmem_create(GLIBC_2.0)[9] |
| gets(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | setvbuf(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | xdrrec_create(GLIBC_2.0)[9] |
| getservbyname(GLIBC_2.0)[5] | shmat(GLIBC_2.0)[8] | xdrrec_eof(GLIBC_2.0)[9] |
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
| Linux Standard Base |
| CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606) |
Table A-18. libpthread Function Interfaces
| pthread_attr_destroy(GLIBC_2.0)[18] | pthread_create(GLIBC_2.0)[18] | pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock(GLIBC_2.0)[18] |
| pthread_attr_getdetachstate(GLIBC_2.0)[18] | pthread_detach(GLIBC_2.0)[18] | pthread_rwlock_trywrlock(GLIBC_2.0)[18] |
| pthread_attr_getguardsize(GLIBC_2.1)[18] | pthread_equal(GLIBC_2.1)[18] | pthread_rwlock_unlock(GLIBC_2.1)[18] |
| pthread_attr_getinheritsched(GLIBC_2.0)[18] | pthread_exit(GLIBC_2.0)[18] | pthread_rwlock_wrlock(GLIBC_2.0)[18] |
| pthread_attr_getschedparam(GLIBC_2.0)[18] | pthread_getschedparam(GLIBC_2.0)[18] | pthread_rwlockattr_destroy(GLIBC_2.0)[18] |
| pthread_attr_getschedpolicy(GLIBC_2.0)[18] | pthread_getspecific(GLIBC_2.0)[18] | pthread_rwlockattr_getpshared(GLIBC_2.0)[18] |
| pthread_attr_getscope(GLIBC_2.0)[18] | pthread_join(GLIBC_2.0)[18] | pthread_rwlockattr_init(GLIBC_2.0)[18] |
| pthread_attr_getstackaddr(GLIBC_2.1)[18] | pthread_key_create(GLIBC_2.1)[18] | pthread_rwlockattr_setpshared(GLIBC_2.1)[18] |
| pthread_attr_getstacksize(GLIBC_2.1)[18] | pthread_key_delete(GLIBC_2.1)[18] | pthread_self(GLIBC_2.1)[18] |
| pthread_attr_init(GLIBC_2.1)[18] | pthread_kill(GLIBC_2.1)[18] | pthread_setcancelstate(GLIBC_2.1)[18] |
| pthread_attr_setdetachstate(GLIBC_2.0)[18] | pthread_mutex_destroy(GLIBC_2.0)[18] | pthread_setcanceltype(GLIBC_2.0)[18] |
| pthread_attr_setguardsize(GLIBC_2.1)[18] | pthread_mutex_init(GLIBC_2.1)[18] | pthread_setconcurrency[18] |
| pthread_attr_setinheritsched(GLIBC_2.0)[18] | pthread_mutex_lock(GLIBC_2.0)[18] | pthread_setschedparam(GLIBC_2.0)[18] |
| pthread_attr_setschedparam(GLIBC_2.0)[18] | pthread_mutex_trylock(GLIBC_2.0)[18] | pthread_setspecific(GLIBC_2.0)[18] |
| pthread_attr_setschedpolicy(GLIBC_2.0)[18] | pthread_mutex_unlock(GLIBC_2.0)[18] | pthread_sigmask(GLIBC_2.0)[18] |
| pthread_attr_setscope(GLIBC_2.0)[18] | pthread_mutexattr_destroy(GLIBC_2.0)[18] | pthread_testcancel(GLIBC_2.0)[18] |
| pthread_attr_setstackaddr(GLIBC_2.1)[18] | pthread_mutexattr_getpshared(GLIBC_2.1)[18] | sem_close(GLIBC_2.1)[18] |
| pthread_attr_setstacksize(GLIBC_2.1)[18] | pthread_mutexattr_gettype(GLIBC_2.1)[18] | sem_destroy(GLIBC_2.1)[18] |
| pthread_cancel(GLIBC_2.0)[18] | pthread_mutexattr_init(GLIBC_2.0)[18] | sem_getvalue(GLIBC_2.0)[18] |
| pthread_cond_broadcast(GLIBC_2.0)[18] | pthread_mutexattr_setpshared(GLIBC_2.0)[18] | sem_init(GLIBC_2.0)[18] |
| pthread_cond_destroy(GLIBC_2.0)[18] | pthread_mutexattr_settype(GLIBC_2.0)[18] | sem_open(GLIBC_2.0)[18] |
| pthread_cond_init(GLIBC_2.0)[18] | pthread_once(GLIBC_2.0)[18] | sem_post(GLIBC_2.0)[18] |
| pthread_cond_signal(GLIBC_2.0)[18] | pthread_rwlock_destroy(GLIBC_2.0)[18] | sem_timedwait(GLIBC_2.0)[17] |
| pthread_cond_timedwait(GLIBC_2.0)[18] | pthread_rwlock_init(GLIBC_2.0)[18] | sem_trywait(GLIBC_2.0)[18] |
| pthread_cond_wait(GLIBC_2.0)[18] | pthread_rwlock_rdlock(GLIBC_2.0)[18] | sem_unlink(GLIBC_2.0)[18] |
| pthread_condattr_destroy(GLIBC_2.0)[18] | pthread_rwlock_timedrdlock[18] | sem_wait(GLIBC_2.0)[18] |
| pthread_condattr_init(GLIBC_2.0)[18] | pthread_rwlock_timedwrlock[18] |
Version 1.1, March 2000
Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others.
This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software.
We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as "you".
A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language.
A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them.
The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License.
The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License.
A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output purposes only.
The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies.
If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects.
If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages.
If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public.
It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher.
Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright notices.
Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
Include an unaltered copy of this License.
Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence.
Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. You may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein.
Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section may not be included in the Modified Version.
Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements" or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard.
You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice.
The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History" in the various original documents, forming one section entitled "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements", and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections entitled "Endorsements."
You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.
Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License provided that you also include the original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original English version of this License, the original English version will prevail.
You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page:
Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections" instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.
If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit their use in free software.
| [1] | It seems to be possible, using existing Linux development tools, to write an application in C++ which complies with this rule by linking statically with libstdc++ and all other libraries containing C++. The following command illustrates how this may be accomplished: g++ example.cc -Wl,-Bdynamic,-lc,-Bstatic | |
| [2] | ISO/IEC 9899: 1999, Programming Languages --C | |
| [3] | Large File Support | |
| [4] | LI18NUX 2000 Globalization Specification, Version 1.0 with Amendment 4 | |
| [5] | Linux Standard Base | |
| [6] | IEEE Std POSIX.1-1996 [ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996] | |
| [7] | CAE Specification, February 1997, Networking Services (XNS), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-165-9, C523) | |
| [8] | CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606) | |
| [9] | System V Interface Definition, Issue 3 (ISBN 0201566524) | |
| [10] | System V Interface Definition,Fourth Edition | |
| [11] | The LSB never has contained scandir(). | |
| [12] | The LSB never has contained scandir64(); alphasort64 is customarily used with it. | |
| [13] | This was a deliberate Linus decision after an unpopular experiment in including the calling process in the 2.5.1 kernel. See "What does it mean to signal everybody?", Linux Weekly News, 20 December 2001, http://lwn.net/2001/1220/kernel.php3 | |
| [14] | The Linux kernel has deliberately chosen EISDIR for this case and does not expect to change (Al Viro, personal communication). | |
| [15] | ISO/IEC 9899: 1999, Programming Languages --C | |
| [16] | CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606) | |
| [17] | Linux Standard Base | |
| [18] | CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606) | |
| [19] | Linux Standard Base | |
| [20] | CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606) | |
| [21] | CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606) | |
| [22] | zlib 1.1.3 Manual | |
| [23] | CAE Specification, May 1996, X/Open Curses, Issue 4, Version 2 (ISBN: 1-85912-171-3, C610), plus Corrigendum U018 | |
| [24] | Linux Standard Base | |
| [25] | X11R6.4 Xlib - C library | |
| [26] | Double Buffer Extension Library | |
| [27] | X Display Power Management Signaling (DPMS) Extension, Library Specification | |
| [28] | Security Extension Specification, Version 7.1 | |
| [29] | X Nonrectangular Window Shape Extension Library Version 1.0 | |
| [30] | MIT-SHM--The MIT Shared Memory Extension | |
| [31] | X Synchronization Extension Library | |
| [32] | X11R6.4 X Session Management Library | |
| [33] | X11R6.4 X Inter-Client Exchange (ICE) Protocol | |
| [34] | Linux Standard Base | |
| [35] | X11R6.4 X Toolkit Intrinsics | |
| [36] | OpenGL® Application Binary Interface for Linux | |
| [37] | Some versions of RPM may produce packages which contain extensions or modifications to the RPM package format beyond what has been documented in the appendix of the Maximum RPM book. An LSB-conformant package must not contain any of these extensions, in order to assure interoperability with the largest number of versions of RPM and packaging systems which understand how to import RPM format packages. | |
| [38] | The distribution itself may use a different packaging format for its own packages, and of course it may use any available mechanism for installing the LSB-conformant packages. | |
| [39] | LI18NUX 2000 Globalization Specification, Version 1.0 with Amendment 4 | |
| [40] | Linux Standard Base | |
| [41] | CAE Specification, January 1997, Commands and Utilities (XCU), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-191-8, C604) | |
| [42] | The following two options are expected to be added in a future version of the LSB:
Note that some implementations contain a "-o other" option which specifies an additional field called "other". Traditionally, this field is not subject to the constraints about legitimate characters in fields. Also, one traditionally must have appropriate privileges to change the other field. At this point there is no consensus about whether it is desirable to specify the other field; applications may wish to avoid using it. The "-w work_phone" field found in some implementations should be replaced by the "-p office_phone" field. The "-r room_number" field found in some implementations is the equivalent of the "-o office" option mentioned above; which one of these two options to specify will depend on implementation experience and the decision regarding the other field. The intention is for chfn to match the behavior of finger; some historical implementations have been broken in the sense that finger and chfn do not agree on what the fields are. | |
| [43] | Need further investigation on the behavior of various implementations concerning whether program is a full pathname, the basename only, the program as named by argv[0], or what. | |
| [44] | Newer versions of split in GNU textutils have support for the -a flag. In a future version of the LSB, the -a flag will be required to conform to the SUS definition. | |
| [45] | GNU textutils 2.0 does not have -m, but more recent versions of textutils have it (added on 2000-08-06). The LSB will require this option in the future. | |
| [46] | For example, bash behaves in the following way:
When bash is executing an executable rather than a shell script, it seems to behave in the POSIX way. | |
| [47] | Rationale: System vendors and local system administrators want to run applications from removable media, but want the possibility to control what the application can do. | |
| [48] | The intention is that none of these choices will create problems in practice (for example, for LSB implementations on top of non-Linux kernels). Future versions of the LSB may relax these requirements if needed. | |
| [49] | On a Linux kernel, removing or renaming a directory will give EBUSY only when the directory is in use by a system process. However, the LSB does not specify this behavior on the grounds that it is of no use to applications and may be difficult to implement on some kernels. Linux allows one to call rename() on a directory without having write access, but the LSB does not require this. | |
| [50] | This specification does not require, but is designed to allow, the development of a system which runs boot scripts in parallel. Hence, enforced-serialization of scripts is avoided unless it is explicitly necessary. | |
| [51] | While these comment conventions do not prohibited in system init scripts, they do not provide sufficient functionality for most distributions' needs. Extensions which would addressed these needs (for example, "Should-Start:" and "Should-Stop:") would have substantially complicated the design of the install_initd script, which is why they were not included in this specification. Future versions of this specification may extend these comment conventions to add this functionality, if and when reference implementations which implement these extensions become available for use by distributions. | |
| [52] | as defined in RFC 1833 | |
| [53] | In some LSB run-time environments, filesystems such as /usr may be remote. Many applications that require $local_fs will probably require also require $remote_fs | |
| [54] | i.e., using a network-based time program such as ntp or rdate, or via the hardware Real Time Clock | |
| [55] | In a future version of this specification, this list will be removed in favor of the coresponding list at www.lanana.org. |